1 /* Everything about breakpoints, for GDB.
3 Copyright (C) 1986-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5 This file is part of GDB.
7 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
10 (at your option) any later version.
12 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
21 #include "arch-utils.h"
26 #include "breakpoint.h"
27 #include "tracepoint.h"
29 #include "expression.h"
35 #include "gdbthread.h"
38 #include "gdb_string.h"
39 #include "gdb-demangle.h"
40 #include "filenames.h"
46 #include "completer.h"
49 #include "cli/cli-script.h"
50 #include "gdb_assert.h"
55 #include "exceptions.h"
61 #include "xml-syscall.h"
62 #include "parser-defs.h"
63 #include "gdb_regex.h"
65 #include "cli/cli-utils.h"
66 #include "continuations.h"
69 #include "gdb_regex.h"
71 #include "dummy-frame.h"
75 /* readline include files */
76 #include "readline/readline.h"
77 #include "readline/history.h"
79 /* readline defines this. */
82 #include "mi/mi-common.h"
83 #include "python/python.h"
85 /* Enums for exception-handling support. */
86 enum exception_event_kind
93 /* Prototypes for local functions. */
95 static void enable_delete_command (char *, int);
97 static void enable_once_command (char *, int);
99 static void enable_count_command (char *, int);
101 static void disable_command (char *, int);
103 static void enable_command (char *, int);
105 static void map_breakpoint_numbers (char *, void (*) (struct breakpoint
*,
109 static void ignore_command (char *, int);
111 static int breakpoint_re_set_one (void *);
113 static void breakpoint_re_set_default (struct breakpoint
*);
115 static void create_sals_from_address_default (char **,
116 struct linespec_result
*,
120 static void create_breakpoints_sal_default (struct gdbarch
*,
121 struct linespec_result
*,
122 struct linespec_sals
*,
123 char *, char *, enum bptype
,
124 enum bpdisp
, int, int,
126 const struct breakpoint_ops
*,
127 int, int, int, unsigned);
129 static void decode_linespec_default (struct breakpoint
*, char **,
130 struct symtabs_and_lines
*);
132 static void clear_command (char *, int);
134 static void catch_command (char *, int);
136 static int can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value
*);
138 static void break_command_1 (char *, int, int);
140 static void mention (struct breakpoint
*);
142 static struct breakpoint
*set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch
*,
144 const struct breakpoint_ops
*);
145 static struct bp_location
*add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*,
146 const struct symtab_and_line
*);
148 /* This function is used in gdbtk sources and thus can not be made
150 struct breakpoint
*set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
151 struct symtab_and_line
,
153 const struct breakpoint_ops
*);
155 static struct breakpoint
*
156 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (struct breakpoint
*orig
,
158 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
);
160 static void breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR
, CORE_ADDR
, int, int);
162 static CORE_ADDR
adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
166 static void describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch
*,
167 struct program_space
*, CORE_ADDR
,
168 struct obj_section
*, int);
170 static int breakpoint_address_match (struct address_space
*aspace1
,
172 struct address_space
*aspace2
,
175 static int watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
176 struct bp_location
*loc2
);
178 static int breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location
*bl
,
179 struct address_space
*aspace
,
182 static void breakpoints_info (char *, int);
184 static void watchpoints_info (char *, int);
186 static int breakpoint_1 (char *, int,
187 int (*) (const struct breakpoint
*));
189 static int breakpoint_cond_eval (void *);
191 static void cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *);
193 static void commands_command (char *, int);
195 static void condition_command (char *, int);
204 static int remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location
*, insertion_state_t
);
205 static int remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location
*, insertion_state_t
);
207 static enum print_stop_action
print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs
);
209 static int watchpoint_check (void *);
211 static void maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *, int);
213 static int hw_breakpoint_used_count (void);
215 static int hw_watchpoint_use_count (struct breakpoint
*);
217 static int hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (struct breakpoint
*except
,
219 int *other_type_used
);
221 static void hbreak_command (char *, int);
223 static void thbreak_command (char *, int);
225 static void enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint
*, enum bpdisp
,
228 static void stop_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
);
230 static void stopin_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
);
232 static void stopat_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
);
234 static void tcatch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
);
236 static void detach_single_step_breakpoints (void);
238 static int single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*,
241 static void free_bp_location (struct bp_location
*loc
);
242 static void incref_bp_location (struct bp_location
*loc
);
243 static void decref_bp_location (struct bp_location
**loc
);
245 static struct bp_location
*allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint
*bpt
);
247 static void update_global_location_list (int);
249 static void update_global_location_list_nothrow (int);
251 static int is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
);
253 static void insert_breakpoint_locations (void);
255 static int syscall_catchpoint_p (struct breakpoint
*b
);
257 static void tracepoints_info (char *, int);
259 static void delete_trace_command (char *, int);
261 static void enable_trace_command (char *, int);
263 static void disable_trace_command (char *, int);
265 static void trace_pass_command (char *, int);
267 static void set_tracepoint_count (int num
);
269 static int is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
);
271 static struct bp_location
**get_first_locp_gte_addr (CORE_ADDR address
);
273 /* Return 1 if B refers to a static tracepoint set by marker ("-m"), zero
276 static int strace_marker_p (struct breakpoint
*b
);
278 /* The abstract base class all breakpoint_ops structures inherit
280 struct breakpoint_ops base_breakpoint_ops
;
282 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be inherited by all breakpoint_ops
283 that are implemented on top of software or hardware breakpoints
284 (user breakpoints, internal and momentary breakpoints, etc.). */
285 static struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
287 /* Internal breakpoints class type. */
288 static struct breakpoint_ops internal_breakpoint_ops
;
290 /* Momentary breakpoints class type. */
291 static struct breakpoint_ops momentary_breakpoint_ops
;
293 /* Momentary breakpoints for bp_longjmp and bp_exception class type. */
294 static struct breakpoint_ops longjmp_breakpoint_ops
;
296 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in regular user created
298 struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
300 /* Breakpoints set on probes. */
301 static struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
303 /* Dynamic printf class type. */
304 static struct breakpoint_ops dprintf_breakpoint_ops
;
306 /* The style in which to perform a dynamic printf. This is a user
307 option because different output options have different tradeoffs;
308 if GDB does the printing, there is better error handling if there
309 is a problem with any of the arguments, but using an inferior
310 function lets you have special-purpose printers and sending of
311 output to the same place as compiled-in print functions. */
313 static const char dprintf_style_gdb
[] = "gdb";
314 static const char dprintf_style_call
[] = "call";
315 static const char dprintf_style_agent
[] = "agent";
316 static const char *const dprintf_style_enums
[] = {
322 static const char *dprintf_style
= dprintf_style_gdb
;
324 /* The function to use for dynamic printf if the preferred style is to
325 call into the inferior. The value is simply a string that is
326 copied into the command, so it can be anything that GDB can
327 evaluate to a callable address, not necessarily a function name. */
329 static char *dprintf_function
= "";
331 /* The channel to use for dynamic printf if the preferred style is to
332 call into the inferior; if a nonempty string, it will be passed to
333 the call as the first argument, with the format string as the
334 second. As with the dprintf function, this can be anything that
335 GDB knows how to evaluate, so in addition to common choices like
336 "stderr", this could be an app-specific expression like
337 "mystreams[curlogger]". */
339 static char *dprintf_channel
= "";
341 /* True if dprintf commands should continue to operate even if GDB
343 static int disconnected_dprintf
= 1;
345 /* A reference-counted struct command_line. This lets multiple
346 breakpoints share a single command list. */
347 struct counted_command_line
349 /* The reference count. */
352 /* The command list. */
353 struct command_line
*commands
;
356 struct command_line
*
357 breakpoint_commands (struct breakpoint
*b
)
359 return b
->commands
? b
->commands
->commands
: NULL
;
362 /* Flag indicating that a command has proceeded the inferior past the
363 current breakpoint. */
365 static int breakpoint_proceeded
;
368 bpdisp_text (enum bpdisp disp
)
370 /* NOTE: the following values are a part of MI protocol and
371 represent values of 'disp' field returned when inferior stops at
373 static const char * const bpdisps
[] = {"del", "dstp", "dis", "keep"};
375 return bpdisps
[(int) disp
];
378 /* Prototypes for exported functions. */
379 /* If FALSE, gdb will not use hardware support for watchpoints, even
380 if such is available. */
381 static int can_use_hw_watchpoints
;
384 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
385 struct cmd_list_element
*c
,
388 fprintf_filtered (file
,
389 _("Debugger's willingness to use "
390 "watchpoint hardware is %s.\n"),
394 /* If AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE, gdb will not attempt to create pending breakpoints.
395 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE, gdb will automatically create pending breakpoints
396 for unrecognized breakpoint locations.
397 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO, gdb will query when breakpoints are unrecognized. */
398 static enum auto_boolean pending_break_support
;
400 show_pending_break_support (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
401 struct cmd_list_element
*c
,
404 fprintf_filtered (file
,
405 _("Debugger's behavior regarding "
406 "pending breakpoints is %s.\n"),
410 /* If 1, gdb will automatically use hardware breakpoints for breakpoints
411 set with "break" but falling in read-only memory.
412 If 0, gdb will warn about such breakpoints, but won't automatically
413 use hardware breakpoints. */
414 static int automatic_hardware_breakpoints
;
416 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
417 struct cmd_list_element
*c
,
420 fprintf_filtered (file
,
421 _("Automatic usage of hardware breakpoints is %s.\n"),
425 /* If on, gdb will keep breakpoints inserted even as inferior is
426 stopped, and immediately insert any new breakpoints. If off, gdb
427 will insert breakpoints into inferior only when resuming it, and
428 will remove breakpoints upon stop. If auto, GDB will behave as ON
429 if in non-stop mode, and as OFF if all-stop mode.*/
431 static enum auto_boolean always_inserted_mode
= AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
;
434 show_always_inserted_mode (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
435 struct cmd_list_element
*c
, const char *value
)
437 if (always_inserted_mode
== AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
)
438 fprintf_filtered (file
,
439 _("Always inserted breakpoint "
440 "mode is %s (currently %s).\n"),
442 breakpoints_always_inserted_mode () ? "on" : "off");
444 fprintf_filtered (file
, _("Always inserted breakpoint mode is %s.\n"),
449 breakpoints_always_inserted_mode (void)
451 return (always_inserted_mode
== AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE
452 || (always_inserted_mode
== AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
&& non_stop
));
455 static const char condition_evaluation_both
[] = "host or target";
457 /* Modes for breakpoint condition evaluation. */
458 static const char condition_evaluation_auto
[] = "auto";
459 static const char condition_evaluation_host
[] = "host";
460 static const char condition_evaluation_target
[] = "target";
461 static const char *const condition_evaluation_enums
[] = {
462 condition_evaluation_auto
,
463 condition_evaluation_host
,
464 condition_evaluation_target
,
468 /* Global that holds the current mode for breakpoint condition evaluation. */
469 static const char *condition_evaluation_mode_1
= condition_evaluation_auto
;
471 /* Global that we use to display information to the user (gets its value from
472 condition_evaluation_mode_1. */
473 static const char *condition_evaluation_mode
= condition_evaluation_auto
;
475 /* Translate a condition evaluation mode MODE into either "host"
476 or "target". This is used mostly to translate from "auto" to the
477 real setting that is being used. It returns the translated
481 translate_condition_evaluation_mode (const char *mode
)
483 if (mode
== condition_evaluation_auto
)
485 if (target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
486 return condition_evaluation_target
;
488 return condition_evaluation_host
;
494 /* Discovers what condition_evaluation_auto translates to. */
497 breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode (void)
499 return translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode
);
502 /* Return true if GDB should evaluate breakpoint conditions or false
506 gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p (void)
508 const char *mode
= breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ();
510 return (mode
== condition_evaluation_host
);
513 void _initialize_breakpoint (void);
515 /* Are we executing breakpoint commands? */
516 static int executing_breakpoint_commands
;
518 /* Are overlay event breakpoints enabled? */
519 static int overlay_events_enabled
;
521 /* See description in breakpoint.h. */
522 int target_exact_watchpoints
= 0;
524 /* Walk the following statement or block through all breakpoints.
525 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE does so even if the statement deletes the
526 current breakpoint. */
528 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS(B) for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next)
530 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE(B,TMP) \
531 for (B = breakpoint_chain; \
532 B ? (TMP=B->next, 1): 0; \
535 /* Similar iterator for the low-level breakpoints. SAFE variant is
536 not provided so update_global_location_list must not be called
537 while executing the block of ALL_BP_LOCATIONS. */
539 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS(B,BP_TMP) \
540 for (BP_TMP = bp_location; \
541 BP_TMP < bp_location + bp_location_count && (B = *BP_TMP); \
544 /* Iterates through locations with address ADDRESS for the currently selected
545 program space. BP_LOCP_TMP points to each object. BP_LOCP_START points
546 to where the loop should start from.
547 If BP_LOCP_START is a NULL pointer, the macro automatically seeks the
548 appropriate location to start with. */
550 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR(BP_LOCP_TMP, BP_LOCP_START, ADDRESS) \
551 for (BP_LOCP_START = BP_LOCP_START == NULL ? get_first_locp_gte_addr (ADDRESS) : BP_LOCP_START, \
552 BP_LOCP_TMP = BP_LOCP_START; \
554 && (BP_LOCP_TMP < bp_location + bp_location_count \
555 && (*BP_LOCP_TMP)->address == ADDRESS); \
558 /* Iterator for tracepoints only. */
560 #define ALL_TRACEPOINTS(B) \
561 for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next) \
562 if (is_tracepoint (B))
564 /* Chains of all breakpoints defined. */
566 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint_chain
;
568 /* Array is sorted by bp_location_compare - primarily by the ADDRESS. */
570 static struct bp_location
**bp_location
;
572 /* Number of elements of BP_LOCATION. */
574 static unsigned bp_location_count
;
576 /* Maximum alignment offset between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS and
577 ADDRESS for the current elements of BP_LOCATION which get a valid
578 result from bp_location_has_shadow. You can use it for roughly
579 limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATION to scan for shadow bytes for
580 an address you need to read. */
582 static CORE_ADDR bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
;
584 /* Maximum offset plus alignment between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS
585 + bp_target_info.SHADOW_LEN and ADDRESS for the current elements of
586 BP_LOCATION which get a valid result from bp_location_has_shadow.
587 You can use it for roughly limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATION to
588 scan for shadow bytes for an address you need to read. */
590 static CORE_ADDR bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
;
592 /* The locations that no longer correspond to any breakpoint, unlinked
593 from bp_location array, but for which a hit may still be reported
595 VEC(bp_location_p
) *moribund_locations
= NULL
;
597 /* Number of last breakpoint made. */
599 static int breakpoint_count
;
601 /* The value of `breakpoint_count' before the last command that
602 created breakpoints. If the last (break-like) command created more
603 than one breakpoint, then the difference between BREAKPOINT_COUNT
604 and PREV_BREAKPOINT_COUNT is more than one. */
605 static int prev_breakpoint_count
;
607 /* Number of last tracepoint made. */
609 static int tracepoint_count
;
611 static struct cmd_list_element
*breakpoint_set_cmdlist
;
612 static struct cmd_list_element
*breakpoint_show_cmdlist
;
613 struct cmd_list_element
*save_cmdlist
;
615 /* Return whether a breakpoint is an active enabled breakpoint. */
617 breakpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint
*b
)
619 return (b
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
);
622 /* Set breakpoint count to NUM. */
625 set_breakpoint_count (int num
)
627 prev_breakpoint_count
= breakpoint_count
;
628 breakpoint_count
= num
;
629 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("bpnum"), num
);
632 /* Used by `start_rbreak_breakpoints' below, to record the current
633 breakpoint count before "rbreak" creates any breakpoint. */
634 static int rbreak_start_breakpoint_count
;
636 /* Called at the start an "rbreak" command to record the first
640 start_rbreak_breakpoints (void)
642 rbreak_start_breakpoint_count
= breakpoint_count
;
645 /* Called at the end of an "rbreak" command to record the last
649 end_rbreak_breakpoints (void)
651 prev_breakpoint_count
= rbreak_start_breakpoint_count
;
654 /* Used in run_command to zero the hit count when a new run starts. */
657 clear_breakpoint_hit_counts (void)
659 struct breakpoint
*b
;
665 /* Allocate a new counted_command_line with reference count of 1.
666 The new structure owns COMMANDS. */
668 static struct counted_command_line
*
669 alloc_counted_command_line (struct command_line
*commands
)
671 struct counted_command_line
*result
672 = xmalloc (sizeof (struct counted_command_line
));
675 result
->commands
= commands
;
679 /* Increment reference count. This does nothing if CMD is NULL. */
682 incref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line
*cmd
)
688 /* Decrement reference count. If the reference count reaches 0,
689 destroy the counted_command_line. Sets *CMDP to NULL. This does
690 nothing if *CMDP is NULL. */
693 decref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line
**cmdp
)
697 if (--(*cmdp
)->refc
== 0)
699 free_command_lines (&(*cmdp
)->commands
);
706 /* A cleanup function that calls decref_counted_command_line. */
709 do_cleanup_counted_command_line (void *arg
)
711 decref_counted_command_line (arg
);
714 /* Create a cleanup that calls decref_counted_command_line on the
717 static struct cleanup
*
718 make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line
**cmdp
)
720 return make_cleanup (do_cleanup_counted_command_line
, cmdp
);
724 /* Return the breakpoint with the specified number, or NULL
725 if the number does not refer to an existing breakpoint. */
728 get_breakpoint (int num
)
730 struct breakpoint
*b
;
733 if (b
->number
== num
)
741 /* Mark locations as "conditions have changed" in case the target supports
742 evaluating conditions on its side. */
745 mark_breakpoint_modified (struct breakpoint
*b
)
747 struct bp_location
*loc
;
749 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
750 evaluating conditions and if the user has
751 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
753 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
754 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
757 if (!is_breakpoint (b
))
760 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
761 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_modified
;
764 /* Mark location as "conditions have changed" in case the target supports
765 evaluating conditions on its side. */
768 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (struct bp_location
*loc
)
770 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
771 evaluating conditions and if the user has
772 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
774 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
775 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
779 if (!is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
))
782 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_modified
;
785 /* Sets the condition-evaluation mode using the static global
786 condition_evaluation_mode. */
789 set_condition_evaluation_mode (char *args
, int from_tty
,
790 struct cmd_list_element
*c
)
792 const char *old_mode
, *new_mode
;
794 if ((condition_evaluation_mode_1
== condition_evaluation_target
)
795 && !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
797 condition_evaluation_mode_1
= condition_evaluation_mode
;
798 warning (_("Target does not support breakpoint condition evaluation.\n"
799 "Using host evaluation mode instead."));
803 new_mode
= translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode_1
);
804 old_mode
= translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode
);
806 /* Flip the switch. Flip it even if OLD_MODE == NEW_MODE as one of the
807 settings was "auto". */
808 condition_evaluation_mode
= condition_evaluation_mode_1
;
810 /* Only update the mode if the user picked a different one. */
811 if (new_mode
!= old_mode
)
813 struct bp_location
*loc
, **loc_tmp
;
814 /* If the user switched to a different evaluation mode, we
815 need to synch the changes with the target as follows:
817 "host" -> "target": Send all (valid) conditions to the target.
818 "target" -> "host": Remove all the conditions from the target.
821 if (new_mode
== condition_evaluation_target
)
823 /* Mark everything modified and synch conditions with the
825 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_tmp
)
826 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
830 /* Manually mark non-duplicate locations to synch conditions
831 with the target. We do this to remove all the conditions the
832 target knows about. */
833 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_tmp
)
834 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->inserted
)
835 loc
->needs_update
= 1;
839 update_global_location_list (1);
845 /* Shows the current mode of breakpoint condition evaluation. Explicitly shows
846 what "auto" is translating to. */
849 show_condition_evaluation_mode (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
850 struct cmd_list_element
*c
, const char *value
)
852 if (condition_evaluation_mode
== condition_evaluation_auto
)
853 fprintf_filtered (file
,
854 _("Breakpoint condition evaluation "
855 "mode is %s (currently %s).\n"),
857 breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ());
859 fprintf_filtered (file
, _("Breakpoint condition evaluation mode is %s.\n"),
863 /* A comparison function for bp_location AP and BP that is used by
864 bsearch. This comparison function only cares about addresses, unlike
865 the more general bp_location_compare function. */
868 bp_location_compare_addrs (const void *ap
, const void *bp
)
870 struct bp_location
*a
= *(void **) ap
;
871 struct bp_location
*b
= *(void **) bp
;
873 if (a
->address
== b
->address
)
876 return ((a
->address
> b
->address
) - (a
->address
< b
->address
));
879 /* Helper function to skip all bp_locations with addresses
880 less than ADDRESS. It returns the first bp_location that
881 is greater than or equal to ADDRESS. If none is found, just
884 static struct bp_location
**
885 get_first_locp_gte_addr (CORE_ADDR address
)
887 struct bp_location dummy_loc
;
888 struct bp_location
*dummy_locp
= &dummy_loc
;
889 struct bp_location
**locp_found
= NULL
;
891 /* Initialize the dummy location's address field. */
892 memset (&dummy_loc
, 0, sizeof (struct bp_location
));
893 dummy_loc
.address
= address
;
895 /* Find a close match to the first location at ADDRESS. */
896 locp_found
= bsearch (&dummy_locp
, bp_location
, bp_location_count
,
897 sizeof (struct bp_location
**),
898 bp_location_compare_addrs
);
900 /* Nothing was found, nothing left to do. */
901 if (locp_found
== NULL
)
904 /* We may have found a location that is at ADDRESS but is not the first in the
905 location's list. Go backwards (if possible) and locate the first one. */
906 while ((locp_found
- 1) >= bp_location
907 && (*(locp_found
- 1))->address
== address
)
914 set_breakpoint_condition (struct breakpoint
*b
, char *exp
,
917 xfree (b
->cond_string
);
918 b
->cond_string
= NULL
;
920 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
922 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
929 struct bp_location
*loc
;
931 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
936 /* No need to free the condition agent expression
937 bytecode (if we have one). We will handle this
938 when we go through update_global_location_list. */
945 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint %d now unconditional.\n"), b
->number
);
949 const char *arg
= exp
;
951 /* I don't know if it matters whether this is the string the user
952 typed in or the decompiled expression. */
953 b
->cond_string
= xstrdup (arg
);
954 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 0;
956 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
958 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
960 innermost_block
= NULL
;
962 w
->cond_exp
= parse_exp_1 (&arg
, 0, 0, 0);
964 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
965 w
->cond_exp_valid_block
= innermost_block
;
969 struct bp_location
*loc
;
971 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
975 parse_exp_1 (&arg
, loc
->address
,
976 block_for_pc (loc
->address
), 0);
978 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
982 mark_breakpoint_modified (b
);
984 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
987 /* Completion for the "condition" command. */
989 static VEC (char_ptr
) *
990 condition_completer (struct cmd_list_element
*cmd
,
991 const char *text
, const char *word
)
995 text
= skip_spaces_const (text
);
996 space
= skip_to_space_const (text
);
1000 struct breakpoint
*b
;
1001 VEC (char_ptr
) *result
= NULL
;
1005 /* We don't support completion of history indices. */
1006 if (isdigit (text
[1]))
1008 return complete_internalvar (&text
[1]);
1011 /* We're completing the breakpoint number. */
1012 len
= strlen (text
);
1016 int single
= b
->loc
->next
== NULL
;
1017 struct bp_location
*loc
;
1020 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
1025 xsnprintf (location
, sizeof (location
), "%d", b
->number
);
1027 xsnprintf (location
, sizeof (location
), "%d.%d", b
->number
,
1030 if (strncmp (location
, text
, len
) == 0)
1031 VEC_safe_push (char_ptr
, result
, xstrdup (location
));
1040 /* We're completing the expression part. */
1041 text
= skip_spaces_const (space
);
1042 return expression_completer (cmd
, text
, word
);
1045 /* condition N EXP -- set break condition of breakpoint N to EXP. */
1048 condition_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
1050 struct breakpoint
*b
;
1055 error_no_arg (_("breakpoint number"));
1058 bnum
= get_number (&p
);
1060 error (_("Bad breakpoint argument: '%s'"), arg
);
1063 if (b
->number
== bnum
)
1065 /* Check if this breakpoint has a Python object assigned to
1066 it, and if it has a definition of the "stop"
1067 method. This method and conditions entered into GDB from
1068 the CLI are mutually exclusive. */
1070 && gdbpy_breakpoint_has_py_cond (b
->py_bp_object
))
1071 error (_("Cannot set a condition where a Python 'stop' "
1072 "method has been defined in the breakpoint."));
1073 set_breakpoint_condition (b
, p
, from_tty
);
1075 if (is_breakpoint (b
))
1076 update_global_location_list (1);
1081 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bnum
);
1084 /* Check that COMMAND do not contain commands that are suitable
1085 only for tracepoints and not suitable for ordinary breakpoints.
1086 Throw if any such commands is found. */
1089 check_no_tracepoint_commands (struct command_line
*commands
)
1091 struct command_line
*c
;
1093 for (c
= commands
; c
; c
= c
->next
)
1097 if (c
->control_type
== while_stepping_control
)
1098 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command can "
1099 "only be used for tracepoints"));
1101 for (i
= 0; i
< c
->body_count
; ++i
)
1102 check_no_tracepoint_commands ((c
->body_list
)[i
]);
1104 /* Not that command parsing removes leading whitespace and comment
1105 lines and also empty lines. So, we only need to check for
1106 command directly. */
1107 if (strstr (c
->line
, "collect ") == c
->line
)
1108 error (_("The 'collect' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
1110 if (strstr (c
->line
, "teval ") == c
->line
)
1111 error (_("The 'teval' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
1115 /* Encapsulate tests for different types of tracepoints. */
1118 is_tracepoint_type (enum bptype type
)
1120 return (type
== bp_tracepoint
1121 || type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
1122 || type
== bp_static_tracepoint
);
1126 is_tracepoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
1128 return is_tracepoint_type (b
->type
);
1131 /* A helper function that validates that COMMANDS are valid for a
1132 breakpoint. This function will throw an exception if a problem is
1136 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
1137 struct command_line
*commands
)
1139 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
1141 struct tracepoint
*t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
1142 struct command_line
*c
;
1143 struct command_line
*while_stepping
= 0;
1145 /* Reset the while-stepping step count. The previous commands
1146 might have included a while-stepping action, while the new
1150 /* We need to verify that each top-level element of commands is
1151 valid for tracepoints, that there's at most one
1152 while-stepping element, and that the while-stepping's body
1153 has valid tracing commands excluding nested while-stepping.
1154 We also need to validate the tracepoint action line in the
1155 context of the tracepoint --- validate_actionline actually
1156 has side effects, like setting the tracepoint's
1157 while-stepping STEP_COUNT, in addition to checking if the
1158 collect/teval actions parse and make sense in the
1159 tracepoint's context. */
1160 for (c
= commands
; c
; c
= c
->next
)
1162 if (c
->control_type
== while_stepping_control
)
1164 if (b
->type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
)
1165 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1166 "cannot be used for fast tracepoint"));
1167 else if (b
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
1168 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1169 "cannot be used for static tracepoint"));
1172 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1173 "can be used only once"));
1178 validate_actionline (c
->line
, b
);
1182 struct command_line
*c2
;
1184 gdb_assert (while_stepping
->body_count
== 1);
1185 c2
= while_stepping
->body_list
[0];
1186 for (; c2
; c2
= c2
->next
)
1188 if (c2
->control_type
== while_stepping_control
)
1189 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command cannot be nested"));
1195 check_no_tracepoint_commands (commands
);
1199 /* Return a vector of all the static tracepoints set at ADDR. The
1200 caller is responsible for releasing the vector. */
1203 static_tracepoints_here (CORE_ADDR addr
)
1205 struct breakpoint
*b
;
1206 VEC(breakpoint_p
) *found
= 0;
1207 struct bp_location
*loc
;
1210 if (b
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
1212 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
1213 if (loc
->address
== addr
)
1214 VEC_safe_push(breakpoint_p
, found
, b
);
1220 /* Set the command list of B to COMMANDS. If breakpoint is tracepoint,
1221 validate that only allowed commands are included. */
1224 breakpoint_set_commands (struct breakpoint
*b
,
1225 struct command_line
*commands
)
1227 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b
, commands
);
1229 decref_counted_command_line (&b
->commands
);
1230 b
->commands
= alloc_counted_command_line (commands
);
1231 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1234 /* Set the internal `silent' flag on the breakpoint. Note that this
1235 is not the same as the "silent" that may appear in the breakpoint's
1239 breakpoint_set_silent (struct breakpoint
*b
, int silent
)
1241 int old_silent
= b
->silent
;
1244 if (old_silent
!= silent
)
1245 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1248 /* Set the thread for this breakpoint. If THREAD is -1, make the
1249 breakpoint work for any thread. */
1252 breakpoint_set_thread (struct breakpoint
*b
, int thread
)
1254 int old_thread
= b
->thread
;
1257 if (old_thread
!= thread
)
1258 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1261 /* Set the task for this breakpoint. If TASK is 0, make the
1262 breakpoint work for any task. */
1265 breakpoint_set_task (struct breakpoint
*b
, int task
)
1267 int old_task
= b
->task
;
1270 if (old_task
!= task
)
1271 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1275 check_tracepoint_command (char *line
, void *closure
)
1277 struct breakpoint
*b
= closure
;
1279 validate_actionline (line
, b
);
1282 /* A structure used to pass information through
1283 map_breakpoint_numbers. */
1285 struct commands_info
1287 /* True if the command was typed at a tty. */
1290 /* The breakpoint range spec. */
1293 /* Non-NULL if the body of the commands are being read from this
1294 already-parsed command. */
1295 struct command_line
*control
;
1297 /* The command lines read from the user, or NULL if they have not
1299 struct counted_command_line
*cmd
;
1302 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that sets the commands for
1303 commands_command. */
1306 do_map_commands_command (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *data
)
1308 struct commands_info
*info
= data
;
1310 if (info
->cmd
== NULL
)
1312 struct command_line
*l
;
1314 if (info
->control
!= NULL
)
1315 l
= copy_command_lines (info
->control
->body_list
[0]);
1318 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
1321 str
= xstrprintf (_("Type commands for breakpoint(s) "
1322 "%s, one per line."),
1325 old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, str
);
1327 l
= read_command_lines (str
,
1330 ? check_tracepoint_command
: 0),
1333 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
1336 info
->cmd
= alloc_counted_command_line (l
);
1339 /* If a breakpoint was on the list more than once, we don't need to
1341 if (b
->commands
!= info
->cmd
)
1343 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b
, info
->cmd
->commands
);
1344 incref_counted_command_line (info
->cmd
);
1345 decref_counted_command_line (&b
->commands
);
1346 b
->commands
= info
->cmd
;
1347 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1352 commands_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
1353 struct command_line
*control
)
1355 struct cleanup
*cleanups
;
1356 struct commands_info info
;
1358 info
.from_tty
= from_tty
;
1359 info
.control
= control
;
1361 /* If we read command lines from the user, then `info' will hold an
1362 extra reference to the commands that we must clean up. */
1363 cleanups
= make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&info
.cmd
);
1365 if (arg
== NULL
|| !*arg
)
1367 if (breakpoint_count
- prev_breakpoint_count
> 1)
1368 arg
= xstrprintf ("%d-%d", prev_breakpoint_count
+ 1,
1370 else if (breakpoint_count
> 0)
1371 arg
= xstrprintf ("%d", breakpoint_count
);
1374 /* So that we don't try to free the incoming non-NULL
1375 argument in the cleanup below. Mapping breakpoint
1376 numbers will fail in this case. */
1381 /* The command loop has some static state, so we need to preserve
1383 arg
= xstrdup (arg
);
1386 make_cleanup (xfree
, arg
);
1390 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg
, do_map_commands_command
, &info
);
1392 if (info
.cmd
== NULL
)
1393 error (_("No breakpoints specified."));
1395 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
1399 commands_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
1401 commands_command_1 (arg
, from_tty
, NULL
);
1404 /* Like commands_command, but instead of reading the commands from
1405 input stream, takes them from an already parsed command structure.
1407 This is used by cli-script.c to DTRT with breakpoint commands
1408 that are part of if and while bodies. */
1409 enum command_control_type
1410 commands_from_control_command (char *arg
, struct command_line
*cmd
)
1412 commands_command_1 (arg
, 0, cmd
);
1413 return simple_control
;
1416 /* Return non-zero if BL->TARGET_INFO contains valid information. */
1419 bp_location_has_shadow (struct bp_location
*bl
)
1421 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
1425 if (bl
->target_info
.shadow_len
== 0)
1426 /* BL isn't valid, or doesn't shadow memory. */
1431 /* Update BUF, which is LEN bytes read from the target address MEMADDR,
1432 by replacing any memory breakpoints with their shadowed contents.
1434 If READBUF is not NULL, this buffer must not overlap with any of
1435 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents buffers. Otherwise,
1436 a failed assertion internal error will be raised.
1438 The range of shadowed area by each bp_location is:
1439 bl->address - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
1440 up to bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1441 The range we were requested to resolve shadows for is:
1442 memaddr ... memaddr + len
1443 Thus the safe cutoff boundaries for performance optimization are
1444 memaddr + len <= (bl->address
1445 - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max)
1447 bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max <= memaddr */
1450 breakpoint_xfer_memory (gdb_byte
*readbuf
, gdb_byte
*writebuf
,
1451 const gdb_byte
*writebuf_org
,
1452 ULONGEST memaddr
, LONGEST len
)
1454 /* Left boundary, right boundary and median element of our binary
1456 unsigned bc_l
, bc_r
, bc
;
1458 /* Find BC_L which is a leftmost element which may affect BUF
1459 content. It is safe to report lower value but a failure to
1460 report higher one. */
1463 bc_r
= bp_location_count
;
1464 while (bc_l
+ 1 < bc_r
)
1466 struct bp_location
*bl
;
1468 bc
= (bc_l
+ bc_r
) / 2;
1469 bl
= bp_location
[bc
];
1471 /* Check first BL->ADDRESS will not overflow due to the added
1472 constant. Then advance the left boundary only if we are sure
1473 the BC element can in no way affect the BUF content (MEMADDR
1474 to MEMADDR + LEN range).
1476 Use the BP_LOCATION_SHADOW_LEN_AFTER_ADDRESS_MAX safety
1477 offset so that we cannot miss a breakpoint with its shadow
1478 range tail still reaching MEMADDR. */
1480 if ((bl
->address
+ bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1482 && (bl
->address
+ bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1489 /* Due to the binary search above, we need to make sure we pick the
1490 first location that's at BC_L's address. E.g., if there are
1491 multiple locations at the same address, BC_L may end up pointing
1492 at a duplicate location, and miss the "master"/"inserted"
1493 location. Say, given locations L1, L2 and L3 at addresses A and
1496 L1@A, L2@A, L3@B, ...
1498 BC_L could end up pointing at location L2, while the "master"
1499 location could be L1. Since the `loc->inserted' flag is only set
1500 on "master" locations, we'd forget to restore the shadow of L1
1503 && bp_location
[bc_l
]->address
== bp_location
[bc_l
- 1]->address
)
1506 /* Now do full processing of the found relevant range of elements. */
1508 for (bc
= bc_l
; bc
< bp_location_count
; bc
++)
1510 struct bp_location
*bl
= bp_location
[bc
];
1511 CORE_ADDR bp_addr
= 0;
1515 /* bp_location array has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
1516 if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_none
)
1517 warning (_("reading through apparently deleted breakpoint #%d?"),
1520 /* Performance optimization: any further element can no longer affect BUF
1523 if (bl
->address
>= bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
1524 && memaddr
+ len
<= (bl
->address
1525 - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
))
1528 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl
))
1530 if (!breakpoint_address_match (bl
->target_info
.placed_address_space
, 0,
1531 current_program_space
->aspace
, 0))
1534 /* Addresses and length of the part of the breakpoint that
1536 bp_addr
= bl
->target_info
.placed_address
;
1537 bp_size
= bl
->target_info
.shadow_len
;
1539 if (bp_addr
+ bp_size
<= memaddr
)
1540 /* The breakpoint is entirely before the chunk of memory we
1544 if (bp_addr
>= memaddr
+ len
)
1545 /* The breakpoint is entirely after the chunk of memory we are
1549 /* Offset within shadow_contents. */
1550 if (bp_addr
< memaddr
)
1552 /* Only copy the second part of the breakpoint. */
1553 bp_size
-= memaddr
- bp_addr
;
1554 bptoffset
= memaddr
- bp_addr
;
1558 if (bp_addr
+ bp_size
> memaddr
+ len
)
1560 /* Only copy the first part of the breakpoint. */
1561 bp_size
-= (bp_addr
+ bp_size
) - (memaddr
+ len
);
1564 if (readbuf
!= NULL
)
1566 /* Verify that the readbuf buffer does not overlap with
1567 the shadow_contents buffer. */
1568 gdb_assert (bl
->target_info
.shadow_contents
>= readbuf
+ len
1569 || readbuf
>= (bl
->target_info
.shadow_contents
1570 + bl
->target_info
.shadow_len
));
1572 /* Update the read buffer with this inserted breakpoint's
1574 memcpy (readbuf
+ bp_addr
- memaddr
,
1575 bl
->target_info
.shadow_contents
+ bptoffset
, bp_size
);
1579 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= bl
->gdbarch
;
1580 const unsigned char *bp
;
1581 CORE_ADDR placed_address
= bl
->target_info
.placed_address
;
1582 int placed_size
= bl
->target_info
.placed_size
;
1584 /* Update the shadow with what we want to write to memory. */
1585 memcpy (bl
->target_info
.shadow_contents
+ bptoffset
,
1586 writebuf_org
+ bp_addr
- memaddr
, bp_size
);
1588 /* Determine appropriate breakpoint contents and size for this
1590 bp
= gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (gdbarch
, &placed_address
, &placed_size
);
1592 /* Update the final write buffer with this inserted
1593 breakpoint's INSN. */
1594 memcpy (writebuf
+ bp_addr
- memaddr
, bp
+ bptoffset
, bp_size
);
1600 /* Return true if BPT is either a software breakpoint or a hardware
1604 is_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
1606 return (bpt
->type
== bp_breakpoint
1607 || bpt
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
1608 || bpt
->type
== bp_dprintf
);
1611 /* Return true if BPT is of any hardware watchpoint kind. */
1614 is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
1616 return (bpt
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
1617 || bpt
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
1618 || bpt
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
);
1621 /* Return true if BPT is of any watchpoint kind, hardware or
1625 is_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
1627 return (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt
)
1628 || bpt
->type
== bp_watchpoint
);
1631 /* Returns true if the current thread and its running state are safe
1632 to evaluate or update watchpoint B. Watchpoints on local
1633 expressions need to be evaluated in the context of the thread that
1634 was current when the watchpoint was created, and, that thread needs
1635 to be stopped to be able to select the correct frame context.
1636 Watchpoints on global expressions can be evaluated on any thread,
1637 and in any state. It is presently left to the target allowing
1638 memory accesses when threads are running. */
1641 watchpoint_in_thread_scope (struct watchpoint
*b
)
1643 return (b
->base
.pspace
== current_program_space
1644 && (ptid_equal (b
->watchpoint_thread
, null_ptid
)
1645 || (ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, b
->watchpoint_thread
)
1646 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid
))));
1649 /* Set watchpoint B to disp_del_at_next_stop, even including its possible
1650 associated bp_watchpoint_scope breakpoint. */
1653 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (struct watchpoint
*w
)
1655 struct breakpoint
*b
= &w
->base
;
1657 if (b
->related_breakpoint
!= b
)
1659 gdb_assert (b
->related_breakpoint
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
);
1660 gdb_assert (b
->related_breakpoint
->related_breakpoint
== b
);
1661 b
->related_breakpoint
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
1662 b
->related_breakpoint
->related_breakpoint
= b
->related_breakpoint
;
1663 b
->related_breakpoint
= b
;
1665 b
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
1668 /* Assuming that B is a watchpoint:
1669 - Reparse watchpoint expression, if REPARSE is non-zero
1670 - Evaluate expression and store the result in B->val
1671 - Evaluate the condition if there is one, and store the result
1673 - Update the list of values that must be watched in B->loc.
1675 If the watchpoint disposition is disp_del_at_next_stop, then do
1676 nothing. If this is local watchpoint that is out of scope, delete
1679 Even with `set breakpoint always-inserted on' the watchpoints are
1680 removed + inserted on each stop here. Normal breakpoints must
1681 never be removed because they might be missed by a running thread
1682 when debugging in non-stop mode. On the other hand, hardware
1683 watchpoints (is_hardware_watchpoint; processed here) are specific
1684 to each LWP since they are stored in each LWP's hardware debug
1685 registers. Therefore, such LWP must be stopped first in order to
1686 be able to modify its hardware watchpoints.
1688 Hardware watchpoints must be reset exactly once after being
1689 presented to the user. It cannot be done sooner, because it would
1690 reset the data used to present the watchpoint hit to the user. And
1691 it must not be done later because it could display the same single
1692 watchpoint hit during multiple GDB stops. Note that the latter is
1693 relevant only to the hardware watchpoint types bp_read_watchpoint
1694 and bp_access_watchpoint. False hit by bp_hardware_watchpoint is
1695 not user-visible - its hit is suppressed if the memory content has
1698 The following constraints influence the location where we can reset
1699 hardware watchpoints:
1701 * target_stopped_by_watchpoint and target_stopped_data_address are
1702 called several times when GDB stops.
1705 * Multiple hardware watchpoints can be hit at the same time,
1706 causing GDB to stop. GDB only presents one hardware watchpoint
1707 hit at a time as the reason for stopping, and all the other hits
1708 are presented later, one after the other, each time the user
1709 requests the execution to be resumed. Execution is not resumed
1710 for the threads still having pending hit event stored in
1711 LWP_INFO->STATUS. While the watchpoint is already removed from
1712 the inferior on the first stop the thread hit event is kept being
1713 reported from its cached value by linux_nat_stopped_data_address
1714 until the real thread resume happens after the watchpoint gets
1715 presented and thus its LWP_INFO->STATUS gets reset.
1717 Therefore the hardware watchpoint hit can get safely reset on the
1718 watchpoint removal from inferior. */
1721 update_watchpoint (struct watchpoint
*b
, int reparse
)
1723 int within_current_scope
;
1724 struct frame_id saved_frame_id
;
1727 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
1728 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
1729 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
1730 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b
))
1733 if (b
->base
.disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
1738 /* Determine if the watchpoint is within scope. */
1739 if (b
->exp_valid_block
== NULL
)
1740 within_current_scope
= 1;
1743 struct frame_info
*fi
= get_current_frame ();
1744 struct gdbarch
*frame_arch
= get_frame_arch (fi
);
1745 CORE_ADDR frame_pc
= get_frame_pc (fi
);
1747 /* If we're in a function epilogue, unwinding may not work
1748 properly, so do not attempt to recreate locations at this
1749 point. See similar comments in watchpoint_check. */
1750 if (gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p (frame_arch
, frame_pc
))
1753 /* Save the current frame's ID so we can restore it after
1754 evaluating the watchpoint expression on its own frame. */
1755 /* FIXME drow/2003-09-09: It would be nice if evaluate_expression
1756 took a frame parameter, so that we didn't have to change the
1759 saved_frame_id
= get_frame_id (get_selected_frame (NULL
));
1761 fi
= frame_find_by_id (b
->watchpoint_frame
);
1762 within_current_scope
= (fi
!= NULL
);
1763 if (within_current_scope
)
1767 /* We don't free locations. They are stored in the bp_location array
1768 and update_global_location_list will eventually delete them and
1769 remove breakpoints if needed. */
1772 if (within_current_scope
&& reparse
)
1781 s
= b
->exp_string_reparse
? b
->exp_string_reparse
: b
->exp_string
;
1782 b
->exp
= parse_exp_1 (&s
, 0, b
->exp_valid_block
, 0);
1783 /* If the meaning of expression itself changed, the old value is
1784 no longer relevant. We don't want to report a watchpoint hit
1785 to the user when the old value and the new value may actually
1786 be completely different objects. */
1787 value_free (b
->val
);
1791 /* Note that unlike with breakpoints, the watchpoint's condition
1792 expression is stored in the breakpoint object, not in the
1793 locations (re)created below. */
1794 if (b
->base
.cond_string
!= NULL
)
1796 if (b
->cond_exp
!= NULL
)
1798 xfree (b
->cond_exp
);
1802 s
= b
->base
.cond_string
;
1803 b
->cond_exp
= parse_exp_1 (&s
, 0, b
->cond_exp_valid_block
, 0);
1807 /* If we failed to parse the expression, for example because
1808 it refers to a global variable in a not-yet-loaded shared library,
1809 don't try to insert watchpoint. We don't automatically delete
1810 such watchpoint, though, since failure to parse expression
1811 is different from out-of-scope watchpoint. */
1812 if ( !target_has_execution
)
1814 /* Without execution, memory can't change. No use to try and
1815 set watchpoint locations. The watchpoint will be reset when
1816 the target gains execution, through breakpoint_re_set. */
1818 else if (within_current_scope
&& b
->exp
)
1821 struct value
*val_chain
, *v
, *result
, *next
;
1822 struct program_space
*frame_pspace
;
1824 fetch_subexp_value (b
->exp
, &pc
, &v
, &result
, &val_chain
);
1826 /* Avoid setting b->val if it's already set. The meaning of
1827 b->val is 'the last value' user saw, and we should update
1828 it only if we reported that last value to user. As it
1829 happens, the code that reports it updates b->val directly.
1830 We don't keep track of the memory value for masked
1832 if (!b
->val_valid
&& !is_masked_watchpoint (&b
->base
))
1838 frame_pspace
= get_frame_program_space (get_selected_frame (NULL
));
1840 /* Look at each value on the value chain. */
1841 for (v
= val_chain
; v
; v
= value_next (v
))
1843 /* If it's a memory location, and GDB actually needed
1844 its contents to evaluate the expression, then we
1845 must watch it. If the first value returned is
1846 still lazy, that means an error occurred reading it;
1847 watch it anyway in case it becomes readable. */
1848 if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) == lval_memory
1849 && (v
== val_chain
|| ! value_lazy (v
)))
1851 struct type
*vtype
= check_typedef (value_type (v
));
1853 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked
1854 for it explicitly, never if they just happen to
1855 appear in the middle of some value chain. */
1857 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
1858 && TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
))
1862 struct bp_location
*loc
, **tmp
;
1864 addr
= value_address (v
);
1866 if (b
->base
.type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
1868 else if (b
->base
.type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
1871 loc
= allocate_bp_location (&b
->base
);
1872 for (tmp
= &(b
->base
.loc
); *tmp
!= NULL
; tmp
= &((*tmp
)->next
))
1875 loc
->gdbarch
= get_type_arch (value_type (v
));
1877 loc
->pspace
= frame_pspace
;
1878 loc
->address
= addr
;
1879 loc
->length
= TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v
));
1880 loc
->watchpoint_type
= type
;
1885 /* Change the type of breakpoint between hardware assisted or
1886 an ordinary watchpoint depending on the hardware support
1887 and free hardware slots. REPARSE is set when the inferior
1892 enum bp_loc_type loc_type
;
1893 struct bp_location
*bl
;
1895 reg_cnt
= can_use_hardware_watchpoint (val_chain
);
1899 int i
, target_resources_ok
, other_type_used
;
1902 /* Use an exact watchpoint when there's only one memory region to be
1903 watched, and only one debug register is needed to watch it. */
1904 b
->exact
= target_exact_watchpoints
&& reg_cnt
== 1;
1906 /* We need to determine how many resources are already
1907 used for all other hardware watchpoints plus this one
1908 to see if we still have enough resources to also fit
1909 this watchpoint in as well. */
1911 /* If this is a software watchpoint, we try to turn it
1912 to a hardware one -- count resources as if B was of
1913 hardware watchpoint type. */
1914 type
= b
->base
.type
;
1915 if (type
== bp_watchpoint
)
1916 type
= bp_hardware_watchpoint
;
1918 /* This watchpoint may or may not have been placed on
1919 the list yet at this point (it won't be in the list
1920 if we're trying to create it for the first time,
1921 through watch_command), so always account for it
1924 /* Count resources used by all watchpoints except B. */
1925 i
= hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (&b
->base
, type
, &other_type_used
);
1927 /* Add in the resources needed for B. */
1928 i
+= hw_watchpoint_use_count (&b
->base
);
1931 = target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (type
, i
, other_type_used
);
1932 if (target_resources_ok
<= 0)
1934 int sw_mode
= b
->base
.ops
->works_in_software_mode (&b
->base
);
1936 if (target_resources_ok
== 0 && !sw_mode
)
1937 error (_("Target does not support this type of "
1938 "hardware watchpoint."));
1939 else if (target_resources_ok
< 0 && !sw_mode
)
1940 error (_("There are not enough available hardware "
1941 "resources for this watchpoint."));
1943 /* Downgrade to software watchpoint. */
1944 b
->base
.type
= bp_watchpoint
;
1948 /* If this was a software watchpoint, we've just
1949 found we have enough resources to turn it to a
1950 hardware watchpoint. Otherwise, this is a
1952 b
->base
.type
= type
;
1955 else if (!b
->base
.ops
->works_in_software_mode (&b
->base
))
1956 error (_("Expression cannot be implemented with "
1957 "read/access watchpoint."));
1959 b
->base
.type
= bp_watchpoint
;
1961 loc_type
= (b
->base
.type
== bp_watchpoint
? bp_loc_other
1962 : bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
);
1963 for (bl
= b
->base
.loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
1964 bl
->loc_type
= loc_type
;
1967 for (v
= val_chain
; v
; v
= next
)
1969 next
= value_next (v
);
1974 /* If a software watchpoint is not watching any memory, then the
1975 above left it without any location set up. But,
1976 bpstat_stop_status requires a location to be able to report
1977 stops, so make sure there's at least a dummy one. */
1978 if (b
->base
.type
== bp_watchpoint
&& b
->base
.loc
== NULL
)
1980 struct breakpoint
*base
= &b
->base
;
1981 base
->loc
= allocate_bp_location (base
);
1982 base
->loc
->pspace
= frame_pspace
;
1983 base
->loc
->address
= -1;
1984 base
->loc
->length
= -1;
1985 base
->loc
->watchpoint_type
= -1;
1988 else if (!within_current_scope
)
1990 printf_filtered (_("\
1991 Watchpoint %d deleted because the program has left the block\n\
1992 in which its expression is valid.\n"),
1994 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b
);
1997 /* Restore the selected frame. */
1999 select_frame (frame_find_by_id (saved_frame_id
));
2003 /* Returns 1 iff breakpoint location should be
2004 inserted in the inferior. We don't differentiate the type of BL's owner
2005 (breakpoint vs. tracepoint), although insert_location in tracepoint's
2006 breakpoint_ops is not defined, because in insert_bp_location,
2007 tracepoint's insert_location will not be called. */
2009 should_be_inserted (struct bp_location
*bl
)
2011 if (bl
->owner
== NULL
|| !breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
))
2014 if (bl
->owner
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
2017 if (!bl
->enabled
|| bl
->shlib_disabled
|| bl
->duplicate
)
2020 if (user_breakpoint_p (bl
->owner
) && bl
->pspace
->executing_startup
)
2023 /* This is set for example, when we're attached to the parent of a
2024 vfork, and have detached from the child. The child is running
2025 free, and we expect it to do an exec or exit, at which point the
2026 OS makes the parent schedulable again (and the target reports
2027 that the vfork is done). Until the child is done with the shared
2028 memory region, do not insert breakpoints in the parent, otherwise
2029 the child could still trip on the parent's breakpoints. Since
2030 the parent is blocked anyway, it won't miss any breakpoint. */
2031 if (bl
->pspace
->breakpoints_not_allowed
)
2037 /* Same as should_be_inserted but does the check assuming
2038 that the location is not duplicated. */
2041 unduplicated_should_be_inserted (struct bp_location
*bl
)
2044 const int save_duplicate
= bl
->duplicate
;
2047 result
= should_be_inserted (bl
);
2048 bl
->duplicate
= save_duplicate
;
2052 /* Parses a conditional described by an expression COND into an
2053 agent expression bytecode suitable for evaluation
2054 by the bytecode interpreter. Return NULL if there was
2055 any error during parsing. */
2057 static struct agent_expr
*
2058 parse_cond_to_aexpr (CORE_ADDR scope
, struct expression
*cond
)
2060 struct agent_expr
*aexpr
= NULL
;
2061 volatile struct gdb_exception ex
;
2066 /* We don't want to stop processing, so catch any errors
2067 that may show up. */
2068 TRY_CATCH (ex
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
2070 aexpr
= gen_eval_for_expr (scope
, cond
);
2075 /* If we got here, it means the condition could not be parsed to a valid
2076 bytecode expression and thus can't be evaluated on the target's side.
2077 It's no use iterating through the conditions. */
2081 /* We have a valid agent expression. */
2085 /* Based on location BL, create a list of breakpoint conditions to be
2086 passed on to the target. If we have duplicated locations with different
2087 conditions, we will add such conditions to the list. The idea is that the
2088 target will evaluate the list of conditions and will only notify GDB when
2089 one of them is true. */
2092 build_target_condition_list (struct bp_location
*bl
)
2094 struct bp_location
**locp
= NULL
, **loc2p
;
2095 int null_condition_or_parse_error
= 0;
2096 int modified
= bl
->needs_update
;
2097 struct bp_location
*loc
;
2099 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
2100 evaluating conditions and if the user has
2101 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
2103 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
2104 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
2107 /* Do a first pass to check for locations with no assigned
2108 conditions or conditions that fail to parse to a valid agent expression
2109 bytecode. If any of these happen, then it's no use to send conditions
2110 to the target since this location will always trigger and generate a
2111 response back to GDB. */
2112 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2115 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
)
2119 struct agent_expr
*aexpr
;
2121 /* Re-parse the conditions since something changed. In that
2122 case we already freed the condition bytecodes (see
2123 force_breakpoint_reinsertion). We just
2124 need to parse the condition to bytecodes again. */
2125 aexpr
= parse_cond_to_aexpr (bl
->address
, loc
->cond
);
2126 loc
->cond_bytecode
= aexpr
;
2128 /* Check if we managed to parse the conditional expression
2129 correctly. If not, we will not send this condition
2135 /* If we have a NULL bytecode expression, it means something
2136 went wrong or we have a null condition expression. */
2137 if (!loc
->cond_bytecode
)
2139 null_condition_or_parse_error
= 1;
2145 /* If any of these happened, it means we will have to evaluate the conditions
2146 for the location's address on gdb's side. It is no use keeping bytecodes
2147 for all the other duplicate locations, thus we free all of them here.
2149 This is so we have a finer control over which locations' conditions are
2150 being evaluated by GDB or the remote stub. */
2151 if (null_condition_or_parse_error
)
2153 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2156 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
)
2158 /* Only go as far as the first NULL bytecode is
2160 if (!loc
->cond_bytecode
)
2163 free_agent_expr (loc
->cond_bytecode
);
2164 loc
->cond_bytecode
= NULL
;
2169 /* No NULL conditions or failed bytecode generation. Build a condition list
2170 for this location's address. */
2171 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2175 && is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
2176 && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
2177 && loc
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
2179 /* Add the condition to the vector. This will be used later to send the
2180 conditions to the target. */
2181 VEC_safe_push (agent_expr_p
, bl
->target_info
.conditions
,
2182 loc
->cond_bytecode
);
2188 /* Parses a command described by string CMD into an agent expression
2189 bytecode suitable for evaluation by the bytecode interpreter.
2190 Return NULL if there was any error during parsing. */
2192 static struct agent_expr
*
2193 parse_cmd_to_aexpr (CORE_ADDR scope
, char *cmd
)
2195 struct cleanup
*old_cleanups
= 0;
2196 struct expression
*expr
, **argvec
;
2197 struct agent_expr
*aexpr
= NULL
;
2198 volatile struct gdb_exception ex
;
2199 const char *cmdrest
;
2200 const char *format_start
, *format_end
;
2201 struct format_piece
*fpieces
;
2203 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
2210 if (*cmdrest
== ',')
2212 cmdrest
= skip_spaces_const (cmdrest
);
2214 if (*cmdrest
++ != '"')
2215 error (_("No format string following the location"));
2217 format_start
= cmdrest
;
2219 fpieces
= parse_format_string (&cmdrest
);
2221 old_cleanups
= make_cleanup (free_format_pieces_cleanup
, &fpieces
);
2223 format_end
= cmdrest
;
2225 if (*cmdrest
++ != '"')
2226 error (_("Bad format string, non-terminated '\"'."));
2228 cmdrest
= skip_spaces_const (cmdrest
);
2230 if (!(*cmdrest
== ',' || *cmdrest
== '\0'))
2231 error (_("Invalid argument syntax"));
2233 if (*cmdrest
== ',')
2235 cmdrest
= skip_spaces_const (cmdrest
);
2237 /* For each argument, make an expression. */
2239 argvec
= (struct expression
**) alloca (strlen (cmd
)
2240 * sizeof (struct expression
*));
2243 while (*cmdrest
!= '\0')
2248 expr
= parse_exp_1 (&cmd1
, scope
, block_for_pc (scope
), 1);
2249 argvec
[nargs
++] = expr
;
2251 if (*cmdrest
== ',')
2255 /* We don't want to stop processing, so catch any errors
2256 that may show up. */
2257 TRY_CATCH (ex
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
2259 aexpr
= gen_printf (scope
, gdbarch
, 0, 0,
2260 format_start
, format_end
- format_start
,
2261 fpieces
, nargs
, argvec
);
2266 /* If we got here, it means the command could not be parsed to a valid
2267 bytecode expression and thus can't be evaluated on the target's side.
2268 It's no use iterating through the other commands. */
2272 do_cleanups (old_cleanups
);
2274 /* We have a valid agent expression, return it. */
2278 /* Based on location BL, create a list of breakpoint commands to be
2279 passed on to the target. If we have duplicated locations with
2280 different commands, we will add any such to the list. */
2283 build_target_command_list (struct bp_location
*bl
)
2285 struct bp_location
**locp
= NULL
, **loc2p
;
2286 int null_command_or_parse_error
= 0;
2287 int modified
= bl
->needs_update
;
2288 struct bp_location
*loc
;
2290 /* For now, limit to agent-style dprintf breakpoints. */
2291 if (bl
->owner
->type
!= bp_dprintf
2292 || strcmp (dprintf_style
, dprintf_style_agent
) != 0)
2295 if (!target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
2298 /* Do a first pass to check for locations with no assigned
2299 conditions or conditions that fail to parse to a valid agent expression
2300 bytecode. If any of these happen, then it's no use to send conditions
2301 to the target since this location will always trigger and generate a
2302 response back to GDB. */
2303 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2306 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
)
2310 struct agent_expr
*aexpr
;
2312 /* Re-parse the commands since something changed. In that
2313 case we already freed the command bytecodes (see
2314 force_breakpoint_reinsertion). We just
2315 need to parse the command to bytecodes again. */
2316 aexpr
= parse_cmd_to_aexpr (bl
->address
,
2317 loc
->owner
->extra_string
);
2318 loc
->cmd_bytecode
= aexpr
;
2324 /* If we have a NULL bytecode expression, it means something
2325 went wrong or we have a null command expression. */
2326 if (!loc
->cmd_bytecode
)
2328 null_command_or_parse_error
= 1;
2334 /* If anything failed, then we're not doing target-side commands,
2336 if (null_command_or_parse_error
)
2338 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2341 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
2342 && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
)
2344 /* Only go as far as the first NULL bytecode is
2346 if (!loc
->cond_bytecode
)
2349 free_agent_expr (loc
->cond_bytecode
);
2350 loc
->cond_bytecode
= NULL
;
2355 /* No NULL commands or failed bytecode generation. Build a command list
2356 for this location's address. */
2357 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2360 if (loc
->owner
->extra_string
2361 && is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
2362 && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
2363 && loc
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
2365 /* Add the command to the vector. This will be used later
2366 to send the commands to the target. */
2367 VEC_safe_push (agent_expr_p
, bl
->target_info
.tcommands
,
2371 bl
->target_info
.persist
= 0;
2372 /* Maybe flag this location as persistent. */
2373 if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_dprintf
&& disconnected_dprintf
)
2374 bl
->target_info
.persist
= 1;
2377 /* Insert a low-level "breakpoint" of some type. BL is the breakpoint
2378 location. Any error messages are printed to TMP_ERROR_STREAM; and
2379 DISABLED_BREAKS, and HW_BREAKPOINT_ERROR are used to report problems.
2380 Returns 0 for success, 1 if the bp_location type is not supported or
2383 NOTE drow/2003-09-09: This routine could be broken down to an
2384 object-style method for each breakpoint or catchpoint type. */
2386 insert_bp_location (struct bp_location
*bl
,
2387 struct ui_file
*tmp_error_stream
,
2388 int *disabled_breaks
,
2389 int *hw_breakpoint_error
,
2390 int *hw_bp_error_explained_already
)
2393 char *hw_bp_err_string
= NULL
;
2394 struct gdb_exception e
;
2396 if (!should_be_inserted (bl
) || (bl
->inserted
&& !bl
->needs_update
))
2399 /* Note we don't initialize bl->target_info, as that wipes out
2400 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents if the breakpoint
2401 is still inserted at that location. This in turn breaks
2402 target_read_memory which depends on these buffers when
2403 a memory read is requested at the breakpoint location:
2404 Once the target_info has been wiped, we fail to see that
2405 we have a breakpoint inserted at that address and thus
2406 read the breakpoint instead of returning the data saved in
2407 the breakpoint location's shadow contents. */
2408 bl
->target_info
.placed_address
= bl
->address
;
2409 bl
->target_info
.placed_address_space
= bl
->pspace
->aspace
;
2410 bl
->target_info
.length
= bl
->length
;
2412 /* When working with target-side conditions, we must pass all the conditions
2413 for the same breakpoint address down to the target since GDB will not
2414 insert those locations. With a list of breakpoint conditions, the target
2415 can decide when to stop and notify GDB. */
2417 if (is_breakpoint (bl
->owner
))
2419 build_target_condition_list (bl
);
2420 build_target_command_list (bl
);
2421 /* Reset the modification marker. */
2422 bl
->needs_update
= 0;
2425 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2426 || bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2428 if (bl
->owner
->type
!= bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
2430 /* If the explicitly specified breakpoint type
2431 is not hardware breakpoint, check the memory map to see
2432 if the breakpoint address is in read only memory or not.
2434 Two important cases are:
2435 - location type is not hardware breakpoint, memory
2436 is readonly. We change the type of the location to
2437 hardware breakpoint.
2438 - location type is hardware breakpoint, memory is
2439 read-write. This means we've previously made the
2440 location hardware one, but then the memory map changed,
2443 When breakpoints are removed, remove_breakpoints will use
2444 location types we've just set here, the only possible
2445 problem is that memory map has changed during running
2446 program, but it's not going to work anyway with current
2448 struct mem_region
*mr
2449 = lookup_mem_region (bl
->target_info
.placed_address
);
2453 if (automatic_hardware_breakpoints
)
2455 enum bp_loc_type new_type
;
2457 if (mr
->attrib
.mode
!= MEM_RW
)
2458 new_type
= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
;
2460 new_type
= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
;
2462 if (new_type
!= bl
->loc_type
)
2464 static int said
= 0;
2466 bl
->loc_type
= new_type
;
2469 fprintf_filtered (gdb_stdout
,
2470 _("Note: automatically using "
2471 "hardware breakpoints for "
2472 "read-only addresses.\n"));
2477 else if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2478 && mr
->attrib
.mode
!= MEM_RW
)
2479 warning (_("cannot set software breakpoint "
2480 "at readonly address %s"),
2481 paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
));
2485 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
2486 if (overlay_debugging
== ovly_off
2487 || bl
->section
== NULL
2488 || !(section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)))
2490 /* No overlay handling: just set the breakpoint. */
2491 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
2493 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2498 hw_bp_err_string
= (char *) e
.message
;
2503 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
2504 Shall we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
2505 if (!overlay_events_enabled
)
2507 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active,
2508 so we must try to set a breakpoint at the LMA.
2509 This will not work for a hardware breakpoint. */
2510 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2511 warning (_("hardware breakpoint %d not supported in overlay!"),
2515 CORE_ADDR addr
= overlay_unmapped_address (bl
->address
,
2517 /* Set a software (trap) breakpoint at the LMA. */
2518 bl
->overlay_target_info
= bl
->target_info
;
2519 bl
->overlay_target_info
.placed_address
= addr
;
2520 val
= target_insert_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
2521 &bl
->overlay_target_info
);
2523 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2524 "Overlay breakpoint %d "
2525 "failed: in ROM?\n",
2529 /* Shall we set a breakpoint at the VMA? */
2530 if (section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
2532 /* Yes. This overlay section is mapped into memory. */
2533 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
2535 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2540 hw_bp_err_string
= (char *) e
.message
;
2545 /* No. This breakpoint will not be inserted.
2546 No error, but do not mark the bp as 'inserted'. */
2553 /* Can't set the breakpoint. */
2554 if (solib_name_from_address (bl
->pspace
, bl
->address
))
2556 /* See also: disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs. */
2558 bl
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
2559 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bl
->owner
);
2560 if (!*disabled_breaks
)
2562 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2563 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n",
2565 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2566 "Temporarily disabling shared "
2567 "library breakpoints:\n");
2569 *disabled_breaks
= 1;
2570 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2571 "breakpoint #%d\n", bl
->owner
->number
);
2575 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2577 *hw_breakpoint_error
= 1;
2578 *hw_bp_error_explained_already
= hw_bp_err_string
!= NULL
;
2579 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2580 "Cannot insert hardware breakpoint %d%s",
2581 bl
->owner
->number
, hw_bp_err_string
? ":" : ".\n");
2582 if (hw_bp_err_string
)
2583 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
, "%s.\n", hw_bp_err_string
);
2587 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2588 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n",
2590 fprintf_filtered (tmp_error_stream
,
2591 "Error accessing memory address ");
2592 fputs_filtered (paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
),
2594 fprintf_filtered (tmp_error_stream
, ": %s.\n",
2595 safe_strerror (val
));
2606 else if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
2607 /* NOTE drow/2003-09-08: This state only exists for removing
2608 watchpoints. It's not clear that it's necessary... */
2609 && bl
->owner
->disposition
!= disp_del_at_next_stop
)
2611 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
2612 && bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location
!= NULL
);
2614 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2616 /* If trying to set a read-watchpoint, and it turns out it's not
2617 supported, try emulating one with an access watchpoint. */
2618 if (val
== 1 && bl
->watchpoint_type
== hw_read
)
2620 struct bp_location
*loc
, **loc_temp
;
2622 /* But don't try to insert it, if there's already another
2623 hw_access location that would be considered a duplicate
2625 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_temp
)
2627 && loc
->watchpoint_type
== hw_access
2628 && watchpoint_locations_match (bl
, loc
))
2632 bl
->target_info
= loc
->target_info
;
2633 bl
->watchpoint_type
= hw_access
;
2640 bl
->watchpoint_type
= hw_access
;
2641 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2644 /* Back to the original value. */
2645 bl
->watchpoint_type
= hw_read
;
2649 bl
->inserted
= (val
== 0);
2652 else if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_catchpoint
)
2654 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
2655 && bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location
!= NULL
);
2657 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2660 bl
->owner
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
2664 Error inserting catchpoint %d: Your system does not support this type\n\
2665 of catchpoint."), bl
->owner
->number
);
2667 warning (_("Error inserting catchpoint %d."), bl
->owner
->number
);
2670 bl
->inserted
= (val
== 0);
2672 /* We've already printed an error message if there was a problem
2673 inserting this catchpoint, and we've disabled the catchpoint,
2674 so just return success. */
2681 /* This function is called when program space PSPACE is about to be
2682 deleted. It takes care of updating breakpoints to not reference
2686 breakpoint_program_space_exit (struct program_space
*pspace
)
2688 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_temp
;
2689 struct bp_location
*loc
, **loc_temp
;
2691 /* Remove any breakpoint that was set through this program space. */
2692 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_temp
)
2694 if (b
->pspace
== pspace
)
2695 delete_breakpoint (b
);
2698 /* Breakpoints set through other program spaces could have locations
2699 bound to PSPACE as well. Remove those. */
2700 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_temp
)
2702 struct bp_location
*tmp
;
2704 if (loc
->pspace
== pspace
)
2706 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
2707 if (loc
->owner
->loc
== loc
)
2708 loc
->owner
->loc
= loc
->next
;
2710 for (tmp
= loc
->owner
->loc
; tmp
->next
!= NULL
; tmp
= tmp
->next
)
2711 if (tmp
->next
== loc
)
2713 tmp
->next
= loc
->next
;
2719 /* Now update the global location list to permanently delete the
2720 removed locations above. */
2721 update_global_location_list (0);
2724 /* Make sure all breakpoints are inserted in inferior.
2725 Throws exception on any error.
2726 A breakpoint that is already inserted won't be inserted
2727 again, so calling this function twice is safe. */
2729 insert_breakpoints (void)
2731 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
2733 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
2734 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt
))
2736 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bpt
;
2738 update_watchpoint (w
, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
2741 update_global_location_list (1);
2743 /* update_global_location_list does not insert breakpoints when
2744 always_inserted_mode is not enabled. Explicitly insert them
2746 if (!breakpoints_always_inserted_mode ())
2747 insert_breakpoint_locations ();
2750 /* Invoke CALLBACK for each of bp_location. */
2753 iterate_over_bp_locations (walk_bp_location_callback callback
)
2755 struct bp_location
*loc
, **loc_tmp
;
2757 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_tmp
)
2759 callback (loc
, NULL
);
2763 /* This is used when we need to synch breakpoint conditions between GDB and the
2764 target. It is the case with deleting and disabling of breakpoints when using
2765 always-inserted mode. */
2768 update_inserted_breakpoint_locations (void)
2770 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
2773 int disabled_breaks
= 0;
2774 int hw_breakpoint_error
= 0;
2775 int hw_bp_details_reported
= 0;
2777 struct ui_file
*tmp_error_stream
= mem_fileopen ();
2778 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream
);
2780 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
2781 there was an error. */
2782 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
, "Warning:\n");
2784 save_current_space_and_thread ();
2786 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
2788 /* We only want to update software breakpoints and hardware
2790 if (!is_breakpoint (bl
->owner
))
2793 /* We only want to update locations that are already inserted
2794 and need updating. This is to avoid unwanted insertion during
2795 deletion of breakpoints. */
2796 if (!bl
->inserted
|| (bl
->inserted
&& !bl
->needs_update
))
2799 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
2801 /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need
2802 to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to. In fact, even
2803 if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still
2804 insert breakpoints. */
2805 if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
2806 && ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
))
2809 val
= insert_bp_location (bl
, tmp_error_stream
, &disabled_breaks
,
2810 &hw_breakpoint_error
, &hw_bp_details_reported
);
2817 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
2818 error_stream (tmp_error_stream
);
2821 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
2824 /* Used when starting or continuing the program. */
2827 insert_breakpoint_locations (void)
2829 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
2830 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
2833 int disabled_breaks
= 0;
2834 int hw_breakpoint_error
= 0;
2835 int hw_bp_error_explained_already
= 0;
2837 struct ui_file
*tmp_error_stream
= mem_fileopen ();
2838 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream
);
2840 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
2841 there was an error. */
2842 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
, "Warning:\n");
2844 save_current_space_and_thread ();
2846 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
2848 if (!should_be_inserted (bl
) || (bl
->inserted
&& !bl
->needs_update
))
2851 /* There is no point inserting thread-specific breakpoints if
2852 the thread no longer exists. ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location
2853 has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
2854 if (bl
->owner
->thread
!= -1
2855 && !valid_thread_id (bl
->owner
->thread
))
2858 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
2860 /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need
2861 to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to. In fact, even
2862 if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still
2863 insert breakpoints. */
2864 if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
2865 && ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
))
2868 val
= insert_bp_location (bl
, tmp_error_stream
, &disabled_breaks
,
2869 &hw_breakpoint_error
, &hw_bp_error_explained_already
);
2874 /* If we failed to insert all locations of a watchpoint, remove
2875 them, as half-inserted watchpoint is of limited use. */
2876 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
2878 int some_failed
= 0;
2879 struct bp_location
*loc
;
2881 if (!is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt
))
2884 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt
))
2887 if (bpt
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
2890 for (loc
= bpt
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
2891 if (!loc
->inserted
&& should_be_inserted (loc
))
2898 for (loc
= bpt
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
2900 remove_breakpoint (loc
, mark_uninserted
);
2902 hw_breakpoint_error
= 1;
2903 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2904 "Could not insert hardware watchpoint %d.\n",
2912 /* If a hardware breakpoint or watchpoint was inserted, add a
2913 message about possibly exhausted resources. */
2914 if (hw_breakpoint_error
&& !hw_bp_error_explained_already
)
2916 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2917 "Could not insert hardware breakpoints:\n\
2918 You may have requested too many hardware breakpoints/watchpoints.\n");
2920 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
2921 error_stream (tmp_error_stream
);
2924 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
2927 /* Used when the program stops.
2928 Returns zero if successful, or non-zero if there was a problem
2929 removing a breakpoint location. */
2932 remove_breakpoints (void)
2934 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
2937 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
2939 if (bl
->inserted
&& !is_tracepoint (bl
->owner
))
2940 val
|= remove_breakpoint (bl
, mark_uninserted
);
2945 /* Remove breakpoints of process PID. */
2948 remove_breakpoints_pid (int pid
)
2950 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
2952 struct inferior
*inf
= find_inferior_pid (pid
);
2954 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
2956 if (bl
->pspace
!= inf
->pspace
)
2959 if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_dprintf
)
2964 val
= remove_breakpoint (bl
, mark_uninserted
);
2973 reattach_breakpoints (int pid
)
2975 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
2976 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
2978 struct ui_file
*tmp_error_stream
;
2979 int dummy1
= 0, dummy2
= 0, dummy3
= 0;
2980 struct inferior
*inf
;
2981 struct thread_info
*tp
;
2983 tp
= any_live_thread_of_process (pid
);
2987 inf
= find_inferior_pid (pid
);
2988 old_chain
= save_inferior_ptid ();
2990 inferior_ptid
= tp
->ptid
;
2992 tmp_error_stream
= mem_fileopen ();
2993 make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream
);
2995 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
2997 if (bl
->pspace
!= inf
->pspace
)
3003 val
= insert_bp_location (bl
, tmp_error_stream
, &dummy1
, &dummy2
, &dummy3
);
3006 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
3011 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
3015 static int internal_breakpoint_number
= -1;
3017 /* Set the breakpoint number of B, depending on the value of INTERNAL.
3018 If INTERNAL is non-zero, the breakpoint number will be populated
3019 from internal_breakpoint_number and that variable decremented.
3020 Otherwise the breakpoint number will be populated from
3021 breakpoint_count and that value incremented. Internal breakpoints
3022 do not set the internal var bpnum. */
3024 set_breakpoint_number (int internal
, struct breakpoint
*b
)
3027 b
->number
= internal_breakpoint_number
--;
3030 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count
+ 1);
3031 b
->number
= breakpoint_count
;
3035 static struct breakpoint
*
3036 create_internal_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
3037 CORE_ADDR address
, enum bptype type
,
3038 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
3040 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
3041 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3043 init_sal (&sal
); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
3046 sal
.section
= find_pc_overlay (sal
.pc
);
3047 sal
.pspace
= current_program_space
;
3049 b
= set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, type
, ops
);
3050 b
->number
= internal_breakpoint_number
--;
3051 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
3056 static const char *const longjmp_names
[] =
3058 "longjmp", "_longjmp", "siglongjmp", "_siglongjmp"
3060 #define NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES ARRAY_SIZE(longjmp_names)
3062 /* Per-objfile data private to breakpoint.c. */
3063 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
3065 /* Minimal symbol for "_ovly_debug_event" (if any). */
3066 struct minimal_symbol
*overlay_msym
;
3068 /* Minimal symbol(s) for "longjmp", "siglongjmp", etc. (if any). */
3069 struct minimal_symbol
*longjmp_msym
[NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES
];
3071 /* True if we have looked for longjmp probes. */
3072 int longjmp_searched
;
3074 /* SystemTap probe points for longjmp (if any). */
3075 VEC (probe_p
) *longjmp_probes
;
3077 /* Minimal symbol for "std::terminate()" (if any). */
3078 struct minimal_symbol
*terminate_msym
;
3080 /* Minimal symbol for "_Unwind_DebugHook" (if any). */
3081 struct minimal_symbol
*exception_msym
;
3083 /* True if we have looked for exception probes. */
3084 int exception_searched
;
3086 /* SystemTap probe points for unwinding (if any). */
3087 VEC (probe_p
) *exception_probes
;
3090 static const struct objfile_data
*breakpoint_objfile_key
;
3092 /* Minimal symbol not found sentinel. */
3093 static struct minimal_symbol msym_not_found
;
3095 /* Returns TRUE if MSYM point to the "not found" sentinel. */
3098 msym_not_found_p (const struct minimal_symbol
*msym
)
3100 return msym
== &msym_not_found
;
3103 /* Return per-objfile data needed by breakpoint.c.
3104 Allocate the data if necessary. */
3106 static struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*
3107 get_breakpoint_objfile_data (struct objfile
*objfile
)
3109 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3111 bp_objfile_data
= objfile_data (objfile
, breakpoint_objfile_key
);
3112 if (bp_objfile_data
== NULL
)
3114 bp_objfile_data
= obstack_alloc (&objfile
->objfile_obstack
,
3115 sizeof (*bp_objfile_data
));
3117 memset (bp_objfile_data
, 0, sizeof (*bp_objfile_data
));
3118 set_objfile_data (objfile
, breakpoint_objfile_key
, bp_objfile_data
);
3120 return bp_objfile_data
;
3124 free_breakpoint_probes (struct objfile
*obj
, void *data
)
3126 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
= data
;
3128 VEC_free (probe_p
, bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_probes
);
3129 VEC_free (probe_p
, bp_objfile_data
->exception_probes
);
3133 create_overlay_event_breakpoint (void)
3135 struct objfile
*objfile
;
3136 const char *const func_name
= "_ovly_debug_event";
3138 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile
)
3140 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3141 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3144 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3146 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
))
3149 if (bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
== NULL
)
3151 struct minimal_symbol
*m
;
3153 m
= lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name
, objfile
);
3156 /* Avoid future lookups in this objfile. */
3157 bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
= &msym_not_found
;
3160 bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
= m
;
3163 addr
= SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
);
3164 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile
), addr
,
3166 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3167 b
->addr_string
= xstrdup (func_name
);
3169 if (overlay_debugging
== ovly_auto
)
3171 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
3172 overlay_events_enabled
= 1;
3176 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3177 overlay_events_enabled
= 0;
3180 update_global_location_list (1);
3184 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint (void)
3186 struct program_space
*pspace
;
3187 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
3189 old_chain
= save_current_program_space ();
3191 ALL_PSPACES (pspace
)
3193 struct objfile
*objfile
;
3195 set_current_program_space (pspace
);
3197 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile
)
3200 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
;
3201 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3203 gdbarch
= get_objfile_arch (objfile
);
3204 if (!gdbarch_get_longjmp_target_p (gdbarch
))
3207 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3209 if (!bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_searched
)
3211 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_probes
3212 = find_probes_in_objfile (objfile
, "libc", "longjmp");
3213 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_searched
= 1;
3216 if (bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_probes
!= NULL
)
3219 struct probe
*probe
;
3220 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_objfile_arch (objfile
);
3223 VEC_iterate (probe_p
,
3224 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_probes
,
3228 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3230 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, probe
->address
,
3232 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3233 b
->addr_string
= xstrdup ("-probe-stap libc:longjmp");
3234 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3240 for (i
= 0; i
< NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES
; i
++)
3242 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3243 const char *func_name
;
3246 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
]))
3249 func_name
= longjmp_names
[i
];
3250 if (bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
] == NULL
)
3252 struct minimal_symbol
*m
;
3254 m
= lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name
, objfile
);
3257 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
3258 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
] = &msym_not_found
;
3261 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
] = m
;
3264 addr
= SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
]);
3265 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, addr
, bp_longjmp_master
,
3266 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3267 b
->addr_string
= xstrdup (func_name
);
3268 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3272 update_global_location_list (1);
3274 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
3277 /* Create a master std::terminate breakpoint. */
3279 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint (void)
3281 struct program_space
*pspace
;
3282 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
3283 const char *const func_name
= "std::terminate()";
3285 old_chain
= save_current_program_space ();
3287 ALL_PSPACES (pspace
)
3289 struct objfile
*objfile
;
3292 set_current_program_space (pspace
);
3294 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile
)
3296 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3297 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3299 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3301 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
))
3304 if (bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
== NULL
)
3306 struct minimal_symbol
*m
;
3308 m
= lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name
, NULL
, objfile
);
3309 if (m
== NULL
|| (MSYMBOL_TYPE (m
) != mst_text
3310 && MSYMBOL_TYPE (m
) != mst_file_text
))
3312 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
3313 bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
= &msym_not_found
;
3316 bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
= m
;
3319 addr
= SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
);
3320 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile
), addr
,
3321 bp_std_terminate_master
,
3322 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3323 b
->addr_string
= xstrdup (func_name
);
3324 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3328 update_global_location_list (1);
3330 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
3333 /* Install a master breakpoint on the unwinder's debug hook. */
3336 create_exception_master_breakpoint (void)
3338 struct objfile
*objfile
;
3339 const char *const func_name
= "_Unwind_DebugHook";
3341 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile
)
3343 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3344 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
;
3345 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3348 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3350 /* We prefer the SystemTap probe point if it exists. */
3351 if (!bp_objfile_data
->exception_searched
)
3353 bp_objfile_data
->exception_probes
3354 = find_probes_in_objfile (objfile
, "libgcc", "unwind");
3355 bp_objfile_data
->exception_searched
= 1;
3358 if (bp_objfile_data
->exception_probes
!= NULL
)
3360 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_objfile_arch (objfile
);
3362 struct probe
*probe
;
3365 VEC_iterate (probe_p
,
3366 bp_objfile_data
->exception_probes
,
3370 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3372 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, probe
->address
,
3373 bp_exception_master
,
3374 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3375 b
->addr_string
= xstrdup ("-probe-stap libgcc:unwind");
3376 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3382 /* Otherwise, try the hook function. */
3384 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
))
3387 gdbarch
= get_objfile_arch (objfile
);
3389 if (bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
== NULL
)
3391 struct minimal_symbol
*debug_hook
;
3393 debug_hook
= lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name
, NULL
, objfile
);
3394 if (debug_hook
== NULL
)
3396 bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
= &msym_not_found
;
3400 bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
= debug_hook
;
3403 addr
= SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
);
3404 addr
= gdbarch_convert_from_func_ptr_addr (gdbarch
, addr
,
3406 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, addr
, bp_exception_master
,
3407 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3408 b
->addr_string
= xstrdup (func_name
);
3409 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3412 update_global_location_list (1);
3416 update_breakpoints_after_exec (void)
3418 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
3419 struct bp_location
*bploc
, **bplocp_tmp
;
3421 /* We're about to delete breakpoints from GDB's lists. If the
3422 INSERTED flag is true, GDB will try to lift the breakpoints by
3423 writing the breakpoints' "shadow contents" back into memory. The
3424 "shadow contents" are NOT valid after an exec, so GDB should not
3425 do that. Instead, the target is responsible from marking
3426 breakpoints out as soon as it detects an exec. We don't do that
3427 here instead, because there may be other attempts to delete
3428 breakpoints after detecting an exec and before reaching here. */
3429 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bploc
, bplocp_tmp
)
3430 if (bploc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
3431 gdb_assert (!bploc
->inserted
);
3433 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
3435 if (b
->pspace
!= current_program_space
)
3438 /* Solib breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
3439 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
3441 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3445 /* JIT breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
3446 if (b
->type
== bp_jit_event
)
3448 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3452 /* Thread event breakpoints must be set anew after an exec(),
3453 as must overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints. */
3454 if (b
->type
== bp_thread_event
|| b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
3455 || b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
|| b
->type
== bp_std_terminate_master
3456 || b
->type
== bp_exception_master
)
3458 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3462 /* Step-resume breakpoints are meaningless after an exec(). */
3463 if (b
->type
== bp_step_resume
|| b
->type
== bp_hp_step_resume
)
3465 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3469 /* Longjmp and longjmp-resume breakpoints are also meaningless
3471 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp
|| b
->type
== bp_longjmp_resume
3472 || b
->type
== bp_longjmp_call_dummy
3473 || b
->type
== bp_exception
|| b
->type
== bp_exception_resume
)
3475 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3479 if (b
->type
== bp_catchpoint
)
3481 /* For now, none of the bp_catchpoint breakpoints need to
3482 do anything at this point. In the future, if some of
3483 the catchpoints need to something, we will need to add
3484 a new method, and call this method from here. */
3488 /* bp_finish is a special case. The only way we ought to be able
3489 to see one of these when an exec() has happened, is if the user
3490 caught a vfork, and then said "finish". Ordinarily a finish just
3491 carries them to the call-site of the current callee, by setting
3492 a temporary bp there and resuming. But in this case, the finish
3493 will carry them entirely through the vfork & exec.
3495 We don't want to allow a bp_finish to remain inserted now. But
3496 we can't safely delete it, 'cause finish_command has a handle to
3497 the bp on a bpstat, and will later want to delete it. There's a
3498 chance (and I've seen it happen) that if we delete the bp_finish
3499 here, that its storage will get reused by the time finish_command
3500 gets 'round to deleting the "use to be a bp_finish" breakpoint.
3501 We really must allow finish_command to delete a bp_finish.
3503 In the absence of a general solution for the "how do we know
3504 it's safe to delete something others may have handles to?"
3505 problem, what we'll do here is just uninsert the bp_finish, and
3506 let finish_command delete it.
3508 (We know the bp_finish is "doomed" in the sense that it's
3509 momentary, and will be deleted as soon as finish_command sees
3510 the inferior stopped. So it doesn't matter that the bp's
3511 address is probably bogus in the new a.out, unlike e.g., the
3512 solib breakpoints.) */
3514 if (b
->type
== bp_finish
)
3519 /* Without a symbolic address, we have little hope of the
3520 pre-exec() address meaning the same thing in the post-exec()
3522 if (b
->addr_string
== NULL
)
3524 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3528 /* FIXME what about longjmp breakpoints? Re-create them here? */
3529 create_overlay_event_breakpoint ();
3530 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ();
3531 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint ();
3532 create_exception_master_breakpoint ();
3536 detach_breakpoints (ptid_t ptid
)
3538 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3540 struct cleanup
*old_chain
= save_inferior_ptid ();
3541 struct inferior
*inf
= current_inferior ();
3543 if (PIDGET (ptid
) == PIDGET (inferior_ptid
))
3544 error (_("Cannot detach breakpoints of inferior_ptid"));
3546 /* Set inferior_ptid; remove_breakpoint_1 uses this global. */
3547 inferior_ptid
= ptid
;
3548 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3550 if (bl
->pspace
!= inf
->pspace
)
3554 val
|= remove_breakpoint_1 (bl
, mark_inserted
);
3557 /* Detach single-step breakpoints as well. */
3558 detach_single_step_breakpoints ();
3560 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
3564 /* Remove the breakpoint location BL from the current address space.
3565 Note that this is used to detach breakpoints from a child fork.
3566 When we get here, the child isn't in the inferior list, and neither
3567 do we have objects to represent its address space --- we should
3568 *not* look at bl->pspace->aspace here. */
3571 remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location
*bl
, insertion_state_t is
)
3575 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
3576 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
!= NULL
);
3578 if (bl
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
)
3579 /* Permanent breakpoints cannot be inserted or removed. */
3582 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
3583 This should not ever happen. */
3584 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->type
!= bp_none
);
3586 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3587 || bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
3589 /* "Normal" instruction breakpoint: either the standard
3590 trap-instruction bp (bp_breakpoint), or a
3591 bp_hardware_breakpoint. */
3593 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
3594 if (overlay_debugging
== ovly_off
3595 || bl
->section
== NULL
3596 || !(section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)))
3598 /* No overlay handling: just remove the breakpoint. */
3599 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
);
3603 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
3604 Did we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
3605 if (!overlay_events_enabled
)
3607 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active, so we
3608 should have set a breakpoint at the LMA. Remove it.
3610 /* Ignore any failures: if the LMA is in ROM, we will
3611 have already warned when we failed to insert it. */
3612 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
3613 target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
3614 &bl
->overlay_target_info
);
3616 target_remove_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
3617 &bl
->overlay_target_info
);
3619 /* Did we set a breakpoint at the VMA?
3620 If so, we will have marked the breakpoint 'inserted'. */
3623 /* Yes -- remove it. Previously we did not bother to
3624 remove the breakpoint if the section had been
3625 unmapped, but let's not rely on that being safe. We
3626 don't know what the overlay manager might do. */
3628 /* However, we should remove *software* breakpoints only
3629 if the section is still mapped, or else we overwrite
3630 wrong code with the saved shadow contents. */
3631 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
3632 || section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
3633 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
);
3639 /* No -- not inserted, so no need to remove. No error. */
3644 /* In some cases, we might not be able to remove a breakpoint
3645 in a shared library that has already been removed, but we
3646 have not yet processed the shlib unload event. */
3647 if (val
&& solib_name_from_address (bl
->pspace
, bl
->address
))
3652 bl
->inserted
= (is
== mark_inserted
);
3654 else if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
)
3656 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
3657 && bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location
!= NULL
);
3659 bl
->inserted
= (is
== mark_inserted
);
3660 bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
);
3662 /* Failure to remove any of the hardware watchpoints comes here. */
3663 if ((is
== mark_uninserted
) && (bl
->inserted
))
3664 warning (_("Could not remove hardware watchpoint %d."),
3667 else if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_catchpoint
3668 && breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
)
3671 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
3672 && bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location
!= NULL
);
3674 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
);
3678 bl
->inserted
= (is
== mark_inserted
);
3685 remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
, insertion_state_t is
)
3688 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
3690 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
3691 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
!= NULL
);
3693 if (bl
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
)
3694 /* Permanent breakpoints cannot be inserted or removed. */
3697 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
3698 This should not ever happen. */
3699 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->type
!= bp_none
);
3701 old_chain
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
3703 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
3705 ret
= remove_breakpoint_1 (bl
, is
);
3707 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
3711 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints. */
3714 mark_breakpoints_out (void)
3716 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3718 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3719 if (bl
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
3723 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints and delete any
3724 breakpoints which should go away between runs of the program.
3726 Plus other such housekeeping that has to be done for breakpoints
3729 Note: this function gets called at the end of a run (by
3730 generic_mourn_inferior) and when a run begins (by
3731 init_wait_for_inferior). */
3736 breakpoint_init_inferior (enum inf_context context
)
3738 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
3739 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3741 struct program_space
*pspace
= current_program_space
;
3743 /* If breakpoint locations are shared across processes, then there's
3745 if (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ()))
3748 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3750 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
3751 if (bl
->pspace
== pspace
3752 && bl
->owner
->enable_state
!= bp_permanent
)
3756 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
3758 if (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->pspace
!= pspace
)
3764 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy
:
3766 /* If the call dummy breakpoint is at the entry point it will
3767 cause problems when the inferior is rerun, so we better get
3770 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
3772 /* Also get rid of scope breakpoints. */
3774 case bp_shlib_event
:
3776 /* Also remove solib event breakpoints. Their addresses may
3777 have changed since the last time we ran the program.
3778 Actually we may now be debugging against different target;
3779 and so the solib backend that installed this breakpoint may
3780 not be used in by the target. E.g.,
3782 (gdb) file prog-linux
3783 (gdb) run # native linux target
3786 (gdb) file prog-win.exe
3787 (gdb) tar rem :9999 # remote Windows gdbserver.
3790 case bp_step_resume
:
3792 /* Also remove step-resume breakpoints. */
3794 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3798 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
3799 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
3800 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
3802 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
3804 /* Likewise for watchpoints on local expressions. */
3805 if (w
->exp_valid_block
!= NULL
)
3806 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3807 else if (context
== inf_starting
)
3809 /* Reset val field to force reread of starting value in
3810 insert_breakpoints. */
3812 value_free (w
->val
);
3823 /* Get rid of the moribund locations. */
3824 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, bl
); ++ix
)
3825 decref_bp_location (&bl
);
3826 VEC_free (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
);
3829 /* These functions concern about actual breakpoints inserted in the
3830 target --- to e.g. check if we need to do decr_pc adjustment or if
3831 we need to hop over the bkpt --- so we check for address space
3832 match, not program space. */
3834 /* breakpoint_here_p (PC) returns non-zero if an enabled breakpoint
3835 exists at PC. It returns ordinary_breakpoint_here if it's an
3836 ordinary breakpoint, or permanent_breakpoint_here if it's a
3837 permanent breakpoint.
3838 - When continuing from a location with an ordinary breakpoint, we
3839 actually single step once before calling insert_breakpoints.
3840 - When continuing from a location with a permanent breakpoint, we
3841 need to use the `SKIP_PERMANENT_BREAKPOINT' macro, provided by
3842 the target, to advance the PC past the breakpoint. */
3844 enum breakpoint_here
3845 breakpoint_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
3847 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3848 int any_breakpoint_here
= 0;
3850 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3852 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3853 && bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
3856 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
3857 if ((breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
)
3858 || bl
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
)
3859 && breakpoint_location_address_match (bl
, aspace
, pc
))
3861 if (overlay_debugging
3862 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
3863 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
3864 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
3865 else if (bl
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
)
3866 return permanent_breakpoint_here
;
3868 any_breakpoint_here
= 1;
3872 return any_breakpoint_here
? ordinary_breakpoint_here
: 0;
3875 /* Return true if there's a moribund breakpoint at PC. */
3878 moribund_breakpoint_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
3880 struct bp_location
*loc
;
3883 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, loc
); ++ix
)
3884 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc
, aspace
, pc
))
3890 /* Returns non-zero if there's a breakpoint inserted at PC, which is
3891 inserted using regular breakpoint_chain / bp_location array
3892 mechanism. This does not check for single-step breakpoints, which
3893 are inserted and removed using direct target manipulation. */
3896 regular_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
,
3899 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3901 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3903 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3904 && bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
3908 && breakpoint_location_address_match (bl
, aspace
, pc
))
3910 if (overlay_debugging
3911 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
3912 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
3913 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
3921 /* Returns non-zero iff there's either regular breakpoint
3922 or a single step breakpoint inserted at PC. */
3925 breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
3927 if (regular_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace
, pc
))
3930 if (single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace
, pc
))
3936 /* This function returns non-zero iff there is a software breakpoint
3940 software_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
,
3943 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3945 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3947 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
3951 && breakpoint_address_match (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
3954 if (overlay_debugging
3955 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
3956 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
3957 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
3963 /* Also check for software single-step breakpoints. */
3964 if (single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace
, pc
))
3971 hardware_watchpoint_inserted_in_range (struct address_space
*aspace
,
3972 CORE_ADDR addr
, ULONGEST len
)
3974 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
3976 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
3978 struct bp_location
*loc
;
3980 if (bpt
->type
!= bp_hardware_watchpoint
3981 && bpt
->type
!= bp_access_watchpoint
)
3984 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt
))
3987 for (loc
= bpt
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
3988 if (loc
->pspace
->aspace
== aspace
&& loc
->inserted
)
3992 /* Check for intersection. */
3993 l
= max (loc
->address
, addr
);
3994 h
= min (loc
->address
+ loc
->length
, addr
+ len
);
4002 /* breakpoint_thread_match (PC, PTID) returns true if the breakpoint at
4003 PC is valid for process/thread PTID. */
4006 breakpoint_thread_match (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
4009 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
4010 /* The thread and task IDs associated to PTID, computed lazily. */
4014 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
4016 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
4017 && bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
4020 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has bl->OWNER always non-NULL. */
4021 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
)
4022 && bl
->owner
->enable_state
!= bp_permanent
)
4025 if (!breakpoint_location_address_match (bl
, aspace
, pc
))
4028 if (bl
->owner
->thread
!= -1)
4030 /* This is a thread-specific breakpoint. Check that ptid
4031 matches that thread. If thread hasn't been computed yet,
4032 it is now time to do so. */
4034 thread
= pid_to_thread_id (ptid
);
4035 if (bl
->owner
->thread
!= thread
)
4039 if (bl
->owner
->task
!= 0)
4041 /* This is a task-specific breakpoint. Check that ptid
4042 matches that task. If task hasn't been computed yet,
4043 it is now time to do so. */
4045 task
= ada_get_task_number (ptid
);
4046 if (bl
->owner
->task
!= task
)
4050 if (overlay_debugging
4051 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
4052 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
4053 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
4062 /* bpstat stuff. External routines' interfaces are documented
4066 is_catchpoint (struct breakpoint
*ep
)
4068 return (ep
->type
== bp_catchpoint
);
4071 /* Frees any storage that is part of a bpstat. Does not walk the
4075 bpstat_free (bpstat bs
)
4077 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
4078 value_free (bs
->old_val
);
4079 decref_counted_command_line (&bs
->commands
);
4080 decref_bp_location (&bs
->bp_location_at
);
4084 /* Clear a bpstat so that it says we are not at any breakpoint.
4085 Also free any storage that is part of a bpstat. */
4088 bpstat_clear (bpstat
*bsp
)
4105 /* Return a copy of a bpstat. Like "bs1 = bs2" but all storage that
4106 is part of the bpstat is copied as well. */
4109 bpstat_copy (bpstat bs
)
4113 bpstat retval
= NULL
;
4118 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4120 tmp
= (bpstat
) xmalloc (sizeof (*tmp
));
4121 memcpy (tmp
, bs
, sizeof (*tmp
));
4122 incref_counted_command_line (tmp
->commands
);
4123 incref_bp_location (tmp
->bp_location_at
);
4124 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
4126 tmp
->old_val
= value_copy (bs
->old_val
);
4127 release_value (tmp
->old_val
);
4131 /* This is the first thing in the chain. */
4141 /* Find the bpstat associated with this breakpoint. */
4144 bpstat_find_breakpoint (bpstat bsp
, struct breakpoint
*breakpoint
)
4149 for (; bsp
!= NULL
; bsp
= bsp
->next
)
4151 if (bsp
->breakpoint_at
== breakpoint
)
4157 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4159 enum bpstat_signal_value
4160 bpstat_explains_signal (bpstat bsp
)
4162 enum bpstat_signal_value result
= BPSTAT_SIGNAL_NO
;
4164 for (; bsp
!= NULL
; bsp
= bsp
->next
)
4166 /* Ensure that, if we ever entered this loop, then we at least
4167 return BPSTAT_SIGNAL_HIDE. */
4168 enum bpstat_signal_value newval
= BPSTAT_SIGNAL_HIDE
;
4170 if (bsp
->breakpoint_at
!= NULL
)
4171 newval
= bsp
->breakpoint_at
->ops
->explains_signal (bsp
->breakpoint_at
);
4173 if (newval
> result
)
4180 /* Put in *NUM the breakpoint number of the first breakpoint we are
4181 stopped at. *BSP upon return is a bpstat which points to the
4182 remaining breakpoints stopped at (but which is not guaranteed to be
4183 good for anything but further calls to bpstat_num).
4185 Return 0 if passed a bpstat which does not indicate any breakpoints.
4186 Return -1 if stopped at a breakpoint that has been deleted since
4188 Return 1 otherwise. */
4191 bpstat_num (bpstat
*bsp
, int *num
)
4193 struct breakpoint
*b
;
4196 return 0; /* No more breakpoint values */
4198 /* We assume we'll never have several bpstats that correspond to a
4199 single breakpoint -- otherwise, this function might return the
4200 same number more than once and this will look ugly. */
4201 b
= (*bsp
)->breakpoint_at
;
4202 *bsp
= (*bsp
)->next
;
4204 return -1; /* breakpoint that's been deleted since */
4206 *num
= b
->number
; /* We have its number */
4210 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4213 bpstat_clear_actions (void)
4215 struct thread_info
*tp
;
4218 if (ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
))
4221 tp
= find_thread_ptid (inferior_ptid
);
4225 for (bs
= tp
->control
.stop_bpstat
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4227 decref_counted_command_line (&bs
->commands
);
4229 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
4231 value_free (bs
->old_val
);
4237 /* Called when a command is about to proceed the inferior. */
4240 breakpoint_about_to_proceed (void)
4242 if (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
))
4244 struct thread_info
*tp
= inferior_thread ();
4246 /* Allow inferior function calls in breakpoint commands to not
4247 interrupt the command list. When the call finishes
4248 successfully, the inferior will be standing at the same
4249 breakpoint as if nothing happened. */
4250 if (tp
->control
.in_infcall
)
4254 breakpoint_proceeded
= 1;
4257 /* Stub for cleaning up our state if we error-out of a breakpoint
4260 cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *ignore
)
4262 executing_breakpoint_commands
= 0;
4265 /* Return non-zero iff CMD as the first line of a command sequence is `silent'
4266 or its equivalent. */
4269 command_line_is_silent (struct command_line
*cmd
)
4271 return cmd
&& (strcmp ("silent", cmd
->line
) == 0
4272 || (xdb_commands
&& strcmp ("Q", cmd
->line
) == 0));
4275 /* Execute all the commands associated with all the breakpoints at
4276 this location. Any of these commands could cause the process to
4277 proceed beyond this point, etc. We look out for such changes by
4278 checking the global "breakpoint_proceeded" after each command.
4280 Returns true if a breakpoint command resumed the inferior. In that
4281 case, it is the caller's responsibility to recall it again with the
4282 bpstat of the current thread. */
4285 bpstat_do_actions_1 (bpstat
*bsp
)
4288 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
4291 /* Avoid endless recursion if a `source' command is contained
4293 if (executing_breakpoint_commands
)
4296 executing_breakpoint_commands
= 1;
4297 old_chain
= make_cleanup (cleanup_executing_breakpoints
, 0);
4299 prevent_dont_repeat ();
4301 /* This pointer will iterate over the list of bpstat's. */
4304 breakpoint_proceeded
= 0;
4305 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4307 struct counted_command_line
*ccmd
;
4308 struct command_line
*cmd
;
4309 struct cleanup
*this_cmd_tree_chain
;
4311 /* Take ownership of the BSP's command tree, if it has one.
4313 The command tree could legitimately contain commands like
4314 'step' and 'next', which call clear_proceed_status, which
4315 frees stop_bpstat's command tree. To make sure this doesn't
4316 free the tree we're executing out from under us, we need to
4317 take ownership of the tree ourselves. Since a given bpstat's
4318 commands are only executed once, we don't need to copy it; we
4319 can clear the pointer in the bpstat, and make sure we free
4320 the tree when we're done. */
4321 ccmd
= bs
->commands
;
4322 bs
->commands
= NULL
;
4323 this_cmd_tree_chain
= make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&ccmd
);
4324 cmd
= ccmd
? ccmd
->commands
: NULL
;
4325 if (command_line_is_silent (cmd
))
4327 /* The action has been already done by bpstat_stop_status. */
4333 execute_control_command (cmd
);
4335 if (breakpoint_proceeded
)
4341 /* We can free this command tree now. */
4342 do_cleanups (this_cmd_tree_chain
);
4344 if (breakpoint_proceeded
)
4346 if (target_can_async_p ())
4347 /* If we are in async mode, then the target might be still
4348 running, not stopped at any breakpoint, so nothing for
4349 us to do here -- just return to the event loop. */
4352 /* In sync mode, when execute_control_command returns
4353 we're already standing on the next breakpoint.
4354 Breakpoint commands for that stop were not run, since
4355 execute_command does not run breakpoint commands --
4356 only command_line_handler does, but that one is not
4357 involved in execution of breakpoint commands. So, we
4358 can now execute breakpoint commands. It should be
4359 noted that making execute_command do bpstat actions is
4360 not an option -- in this case we'll have recursive
4361 invocation of bpstat for each breakpoint with a
4362 command, and can easily blow up GDB stack. Instead, we
4363 return true, which will trigger the caller to recall us
4364 with the new stop_bpstat. */
4369 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
4374 bpstat_do_actions (void)
4376 struct cleanup
*cleanup_if_error
= make_bpstat_clear_actions_cleanup ();
4378 /* Do any commands attached to breakpoint we are stopped at. */
4379 while (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
)
4380 && target_has_execution
4381 && !is_exited (inferior_ptid
)
4382 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid
))
4383 /* Since in sync mode, bpstat_do_actions may resume the inferior,
4384 and only return when it is stopped at the next breakpoint, we
4385 keep doing breakpoint actions until it returns false to
4386 indicate the inferior was not resumed. */
4387 if (!bpstat_do_actions_1 (&inferior_thread ()->control
.stop_bpstat
))
4390 discard_cleanups (cleanup_if_error
);
4393 /* Print out the (old or new) value associated with a watchpoint. */
4396 watchpoint_value_print (struct value
*val
, struct ui_file
*stream
)
4399 fprintf_unfiltered (stream
, _("<unreadable>"));
4402 struct value_print_options opts
;
4403 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
4404 value_print (val
, stream
, &opts
);
4408 /* Generic routine for printing messages indicating why we
4409 stopped. The behavior of this function depends on the value
4410 'print_it' in the bpstat structure. Under some circumstances we
4411 may decide not to print anything here and delegate the task to
4414 static enum print_stop_action
4415 print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs
)
4417 switch (bs
->print_it
)
4420 /* Nothing should be printed for this bpstat entry. */
4421 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
4425 /* We still want to print the frame, but we already printed the
4426 relevant messages. */
4427 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
4430 case print_it_normal
:
4432 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
4434 /* bs->breakpoint_at can be NULL if it was a momentary breakpoint
4435 which has since been deleted. */
4437 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
4439 /* Normal case. Call the breakpoint's print_it method. */
4440 return b
->ops
->print_it (bs
);
4445 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
4446 _("print_bp_stop_message: unrecognized enum value"));
4451 /* A helper function that prints a shared library stopped event. */
4454 print_solib_event (int is_catchpoint
)
4457 = !VEC_empty (char_ptr
, current_program_space
->deleted_solibs
);
4459 = !VEC_empty (so_list_ptr
, current_program_space
->added_solibs
);
4463 if (any_added
|| any_deleted
)
4464 ui_out_text (current_uiout
,
4465 _("Stopped due to shared library event:\n"));
4467 ui_out_text (current_uiout
,
4468 _("Stopped due to shared library event (no "
4469 "libraries added or removed)\n"));
4472 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout
))
4473 ui_out_field_string (current_uiout
, "reason",
4474 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_SOLIB_EVENT
));
4478 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
4482 ui_out_text (current_uiout
, _(" Inferior unloaded "));
4483 cleanup
= make_cleanup_ui_out_list_begin_end (current_uiout
,
4486 VEC_iterate (char_ptr
, current_program_space
->deleted_solibs
,
4491 ui_out_text (current_uiout
, " ");
4492 ui_out_field_string (current_uiout
, "library", name
);
4493 ui_out_text (current_uiout
, "\n");
4496 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
4501 struct so_list
*iter
;
4503 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
4505 ui_out_text (current_uiout
, _(" Inferior loaded "));
4506 cleanup
= make_cleanup_ui_out_list_begin_end (current_uiout
,
4509 VEC_iterate (so_list_ptr
, current_program_space
->added_solibs
,
4514 ui_out_text (current_uiout
, " ");
4515 ui_out_field_string (current_uiout
, "library", iter
->so_name
);
4516 ui_out_text (current_uiout
, "\n");
4519 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
4523 /* Print a message indicating what happened. This is called from
4524 normal_stop(). The input to this routine is the head of the bpstat
4525 list - a list of the eventpoints that caused this stop. KIND is
4526 the target_waitkind for the stopping event. This
4527 routine calls the generic print routine for printing a message
4528 about reasons for stopping. This will print (for example) the
4529 "Breakpoint n," part of the output. The return value of this
4532 PRINT_UNKNOWN: Means we printed nothing.
4533 PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC: Means we printed something, and expect subsequent
4534 code to print the location. An example is
4535 "Breakpoint 1, " which should be followed by
4537 PRINT_SRC_ONLY: Means we printed something, but there is no need
4538 to also print the location part of the message.
4539 An example is the catch/throw messages, which
4540 don't require a location appended to the end.
4541 PRINT_NOTHING: We have done some printing and we don't need any
4542 further info to be printed. */
4544 enum print_stop_action
4545 bpstat_print (bpstat bs
, int kind
)
4549 /* Maybe another breakpoint in the chain caused us to stop.
4550 (Currently all watchpoints go on the bpstat whether hit or not.
4551 That probably could (should) be changed, provided care is taken
4552 with respect to bpstat_explains_signal). */
4553 for (; bs
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4555 val
= print_bp_stop_message (bs
);
4556 if (val
== PRINT_SRC_ONLY
4557 || val
== PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
4558 || val
== PRINT_NOTHING
)
4562 /* If we had hit a shared library event breakpoint,
4563 print_bp_stop_message would print out this message. If we hit an
4564 OS-level shared library event, do the same thing. */
4565 if (kind
== TARGET_WAITKIND_LOADED
)
4567 print_solib_event (0);
4568 return PRINT_NOTHING
;
4571 /* We reached the end of the chain, or we got a null BS to start
4572 with and nothing was printed. */
4573 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
4576 /* Evaluate the expression EXP and return 1 if value is zero. This is
4577 used inside a catch_errors to evaluate the breakpoint condition.
4578 The argument is a "struct expression *" that has been cast to a
4579 "char *" to make it pass through catch_errors. */
4582 breakpoint_cond_eval (void *exp
)
4584 struct value
*mark
= value_mark ();
4585 int i
= !value_true (evaluate_expression ((struct expression
*) exp
));
4587 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
4591 /* Allocate a new bpstat. Link it to the FIFO list by BS_LINK_POINTER. */
4594 bpstat_alloc (struct bp_location
*bl
, bpstat
**bs_link_pointer
)
4598 bs
= (bpstat
) xmalloc (sizeof (*bs
));
4600 **bs_link_pointer
= bs
;
4601 *bs_link_pointer
= &bs
->next
;
4602 bs
->breakpoint_at
= bl
->owner
;
4603 bs
->bp_location_at
= bl
;
4604 incref_bp_location (bl
);
4605 /* If the condition is false, etc., don't do the commands. */
4606 bs
->commands
= NULL
;
4608 bs
->print_it
= print_it_normal
;
4612 /* The target has stopped with waitstatus WS. Check if any hardware
4613 watchpoints have triggered, according to the target. */
4616 watchpoints_triggered (struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
4618 int stopped_by_watchpoint
= target_stopped_by_watchpoint ();
4620 struct breakpoint
*b
;
4622 if (!stopped_by_watchpoint
)
4624 /* We were not stopped by a watchpoint. Mark all watchpoints
4625 as not triggered. */
4627 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
4629 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
4631 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_no
;
4637 if (!target_stopped_data_address (¤t_target
, &addr
))
4639 /* We were stopped by a watchpoint, but we don't know where.
4640 Mark all watchpoints as unknown. */
4642 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
4644 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
4646 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_unknown
;
4649 return stopped_by_watchpoint
;
4652 /* The target could report the data address. Mark watchpoints
4653 affected by this data address as triggered, and all others as not
4657 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
4659 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
4660 struct bp_location
*loc
;
4662 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_no
;
4663 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
4665 if (is_masked_watchpoint (b
))
4667 CORE_ADDR newaddr
= addr
& w
->hw_wp_mask
;
4668 CORE_ADDR start
= loc
->address
& w
->hw_wp_mask
;
4670 if (newaddr
== start
)
4672 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_yes
;
4676 /* Exact match not required. Within range is sufficient. */
4677 else if (target_watchpoint_addr_within_range (¤t_target
,
4681 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_yes
;
4690 /* Possible return values for watchpoint_check (this can't be an enum
4691 because of check_errors). */
4692 /* The watchpoint has been deleted. */
4693 #define WP_DELETED 1
4694 /* The value has changed. */
4695 #define WP_VALUE_CHANGED 2
4696 /* The value has not changed. */
4697 #define WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED 3
4698 /* Ignore this watchpoint, no matter if the value changed or not. */
4701 #define BP_TEMPFLAG 1
4702 #define BP_HARDWAREFLAG 2
4704 /* Evaluate watchpoint condition expression and check if its value
4707 P should be a pointer to struct bpstat, but is defined as a void *
4708 in order for this function to be usable with catch_errors. */
4711 watchpoint_check (void *p
)
4713 bpstat bs
= (bpstat
) p
;
4714 struct watchpoint
*b
;
4715 struct frame_info
*fr
;
4716 int within_current_scope
;
4718 /* BS is built from an existing struct breakpoint. */
4719 gdb_assert (bs
->breakpoint_at
!= NULL
);
4720 b
= (struct watchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
4722 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
4723 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
4724 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
4725 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b
))
4728 if (b
->exp_valid_block
== NULL
)
4729 within_current_scope
= 1;
4732 struct frame_info
*frame
= get_current_frame ();
4733 struct gdbarch
*frame_arch
= get_frame_arch (frame
);
4734 CORE_ADDR frame_pc
= get_frame_pc (frame
);
4736 /* in_function_epilogue_p() returns a non-zero value if we're
4737 still in the function but the stack frame has already been
4738 invalidated. Since we can't rely on the values of local
4739 variables after the stack has been destroyed, we are treating
4740 the watchpoint in that state as `not changed' without further
4741 checking. Don't mark watchpoints as changed if the current
4742 frame is in an epilogue - even if they are in some other
4743 frame, our view of the stack is likely to be wrong and
4744 frame_find_by_id could error out. */
4745 if (gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p (frame_arch
, frame_pc
))
4748 fr
= frame_find_by_id (b
->watchpoint_frame
);
4749 within_current_scope
= (fr
!= NULL
);
4751 /* If we've gotten confused in the unwinder, we might have
4752 returned a frame that can't describe this variable. */
4753 if (within_current_scope
)
4755 struct symbol
*function
;
4757 function
= get_frame_function (fr
);
4758 if (function
== NULL
4759 || !contained_in (b
->exp_valid_block
,
4760 SYMBOL_BLOCK_VALUE (function
)))
4761 within_current_scope
= 0;
4764 if (within_current_scope
)
4765 /* If we end up stopping, the current frame will get selected
4766 in normal_stop. So this call to select_frame won't affect
4771 if (within_current_scope
)
4773 /* We use value_{,free_to_}mark because it could be a *long*
4774 time before we return to the command level and call
4775 free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values because we
4776 might be in the middle of evaluating a function call. */
4780 struct value
*new_val
;
4782 if (is_masked_watchpoint (&b
->base
))
4783 /* Since we don't know the exact trigger address (from
4784 stopped_data_address), just tell the user we've triggered
4785 a mask watchpoint. */
4786 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED
;
4788 mark
= value_mark ();
4789 fetch_subexp_value (b
->exp
, &pc
, &new_val
, NULL
, NULL
);
4791 /* We use value_equal_contents instead of value_equal because
4792 the latter coerces an array to a pointer, thus comparing just
4793 the address of the array instead of its contents. This is
4794 not what we want. */
4795 if ((b
->val
!= NULL
) != (new_val
!= NULL
)
4796 || (b
->val
!= NULL
&& !value_equal_contents (b
->val
, new_val
)))
4798 if (new_val
!= NULL
)
4800 release_value (new_val
);
4801 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
4803 bs
->old_val
= b
->val
;
4806 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED
;
4810 /* Nothing changed. */
4811 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
4812 return WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED
;
4817 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
4819 /* This seems like the only logical thing to do because
4820 if we temporarily ignored the watchpoint, then when
4821 we reenter the block in which it is valid it contains
4822 garbage (in the case of a function, it may have two
4823 garbage values, one before and one after the prologue).
4824 So we can't even detect the first assignment to it and
4825 watch after that (since the garbage may or may not equal
4826 the first value assigned). */
4827 /* We print all the stop information in
4828 breakpoint_ops->print_it, but in this case, by the time we
4829 call breakpoint_ops->print_it this bp will be deleted
4830 already. So we have no choice but print the information
4832 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
4834 (uiout
, "reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_SCOPE
));
4835 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nWatchpoint ");
4836 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "wpnum", b
->base
.number
);
4838 " deleted because the program has left the block in\n\
4839 which its expression is valid.\n");
4841 /* Make sure the watchpoint's commands aren't executed. */
4842 decref_counted_command_line (&b
->base
.commands
);
4843 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b
);
4849 /* Return true if it looks like target has stopped due to hitting
4850 breakpoint location BL. This function does not check if we should
4851 stop, only if BL explains the stop. */
4854 bpstat_check_location (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
4855 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
4856 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
4858 struct breakpoint
*b
= bl
->owner
;
4860 /* BL is from an existing breakpoint. */
4861 gdb_assert (b
!= NULL
);
4863 return b
->ops
->breakpoint_hit (bl
, aspace
, bp_addr
, ws
);
4866 /* Determine if the watched values have actually changed, and we
4867 should stop. If not, set BS->stop to 0. */
4870 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bpstat bs
)
4872 const struct bp_location
*bl
;
4873 struct watchpoint
*b
;
4875 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
4876 bl
= bs
->bp_location_at
;
4877 gdb_assert (bl
!= NULL
);
4878 b
= (struct watchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
4879 gdb_assert (b
!= NULL
);
4882 int must_check_value
= 0;
4884 if (b
->base
.type
== bp_watchpoint
)
4885 /* For a software watchpoint, we must always check the
4887 must_check_value
= 1;
4888 else if (b
->watchpoint_triggered
== watch_triggered_yes
)
4889 /* We have a hardware watchpoint (read, write, or access)
4890 and the target earlier reported an address watched by
4892 must_check_value
= 1;
4893 else if (b
->watchpoint_triggered
== watch_triggered_unknown
4894 && b
->base
.type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
4895 /* We were stopped by a hardware watchpoint, but the target could
4896 not report the data address. We must check the watchpoint's
4897 value. Access and read watchpoints are out of luck; without
4898 a data address, we can't figure it out. */
4899 must_check_value
= 1;
4901 if (must_check_value
)
4904 = xstrprintf ("Error evaluating expression for watchpoint %d\n",
4906 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup (xfree
, message
);
4907 int e
= catch_errors (watchpoint_check
, bs
, message
,
4909 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
4913 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
4914 bs
->print_it
= print_it_done
;
4918 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
4921 case WP_VALUE_CHANGED
:
4922 if (b
->base
.type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
4924 /* There are two cases to consider here:
4926 1. We're watching the triggered memory for reads.
4927 In that case, trust the target, and always report
4928 the watchpoint hit to the user. Even though
4929 reads don't cause value changes, the value may
4930 have changed since the last time it was read, and
4931 since we're not trapping writes, we will not see
4932 those, and as such we should ignore our notion of
4935 2. We're watching the triggered memory for both
4936 reads and writes. There are two ways this may
4939 2.1. This is a target that can't break on data
4940 reads only, but can break on accesses (reads or
4941 writes), such as e.g., x86. We detect this case
4942 at the time we try to insert read watchpoints.
4944 2.2. Otherwise, the target supports read
4945 watchpoints, but, the user set an access or write
4946 watchpoint watching the same memory as this read
4949 If we're watching memory writes as well as reads,
4950 ignore watchpoint hits when we find that the
4951 value hasn't changed, as reads don't cause
4952 changes. This still gives false positives when
4953 the program writes the same value to memory as
4954 what there was already in memory (we will confuse
4955 it for a read), but it's much better than
4958 int other_write_watchpoint
= 0;
4960 if (bl
->watchpoint_type
== hw_read
)
4962 struct breakpoint
*other_b
;
4964 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (other_b
)
4965 if (other_b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
4966 || other_b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
4968 struct watchpoint
*other_w
=
4969 (struct watchpoint
*) other_b
;
4971 if (other_w
->watchpoint_triggered
4972 == watch_triggered_yes
)
4974 other_write_watchpoint
= 1;
4980 if (other_write_watchpoint
4981 || bl
->watchpoint_type
== hw_access
)
4983 /* We're watching the same memory for writes,
4984 and the value changed since the last time we
4985 updated it, so this trap must be for a write.
4987 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
4992 case WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED
:
4993 if (b
->base
.type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
4994 || b
->base
.type
== bp_watchpoint
)
4996 /* Don't stop: write watchpoints shouldn't fire if
4997 the value hasn't changed. */
4998 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5006 /* Error from catch_errors. */
5007 printf_filtered (_("Watchpoint %d deleted.\n"), b
->base
.number
);
5008 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b
);
5009 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
5010 bs
->print_it
= print_it_done
;
5014 else /* must_check_value == 0 */
5016 /* This is a case where some watchpoint(s) triggered, but
5017 not at the address of this watchpoint, or else no
5018 watchpoint triggered after all. So don't print
5019 anything for this watchpoint. */
5020 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5027 /* Check conditions (condition proper, frame, thread and ignore count)
5028 of breakpoint referred to by BS. If we should not stop for this
5029 breakpoint, set BS->stop to 0. */
5032 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bpstat bs
, ptid_t ptid
)
5034 int thread_id
= pid_to_thread_id (ptid
);
5035 const struct bp_location
*bl
;
5036 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5038 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
5039 bl
= bs
->bp_location_at
;
5040 gdb_assert (bl
!= NULL
);
5041 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5042 gdb_assert (b
!= NULL
);
5044 /* Even if the target evaluated the condition on its end and notified GDB, we
5045 need to do so again since GDB does not know if we stopped due to a
5046 breakpoint or a single step breakpoint. */
5048 if (frame_id_p (b
->frame_id
)
5049 && !frame_id_eq (b
->frame_id
, get_stack_frame_id (get_current_frame ())))
5053 int value_is_zero
= 0;
5054 struct expression
*cond
;
5056 /* Evaluate Python breakpoints that have a "stop"
5057 method implemented. */
5058 if (b
->py_bp_object
)
5059 bs
->stop
= gdbpy_should_stop (b
->py_bp_object
);
5061 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
5063 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
5070 if (cond
&& b
->disposition
!= disp_del_at_next_stop
)
5072 int within_current_scope
= 1;
5073 struct watchpoint
* w
;
5075 /* We use value_mark and value_free_to_mark because it could
5076 be a long time before we return to the command level and
5077 call free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values
5078 because we might be in the middle of evaluating a
5080 struct value
*mark
= value_mark ();
5082 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
5083 w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
5087 /* Need to select the frame, with all that implies so that
5088 the conditions will have the right context. Because we
5089 use the frame, we will not see an inlined function's
5090 variables when we arrive at a breakpoint at the start
5091 of the inlined function; the current frame will be the
5093 if (w
== NULL
|| w
->cond_exp_valid_block
== NULL
)
5094 select_frame (get_current_frame ());
5097 struct frame_info
*frame
;
5099 /* For local watchpoint expressions, which particular
5100 instance of a local is being watched matters, so we
5101 keep track of the frame to evaluate the expression
5102 in. To evaluate the condition however, it doesn't
5103 really matter which instantiation of the function
5104 where the condition makes sense triggers the
5105 watchpoint. This allows an expression like "watch
5106 global if q > 10" set in `func', catch writes to
5107 global on all threads that call `func', or catch
5108 writes on all recursive calls of `func' by a single
5109 thread. We simply always evaluate the condition in
5110 the innermost frame that's executing where it makes
5111 sense to evaluate the condition. It seems
5113 frame
= block_innermost_frame (w
->cond_exp_valid_block
);
5115 select_frame (frame
);
5117 within_current_scope
= 0;
5119 if (within_current_scope
)
5121 = catch_errors (breakpoint_cond_eval
, cond
,
5122 "Error in testing breakpoint condition:\n",
5126 warning (_("Watchpoint condition cannot be tested "
5127 "in the current scope"));
5128 /* If we failed to set the right context for this
5129 watchpoint, unconditionally report it. */
5132 /* FIXME-someday, should give breakpoint #. */
5133 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
5136 if (cond
&& value_is_zero
)
5140 else if (b
->thread
!= -1 && b
->thread
!= thread_id
)
5144 else if (b
->ignore_count
> 0)
5148 /* Increase the hit count even though we don't stop. */
5150 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
5156 /* Get a bpstat associated with having just stopped at address
5157 BP_ADDR in thread PTID.
5159 Determine whether we stopped at a breakpoint, etc, or whether we
5160 don't understand this stop. Result is a chain of bpstat's such
5163 if we don't understand the stop, the result is a null pointer.
5165 if we understand why we stopped, the result is not null.
5167 Each element of the chain refers to a particular breakpoint or
5168 watchpoint at which we have stopped. (We may have stopped for
5169 several reasons concurrently.)
5171 Each element of the chain has valid next, breakpoint_at,
5172 commands, FIXME??? fields. */
5175 bpstat_stop_status (struct address_space
*aspace
,
5176 CORE_ADDR bp_addr
, ptid_t ptid
,
5177 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
5179 struct breakpoint
*b
= NULL
;
5180 struct bp_location
*bl
;
5181 struct bp_location
*loc
;
5182 /* First item of allocated bpstat's. */
5183 bpstat bs_head
= NULL
, *bs_link
= &bs_head
;
5184 /* Pointer to the last thing in the chain currently. */
5187 int need_remove_insert
;
5190 /* First, build the bpstat chain with locations that explain a
5191 target stop, while being careful to not set the target running,
5192 as that may invalidate locations (in particular watchpoint
5193 locations are recreated). Resuming will happen here with
5194 breakpoint conditions or watchpoint expressions that include
5195 inferior function calls. */
5199 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b
) && b
->enable_state
!= bp_permanent
)
5202 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
!= NULL
; bl
= bl
->next
)
5204 /* For hardware watchpoints, we look only at the first
5205 location. The watchpoint_check function will work on the
5206 entire expression, not the individual locations. For
5207 read watchpoints, the watchpoints_triggered function has
5208 checked all locations already. */
5209 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
&& bl
!= b
->loc
)
5212 if (!bl
->enabled
|| bl
->shlib_disabled
)
5215 if (!bpstat_check_location (bl
, aspace
, bp_addr
, ws
))
5218 /* Come here if it's a watchpoint, or if the break address
5221 bs
= bpstat_alloc (bl
, &bs_link
); /* Alloc a bpstat to
5224 /* Assume we stop. Should we find a watchpoint that is not
5225 actually triggered, or if the condition of the breakpoint
5226 evaluates as false, we'll reset 'stop' to 0. */
5230 /* If this is a scope breakpoint, mark the associated
5231 watchpoint as triggered so that we will handle the
5232 out-of-scope event. We'll get to the watchpoint next
5234 if (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
&& b
->related_breakpoint
!= b
)
5236 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
->related_breakpoint
;
5238 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_yes
;
5243 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, loc
); ++ix
)
5245 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc
, aspace
, bp_addr
))
5247 bs
= bpstat_alloc (loc
, &bs_link
);
5248 /* For hits of moribund locations, we should just proceed. */
5251 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5255 /* A bit of special processing for shlib breakpoints. We need to
5256 process solib loading here, so that the lists of loaded and
5257 unloaded libraries are correct before we handle "catch load" and
5259 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5261 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
&& bs
->breakpoint_at
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
5263 handle_solib_event ();
5268 /* Now go through the locations that caused the target to stop, and
5269 check whether we're interested in reporting this stop to higher
5270 layers, or whether we should resume the target transparently. */
5274 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5279 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5280 b
->ops
->check_status (bs
);
5283 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bs
, ptid
);
5288 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
5290 /* We will stop here. */
5291 if (b
->disposition
== disp_disable
)
5293 --(b
->enable_count
);
5294 if (b
->enable_count
<= 0
5295 && b
->enable_state
!= bp_permanent
)
5296 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
5301 bs
->commands
= b
->commands
;
5302 incref_counted_command_line (bs
->commands
);
5303 if (command_line_is_silent (bs
->commands
5304 ? bs
->commands
->commands
: NULL
))
5310 /* Print nothing for this entry if we don't stop or don't
5312 if (!bs
->stop
|| !bs
->print
)
5313 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5316 /* If we aren't stopping, the value of some hardware watchpoint may
5317 not have changed, but the intermediate memory locations we are
5318 watching may have. Don't bother if we're stopping; this will get
5320 need_remove_insert
= 0;
5321 if (! bpstat_causes_stop (bs_head
))
5322 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5324 && bs
->breakpoint_at
5325 && is_hardware_watchpoint (bs
->breakpoint_at
))
5327 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5329 update_watchpoint (w
, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
5330 need_remove_insert
= 1;
5333 if (need_remove_insert
)
5334 update_global_location_list (1);
5335 else if (removed_any
)
5336 update_global_location_list (0);
5342 handle_jit_event (void)
5344 struct frame_info
*frame
;
5345 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
;
5347 /* Switch terminal for any messages produced by
5348 breakpoint_re_set. */
5349 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
5351 frame
= get_current_frame ();
5352 gdbarch
= get_frame_arch (frame
);
5354 jit_event_handler (gdbarch
);
5356 target_terminal_inferior ();
5359 /* Handle an solib event by calling solib_add. */
5362 handle_solib_event (void)
5364 clear_program_space_solib_cache (current_inferior ()->pspace
);
5366 /* Check for any newly added shared libraries if we're supposed to
5367 be adding them automatically. Switch terminal for any messages
5368 produced by breakpoint_re_set. */
5369 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
5371 SOLIB_ADD (NULL
, 0, ¤t_target
, auto_solib_add
);
5373 solib_add (NULL
, 0, ¤t_target
, auto_solib_add
);
5375 target_terminal_inferior ();
5378 /* Prepare WHAT final decision for infrun. */
5380 /* Decide what infrun needs to do with this bpstat. */
5383 bpstat_what (bpstat bs_head
)
5385 struct bpstat_what retval
;
5389 retval
.main_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING
;
5390 retval
.call_dummy
= STOP_NONE
;
5391 retval
.is_longjmp
= 0;
5393 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5395 /* Extract this BS's action. After processing each BS, we check
5396 if its action overrides all we've seem so far. */
5397 enum bpstat_what_main_action this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING
;
5400 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
== NULL
)
5402 /* I suspect this can happen if it was a momentary
5403 breakpoint which has since been deleted. */
5407 bptype
= bs
->breakpoint_at
->type
;
5414 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
5417 case bp_shlib_event
:
5421 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
;
5423 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5426 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5429 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
5430 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
5431 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
5435 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
;
5437 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5441 /* There was a watchpoint, but we're not stopping.
5442 This requires no further action. */
5446 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy
:
5448 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SET_LONGJMP_RESUME
;
5449 retval
.is_longjmp
= bptype
!= bp_exception
;
5451 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
5452 case bp_exception_resume
:
5453 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_CLEAR_LONGJMP_RESUME
;
5454 retval
.is_longjmp
= bptype
== bp_longjmp_resume
;
5456 case bp_step_resume
:
5458 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STEP_RESUME
;
5461 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
5462 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5465 case bp_hp_step_resume
:
5467 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_HP_STEP_RESUME
;
5470 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
5471 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5474 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
5475 case bp_thread_event
:
5476 case bp_overlay_event
:
5477 case bp_longjmp_master
:
5478 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
5479 case bp_exception_master
:
5480 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5486 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
;
5488 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5492 /* There was a catchpoint, but we're not stopping.
5493 This requires no further action. */
5498 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5501 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
5502 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
5503 retval
.call_dummy
= STOP_STACK_DUMMY
;
5504 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5506 case bp_std_terminate
:
5507 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
5508 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
5509 retval
.call_dummy
= STOP_STD_TERMINATE
;
5510 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5513 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
5514 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
5515 /* Tracepoint hits should not be reported back to GDB, and
5516 if one got through somehow, it should have been filtered
5518 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
5519 _("bpstat_what: tracepoint encountered"));
5521 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
5522 /* Step over it (and insert bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return). */
5523 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5525 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
5526 /* The breakpoint will be removed, execution will restart from the
5527 PC of the former breakpoint. */
5528 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING
;
5533 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5535 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5539 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
5540 _("bpstat_what: unhandled bptype %d"), (int) bptype
);
5543 retval
.main_action
= max (retval
.main_action
, this_action
);
5546 /* These operations may affect the bs->breakpoint_at state so they are
5547 delayed after MAIN_ACTION is decided above. */
5552 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog
, "bpstat_what: bp_jit_event\n");
5554 handle_jit_event ();
5557 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5559 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5565 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
5566 gnu_ifunc_resolver_stop (b
);
5568 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
5569 gnu_ifunc_resolver_return_stop (b
);
5577 /* Nonzero if we should step constantly (e.g. watchpoints on machines
5578 without hardware support). This isn't related to a specific bpstat,
5579 just to things like whether watchpoints are set. */
5582 bpstat_should_step (void)
5584 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5587 if (breakpoint_enabled (b
) && b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
&& b
->loc
!= NULL
)
5593 bpstat_causes_stop (bpstat bs
)
5595 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5604 /* Compute a string of spaces suitable to indent the next line
5605 so it starts at the position corresponding to the table column
5606 named COL_NAME in the currently active table of UIOUT. */
5609 wrap_indent_at_field (struct ui_out
*uiout
, const char *col_name
)
5611 static char wrap_indent
[80];
5612 int i
, total_width
, width
, align
;
5616 for (i
= 1; ui_out_query_field (uiout
, i
, &width
, &align
, &text
); i
++)
5618 if (strcmp (text
, col_name
) == 0)
5620 gdb_assert (total_width
< sizeof wrap_indent
);
5621 memset (wrap_indent
, ' ', total_width
);
5622 wrap_indent
[total_width
] = 0;
5627 total_width
+= width
+ 1;
5633 /* Determine if the locations of this breakpoint will have their conditions
5634 evaluated by the target, host or a mix of both. Returns the following:
5636 "host": Host evals condition.
5637 "host or target": Host or Target evals condition.
5638 "target": Target evals condition.
5642 bp_condition_evaluator (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5644 struct bp_location
*bl
;
5645 char host_evals
= 0;
5646 char target_evals
= 0;
5651 if (!is_breakpoint (b
))
5654 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
5655 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
5656 return condition_evaluation_host
;
5658 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
5660 if (bl
->cond_bytecode
)
5666 if (host_evals
&& target_evals
)
5667 return condition_evaluation_both
;
5668 else if (target_evals
)
5669 return condition_evaluation_target
;
5671 return condition_evaluation_host
;
5674 /* Determine the breakpoint location's condition evaluator. This is
5675 similar to bp_condition_evaluator, but for locations. */
5678 bp_location_condition_evaluator (struct bp_location
*bl
)
5680 if (bl
&& !is_breakpoint (bl
->owner
))
5683 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
5684 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
5685 return condition_evaluation_host
;
5687 if (bl
&& bl
->cond_bytecode
)
5688 return condition_evaluation_target
;
5690 return condition_evaluation_host
;
5693 /* Print the LOC location out of the list of B->LOC locations. */
5696 print_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
5697 struct bp_location
*loc
)
5699 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
5700 struct cleanup
*old_chain
= save_current_program_space ();
5702 if (loc
!= NULL
&& loc
->shlib_disabled
)
5706 set_current_program_space (loc
->pspace
);
5708 if (b
->display_canonical
)
5709 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", b
->addr_string
);
5710 else if (loc
&& loc
->symtab
)
5713 = find_pc_sect_function (loc
->address
, loc
->section
);
5716 ui_out_text (uiout
, "in ");
5717 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "func",
5718 SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym
));
5719 ui_out_text (uiout
, " ");
5720 ui_out_wrap_hint (uiout
, wrap_indent_at_field (uiout
, "what"));
5721 ui_out_text (uiout
, "at ");
5723 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "file",
5724 symtab_to_filename_for_display (loc
->symtab
));
5725 ui_out_text (uiout
, ":");
5727 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
5728 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "fullname",
5729 symtab_to_fullname (loc
->symtab
));
5731 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "line", loc
->line_number
);
5735 struct ui_file
*stb
= mem_fileopen ();
5736 struct cleanup
*stb_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (stb
);
5738 print_address_symbolic (loc
->gdbarch
, loc
->address
, stb
,
5740 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "at", stb
);
5742 do_cleanups (stb_chain
);
5745 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "pending", b
->addr_string
);
5747 if (loc
&& is_breakpoint (b
)
5748 && breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode () == condition_evaluation_target
5749 && bp_condition_evaluator (b
) == condition_evaluation_both
)
5751 ui_out_text (uiout
, " (");
5752 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "evaluated-by",
5753 bp_location_condition_evaluator (loc
));
5754 ui_out_text (uiout
, ")");
5757 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
5761 bptype_string (enum bptype type
)
5763 struct ep_type_description
5768 static struct ep_type_description bptypes
[] =
5770 {bp_none
, "?deleted?"},
5771 {bp_breakpoint
, "breakpoint"},
5772 {bp_hardware_breakpoint
, "hw breakpoint"},
5773 {bp_until
, "until"},
5774 {bp_finish
, "finish"},
5775 {bp_watchpoint
, "watchpoint"},
5776 {bp_hardware_watchpoint
, "hw watchpoint"},
5777 {bp_read_watchpoint
, "read watchpoint"},
5778 {bp_access_watchpoint
, "acc watchpoint"},
5779 {bp_longjmp
, "longjmp"},
5780 {bp_longjmp_resume
, "longjmp resume"},
5781 {bp_longjmp_call_dummy
, "longjmp for call dummy"},
5782 {bp_exception
, "exception"},
5783 {bp_exception_resume
, "exception resume"},
5784 {bp_step_resume
, "step resume"},
5785 {bp_hp_step_resume
, "high-priority step resume"},
5786 {bp_watchpoint_scope
, "watchpoint scope"},
5787 {bp_call_dummy
, "call dummy"},
5788 {bp_std_terminate
, "std::terminate"},
5789 {bp_shlib_event
, "shlib events"},
5790 {bp_thread_event
, "thread events"},
5791 {bp_overlay_event
, "overlay events"},
5792 {bp_longjmp_master
, "longjmp master"},
5793 {bp_std_terminate_master
, "std::terminate master"},
5794 {bp_exception_master
, "exception master"},
5795 {bp_catchpoint
, "catchpoint"},
5796 {bp_tracepoint
, "tracepoint"},
5797 {bp_fast_tracepoint
, "fast tracepoint"},
5798 {bp_static_tracepoint
, "static tracepoint"},
5799 {bp_dprintf
, "dprintf"},
5800 {bp_jit_event
, "jit events"},
5801 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver"},
5802 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver return"},
5805 if (((int) type
>= (sizeof (bptypes
) / sizeof (bptypes
[0])))
5806 || ((int) type
!= bptypes
[(int) type
].type
))
5807 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
5808 _("bptypes table does not describe type #%d."),
5811 return bptypes
[(int) type
].description
;
5816 /* For MI, output a field named 'thread-groups' with a list as the value.
5817 For CLI, prefix the list with the string 'inf'. */
5820 output_thread_groups (struct ui_out
*uiout
,
5821 const char *field_name
,
5825 struct cleanup
*back_to
= make_cleanup_ui_out_list_begin_end (uiout
,
5827 int is_mi
= ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
);
5831 /* For backward compatibility, don't display inferiors in CLI unless
5832 there are several. Always display them for MI. */
5833 if (!is_mi
&& mi_only
)
5836 for (i
= 0; VEC_iterate (int, inf_num
, i
, inf
); ++i
)
5842 xsnprintf (mi_group
, sizeof (mi_group
), "i%d", inf
);
5843 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, NULL
, mi_group
);
5848 ui_out_text (uiout
, " inf ");
5850 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", ");
5852 ui_out_text (uiout
, plongest (inf
));
5856 do_cleanups (back_to
);
5859 /* Print B to gdb_stdout. */
5862 print_one_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
5863 struct bp_location
*loc
,
5865 struct bp_location
**last_loc
,
5868 struct command_line
*l
;
5869 static char bpenables
[] = "nynny";
5871 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
5872 int header_of_multiple
= 0;
5873 int part_of_multiple
= (loc
!= NULL
);
5874 struct value_print_options opts
;
5876 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
5878 gdb_assert (!loc
|| loc_number
!= 0);
5879 /* See comment in print_one_breakpoint concerning treatment of
5880 breakpoints with single disabled location. */
5883 && (b
->loc
->next
!= NULL
|| !b
->loc
->enabled
)))
5884 header_of_multiple
= 1;
5892 if (part_of_multiple
)
5895 formatted
= xstrprintf ("%d.%d", b
->number
, loc_number
);
5896 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "number", formatted
);
5901 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "number", b
->number
);
5906 if (part_of_multiple
)
5907 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "type");
5909 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "type", bptype_string (b
->type
));
5913 if (part_of_multiple
)
5914 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "disp");
5916 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
5921 if (part_of_multiple
)
5922 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "enabled", loc
->enabled
? "y" : "n");
5924 ui_out_field_fmt (uiout
, "enabled", "%c",
5925 bpenables
[(int) b
->enable_state
]);
5926 ui_out_spaces (uiout
, 2);
5930 if (b
->ops
!= NULL
&& b
->ops
->print_one
!= NULL
)
5932 /* Although the print_one can possibly print all locations,
5933 calling it here is not likely to get any nice result. So,
5934 make sure there's just one location. */
5935 gdb_assert (b
->loc
== NULL
|| b
->loc
->next
== NULL
);
5936 b
->ops
->print_one (b
, last_loc
);
5942 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
5943 _("print_one_breakpoint: bp_none encountered\n"));
5947 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
5948 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
5949 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
5951 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
5953 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
5954 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
5955 is relatively readable). */
5956 if (opts
.addressprint
)
5957 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
5959 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", w
->exp_string
);
5964 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
5968 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
5969 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy
:
5971 case bp_exception_resume
:
5972 case bp_step_resume
:
5973 case bp_hp_step_resume
:
5974 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
5976 case bp_std_terminate
:
5977 case bp_shlib_event
:
5978 case bp_thread_event
:
5979 case bp_overlay_event
:
5980 case bp_longjmp_master
:
5981 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
5982 case bp_exception_master
:
5984 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
5985 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
5988 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
5989 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
5990 if (opts
.addressprint
)
5993 if (header_of_multiple
)
5994 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "addr", "<MULTIPLE>");
5995 else if (b
->loc
== NULL
|| loc
->shlib_disabled
)
5996 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "addr", "<PENDING>");
5998 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout
, "addr",
5999 loc
->gdbarch
, loc
->address
);
6002 if (!header_of_multiple
)
6003 print_breakpoint_location (b
, loc
);
6010 if (loc
!= NULL
&& !header_of_multiple
)
6012 struct inferior
*inf
;
6013 VEC(int) *inf_num
= NULL
;
6018 if (inf
->pspace
== loc
->pspace
)
6019 VEC_safe_push (int, inf_num
, inf
->num
);
6022 /* For backward compatibility, don't display inferiors in CLI unless
6023 there are several. Always display for MI. */
6025 || (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
6026 && (number_of_program_spaces () > 1
6027 || number_of_inferiors () > 1)
6028 /* LOC is for existing B, it cannot be in
6029 moribund_locations and thus having NULL OWNER. */
6030 && loc
->owner
->type
!= bp_catchpoint
))
6032 output_thread_groups (uiout
, "thread-groups", inf_num
, mi_only
);
6033 VEC_free (int, inf_num
);
6036 if (!part_of_multiple
)
6038 if (b
->thread
!= -1)
6040 /* FIXME: This seems to be redundant and lost here; see the
6041 "stop only in" line a little further down. */
6042 ui_out_text (uiout
, " thread ");
6043 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "thread", b
->thread
);
6045 else if (b
->task
!= 0)
6047 ui_out_text (uiout
, " task ");
6048 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "task", b
->task
);
6052 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
6054 if (!part_of_multiple
)
6055 b
->ops
->print_one_detail (b
, uiout
);
6057 if (part_of_multiple
&& frame_id_p (b
->frame_id
))
6060 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tstop only in stack frame at ");
6061 /* FIXME: cagney/2002-12-01: Shouldn't be poking around inside
6063 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout
, "frame",
6064 b
->gdbarch
, b
->frame_id
.stack_addr
);
6065 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
6068 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->cond_string
)
6071 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
6072 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\ttrace only if ");
6074 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tstop only if ");
6075 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "cond", b
->cond_string
);
6077 /* Print whether the target is doing the breakpoint's condition
6078 evaluation. If GDB is doing the evaluation, don't print anything. */
6079 if (is_breakpoint (b
)
6080 && breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ()
6081 == condition_evaluation_target
)
6083 ui_out_text (uiout
, " (");
6084 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "evaluated-by",
6085 bp_condition_evaluator (b
));
6086 ui_out_text (uiout
, " evals)");
6088 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
6091 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->thread
!= -1)
6093 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
6094 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tstop only in thread ");
6095 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "thread", b
->thread
);
6096 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
6099 if (!part_of_multiple
)
6103 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
6104 if (is_catchpoint (b
))
6105 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tcatchpoint");
6106 else if (is_tracepoint (b
))
6107 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\ttracepoint");
6109 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tbreakpoint");
6110 ui_out_text (uiout
, " already hit ");
6111 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "times", b
->hit_count
);
6112 if (b
->hit_count
== 1)
6113 ui_out_text (uiout
, " time\n");
6115 ui_out_text (uiout
, " times\n");
6119 /* Output the count also if it is zero, but only if this is mi. */
6120 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
6121 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "times", b
->hit_count
);
6125 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->ignore_count
)
6128 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tignore next ");
6129 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "ignore", b
->ignore_count
);
6130 ui_out_text (uiout
, " hits\n");
6133 /* Note that an enable count of 1 corresponds to "enable once"
6134 behavior, which is reported by the combination of enablement and
6135 disposition, so we don't need to mention it here. */
6136 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->enable_count
> 1)
6139 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tdisable after ");
6140 /* Tweak the wording to clarify that ignore and enable counts
6141 are distinct, and have additive effect. */
6142 if (b
->ignore_count
)
6143 ui_out_text (uiout
, "additional ");
6145 ui_out_text (uiout
, "next ");
6146 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "enable", b
->enable_count
);
6147 ui_out_text (uiout
, " hits\n");
6150 if (!part_of_multiple
&& is_tracepoint (b
))
6152 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
6154 if (tp
->traceframe_usage
)
6156 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\ttrace buffer usage ");
6157 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "traceframe-usage", tp
->traceframe_usage
);
6158 ui_out_text (uiout
, " bytes\n");
6162 l
= b
->commands
? b
->commands
->commands
: NULL
;
6163 if (!part_of_multiple
&& l
)
6165 struct cleanup
*script_chain
;
6168 script_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "script");
6169 print_command_lines (uiout
, l
, 4);
6170 do_cleanups (script_chain
);
6173 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
6175 struct tracepoint
*t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
6177 if (!part_of_multiple
&& t
->pass_count
)
6179 annotate_field (10);
6180 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tpass count ");
6181 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "pass", t
->pass_count
);
6182 ui_out_text (uiout
, " \n");
6185 /* Don't display it when tracepoint or tracepoint location is
6187 if (!header_of_multiple
&& loc
!= NULL
&& !loc
->shlib_disabled
)
6189 annotate_field (11);
6191 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
6192 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "installed",
6193 loc
->inserted
? "y" : "n");
6197 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\t");
6199 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tnot ");
6200 ui_out_text (uiout
, "installed on target\n");
6205 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
) && !part_of_multiple
)
6207 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
6209 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
6211 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "original-location", w
->exp_string
);
6213 else if (b
->addr_string
)
6214 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "original-location", b
->addr_string
);
6219 print_one_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
6220 struct bp_location
**last_loc
,
6223 struct cleanup
*bkpt_chain
;
6224 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6226 bkpt_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "bkpt");
6228 print_one_breakpoint_location (b
, NULL
, 0, last_loc
, allflag
);
6229 do_cleanups (bkpt_chain
);
6231 /* If this breakpoint has custom print function,
6232 it's already printed. Otherwise, print individual
6233 locations, if any. */
6234 if (b
->ops
== NULL
|| b
->ops
->print_one
== NULL
)
6236 /* If breakpoint has a single location that is disabled, we
6237 print it as if it had several locations, since otherwise it's
6238 hard to represent "breakpoint enabled, location disabled"
6241 Note that while hardware watchpoints have several locations
6242 internally, that's not a property exposed to user. */
6244 && !is_hardware_watchpoint (b
)
6245 && (b
->loc
->next
|| !b
->loc
->enabled
))
6247 struct bp_location
*loc
;
6250 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
, ++n
)
6252 struct cleanup
*inner2
=
6253 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, NULL
);
6254 print_one_breakpoint_location (b
, loc
, n
, last_loc
, allflag
);
6255 do_cleanups (inner2
);
6262 breakpoint_address_bits (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6264 int print_address_bits
= 0;
6265 struct bp_location
*loc
;
6267 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
6271 /* Software watchpoints that aren't watching memory don't have
6272 an address to print. */
6273 if (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
&& loc
->watchpoint_type
== -1)
6276 addr_bit
= gdbarch_addr_bit (loc
->gdbarch
);
6277 if (addr_bit
> print_address_bits
)
6278 print_address_bits
= addr_bit
;
6281 return print_address_bits
;
6284 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args
6290 do_captured_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out
*uiout
, void *data
)
6292 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args
*args
= data
;
6293 struct breakpoint
*b
;
6294 struct bp_location
*dummy_loc
= NULL
;
6298 if (args
->bnum
== b
->number
)
6300 print_one_breakpoint (b
, &dummy_loc
, 0);
6308 gdb_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out
*uiout
, int bnum
,
6309 char **error_message
)
6311 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args args
;
6314 /* For the moment we don't trust print_one_breakpoint() to not throw
6316 if (catch_exceptions_with_msg (uiout
, do_captured_breakpoint_query
, &args
,
6317 error_message
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
) < 0)
6323 /* Return true if this breakpoint was set by the user, false if it is
6324 internal or momentary. */
6327 user_breakpoint_p (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6329 return b
->number
> 0;
6332 /* Print information on user settable breakpoint (watchpoint, etc)
6333 number BNUM. If BNUM is -1 print all user-settable breakpoints.
6334 If ALLFLAG is non-zero, include non-user-settable breakpoints. If
6335 FILTER is non-NULL, call it on each breakpoint and only include the
6336 ones for which it returns non-zero. Return the total number of
6337 breakpoints listed. */
6340 breakpoint_1 (char *args
, int allflag
,
6341 int (*filter
) (const struct breakpoint
*))
6343 struct breakpoint
*b
;
6344 struct bp_location
*last_loc
= NULL
;
6345 int nr_printable_breakpoints
;
6346 struct cleanup
*bkpttbl_chain
;
6347 struct value_print_options opts
;
6348 int print_address_bits
= 0;
6349 int print_type_col_width
= 14;
6350 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6352 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
6354 /* Compute the number of rows in the table, as well as the size
6355 required for address fields. */
6356 nr_printable_breakpoints
= 0;
6359 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
6360 if (filter
&& !filter (b
))
6363 /* If we have an "args" string, it is a list of breakpoints to
6364 accept. Skip the others. */
6365 if (args
!= NULL
&& *args
!= '\0')
6367 if (allflag
&& parse_and_eval_long (args
) != b
->number
)
6369 if (!allflag
&& !number_is_in_list (args
, b
->number
))
6373 if (allflag
|| user_breakpoint_p (b
))
6375 int addr_bit
, type_len
;
6377 addr_bit
= breakpoint_address_bits (b
);
6378 if (addr_bit
> print_address_bits
)
6379 print_address_bits
= addr_bit
;
6381 type_len
= strlen (bptype_string (b
->type
));
6382 if (type_len
> print_type_col_width
)
6383 print_type_col_width
= type_len
;
6385 nr_printable_breakpoints
++;
6389 if (opts
.addressprint
)
6391 = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout
, 6,
6392 nr_printable_breakpoints
,
6396 = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout
, 5,
6397 nr_printable_breakpoints
,
6400 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6401 annotate_breakpoints_headers ();
6402 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6404 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 7, ui_left
, "number", "Num"); /* 1 */
6405 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6407 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, print_type_col_width
, ui_left
,
6408 "type", "Type"); /* 2 */
6409 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6411 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 4, ui_left
, "disp", "Disp"); /* 3 */
6412 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6414 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 3, ui_left
, "enabled", "Enb"); /* 4 */
6415 if (opts
.addressprint
)
6417 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6419 if (print_address_bits
<= 32)
6420 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 10, ui_left
,
6421 "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
6423 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 18, ui_left
,
6424 "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
6426 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6428 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 40, ui_noalign
, "what", "What"); /* 6 */
6429 ui_out_table_body (uiout
);
6430 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6431 annotate_breakpoints_table ();
6436 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
6437 if (filter
&& !filter (b
))
6440 /* If we have an "args" string, it is a list of breakpoints to
6441 accept. Skip the others. */
6443 if (args
!= NULL
&& *args
!= '\0')
6445 if (allflag
) /* maintenance info breakpoint */
6447 if (parse_and_eval_long (args
) != b
->number
)
6450 else /* all others */
6452 if (!number_is_in_list (args
, b
->number
))
6456 /* We only print out user settable breakpoints unless the
6458 if (allflag
|| user_breakpoint_p (b
))
6459 print_one_breakpoint (b
, &last_loc
, allflag
);
6462 do_cleanups (bkpttbl_chain
);
6464 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
== 0)
6466 /* If there's a filter, let the caller decide how to report
6470 if (args
== NULL
|| *args
== '\0')
6471 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0, "No breakpoints or watchpoints.\n");
6473 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0,
6474 "No breakpoint or watchpoint matching '%s'.\n",
6480 if (last_loc
&& !server_command
)
6481 set_next_address (last_loc
->gdbarch
, last_loc
->address
);
6484 /* FIXME? Should this be moved up so that it is only called when
6485 there have been breakpoints? */
6486 annotate_breakpoints_table_end ();
6488 return nr_printable_breakpoints
;
6491 /* Display the value of default-collect in a way that is generally
6492 compatible with the breakpoint list. */
6495 default_collect_info (void)
6497 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6499 /* If it has no value (which is frequently the case), say nothing; a
6500 message like "No default-collect." gets in user's face when it's
6502 if (!*default_collect
)
6505 /* The following phrase lines up nicely with per-tracepoint collect
6507 ui_out_text (uiout
, "default collect ");
6508 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "default-collect", default_collect
);
6509 ui_out_text (uiout
, " \n");
6513 breakpoints_info (char *args
, int from_tty
)
6515 breakpoint_1 (args
, 0, NULL
);
6517 default_collect_info ();
6521 watchpoints_info (char *args
, int from_tty
)
6523 int num_printed
= breakpoint_1 (args
, 0, is_watchpoint
);
6524 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6526 if (num_printed
== 0)
6528 if (args
== NULL
|| *args
== '\0')
6529 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0, "No watchpoints.\n");
6531 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0, "No watchpoint matching '%s'.\n", args
);
6536 maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *args
, int from_tty
)
6538 breakpoint_1 (args
, 1, NULL
);
6540 default_collect_info ();
6544 breakpoint_has_pc (struct breakpoint
*b
,
6545 struct program_space
*pspace
,
6546 CORE_ADDR pc
, struct obj_section
*section
)
6548 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
6550 for (; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
6552 if (bl
->pspace
== pspace
6553 && bl
->address
== pc
6554 && (!overlay_debugging
|| bl
->section
== section
))
6560 /* Print a message describing any user-breakpoints set at PC. This
6561 concerns with logical breakpoints, so we match program spaces, not
6565 describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
6566 struct program_space
*pspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
6567 struct obj_section
*section
, int thread
)
6570 struct breakpoint
*b
;
6573 others
+= (user_breakpoint_p (b
)
6574 && breakpoint_has_pc (b
, pspace
, pc
, section
));
6578 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoint "));
6579 else /* if (others == ???) */
6580 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoints "));
6582 if (user_breakpoint_p (b
) && breakpoint_has_pc (b
, pspace
, pc
, section
))
6585 printf_filtered ("%d", b
->number
);
6586 if (b
->thread
== -1 && thread
!= -1)
6587 printf_filtered (" (all threads)");
6588 else if (b
->thread
!= -1)
6589 printf_filtered (" (thread %d)", b
->thread
);
6590 printf_filtered ("%s%s ",
6591 ((b
->enable_state
== bp_disabled
6592 || b
->enable_state
== bp_call_disabled
)
6594 : b
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
6598 : ((others
== 1) ? " and" : ""));
6600 printf_filtered (_("also set at pc "));
6601 fputs_filtered (paddress (gdbarch
, pc
), gdb_stdout
);
6602 printf_filtered (".\n");
6607 /* Return true iff it is meaningful to use the address member of
6608 BPT. For some breakpoint types, the address member is irrelevant
6609 and it makes no sense to attempt to compare it to other addresses
6610 (or use it for any other purpose either).
6612 More specifically, each of the following breakpoint types will
6613 always have a zero valued address and we don't want to mark
6614 breakpoints of any of these types to be a duplicate of an actual
6615 breakpoint at address zero:
6623 breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
6625 enum bptype type
= bpt
->type
;
6627 return (type
!= bp_watchpoint
&& type
!= bp_catchpoint
);
6630 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's owners are hardware watchpoints, returns
6631 true if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same watchpoint location. */
6634 watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
6635 struct bp_location
*loc2
)
6637 struct watchpoint
*w1
= (struct watchpoint
*) loc1
->owner
;
6638 struct watchpoint
*w2
= (struct watchpoint
*) loc2
->owner
;
6640 /* Both of them must exist. */
6641 gdb_assert (w1
!= NULL
);
6642 gdb_assert (w2
!= NULL
);
6644 /* If the target can evaluate the condition expression in hardware,
6645 then we we need to insert both watchpoints even if they are at
6646 the same place. Otherwise the watchpoint will only trigger when
6647 the condition of whichever watchpoint was inserted evaluates to
6648 true, not giving a chance for GDB to check the condition of the
6649 other watchpoint. */
6651 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc1
->address
,
6653 loc1
->watchpoint_type
,
6656 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc2
->address
,
6658 loc2
->watchpoint_type
,
6662 /* Note that this checks the owner's type, not the location's. In
6663 case the target does not support read watchpoints, but does
6664 support access watchpoints, we'll have bp_read_watchpoint
6665 watchpoints with hw_access locations. Those should be considered
6666 duplicates of hw_read locations. The hw_read locations will
6667 become hw_access locations later. */
6668 return (loc1
->owner
->type
== loc2
->owner
->type
6669 && loc1
->pspace
->aspace
== loc2
->pspace
->aspace
6670 && loc1
->address
== loc2
->address
6671 && loc1
->length
== loc2
->length
);
6674 /* Returns true if {ASPACE1,ADDR1} and {ASPACE2,ADDR2} represent the
6675 same breakpoint location. In most targets, this can only be true
6676 if ASPACE1 matches ASPACE2. On targets that have global
6677 breakpoints, the address space doesn't really matter. */
6680 breakpoint_address_match (struct address_space
*aspace1
, CORE_ADDR addr1
,
6681 struct address_space
*aspace2
, CORE_ADDR addr2
)
6683 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
6684 || aspace1
== aspace2
)
6688 /* Returns true if {ASPACE2,ADDR2} falls within the range determined by
6689 {ASPACE1,ADDR1,LEN1}. In most targets, this can only be true if ASPACE1
6690 matches ASPACE2. On targets that have global breakpoints, the address
6691 space doesn't really matter. */
6694 breakpoint_address_match_range (struct address_space
*aspace1
, CORE_ADDR addr1
,
6695 int len1
, struct address_space
*aspace2
,
6698 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
6699 || aspace1
== aspace2
)
6700 && addr2
>= addr1
&& addr2
< addr1
+ len1
);
6703 /* Returns true if {ASPACE,ADDR} matches the breakpoint BL. BL may be
6704 a ranged breakpoint. In most targets, a match happens only if ASPACE
6705 matches the breakpoint's address space. On targets that have global
6706 breakpoints, the address space doesn't really matter. */
6709 breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location
*bl
,
6710 struct address_space
*aspace
,
6713 return (breakpoint_address_match (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
6716 && breakpoint_address_match_range (bl
->pspace
->aspace
,
6717 bl
->address
, bl
->length
,
6721 /* If LOC1 and LOC2's owners are not tracepoints, returns false directly.
6722 Then, if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same tracepoint location, returns
6723 true, otherwise returns false. */
6726 tracepoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
6727 struct bp_location
*loc2
)
6729 if (is_tracepoint (loc1
->owner
) && is_tracepoint (loc2
->owner
))
6730 /* Since tracepoint locations are never duplicated with others', tracepoint
6731 locations at the same address of different tracepoints are regarded as
6732 different locations. */
6733 return (loc1
->address
== loc2
->address
&& loc1
->owner
== loc2
->owner
);
6738 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's types' have meaningful target addresses
6739 (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful), returns true if LOC1 and LOC2
6740 represent the same location. */
6743 breakpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
6744 struct bp_location
*loc2
)
6746 int hw_point1
, hw_point2
;
6748 /* Both of them must not be in moribund_locations. */
6749 gdb_assert (loc1
->owner
!= NULL
);
6750 gdb_assert (loc2
->owner
!= NULL
);
6752 hw_point1
= is_hardware_watchpoint (loc1
->owner
);
6753 hw_point2
= is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2
->owner
);
6755 if (hw_point1
!= hw_point2
)
6758 return watchpoint_locations_match (loc1
, loc2
);
6759 else if (is_tracepoint (loc1
->owner
) || is_tracepoint (loc2
->owner
))
6760 return tracepoint_locations_match (loc1
, loc2
);
6762 /* We compare bp_location.length in order to cover ranged breakpoints. */
6763 return (breakpoint_address_match (loc1
->pspace
->aspace
, loc1
->address
,
6764 loc2
->pspace
->aspace
, loc2
->address
)
6765 && loc1
->length
== loc2
->length
);
6769 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR from_addr
, CORE_ADDR to_addr
,
6770 int bnum
, int have_bnum
)
6772 /* The longest string possibly returned by hex_string_custom
6773 is 50 chars. These must be at least that big for safety. */
6777 strcpy (astr1
, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) from_addr
, 8));
6778 strcpy (astr2
, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) to_addr
, 8));
6780 warning (_("Breakpoint %d address previously adjusted from %s to %s."),
6781 bnum
, astr1
, astr2
);
6783 warning (_("Breakpoint address adjusted from %s to %s."), astr1
, astr2
);
6786 /* Adjust a breakpoint's address to account for architectural
6787 constraints on breakpoint placement. Return the adjusted address.
6788 Note: Very few targets require this kind of adjustment. For most
6789 targets, this function is simply the identity function. */
6792 adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
6793 CORE_ADDR bpaddr
, enum bptype bptype
)
6795 if (!gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address_p (gdbarch
))
6797 /* Very few targets need any kind of breakpoint adjustment. */
6800 else if (bptype
== bp_watchpoint
6801 || bptype
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
6802 || bptype
== bp_read_watchpoint
6803 || bptype
== bp_access_watchpoint
6804 || bptype
== bp_catchpoint
)
6806 /* Watchpoints and the various bp_catch_* eventpoints should not
6807 have their addresses modified. */
6812 CORE_ADDR adjusted_bpaddr
;
6814 /* Some targets have architectural constraints on the placement
6815 of breakpoint instructions. Obtain the adjusted address. */
6816 adjusted_bpaddr
= gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address (gdbarch
, bpaddr
);
6818 /* An adjusted breakpoint address can significantly alter
6819 a user's expectations. Print a warning if an adjustment
6821 if (adjusted_bpaddr
!= bpaddr
)
6822 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bpaddr
, adjusted_bpaddr
, 0, 0);
6824 return adjusted_bpaddr
;
6829 init_bp_location (struct bp_location
*loc
, const struct bp_location_ops
*ops
,
6830 struct breakpoint
*owner
)
6832 memset (loc
, 0, sizeof (*loc
));
6834 gdb_assert (ops
!= NULL
);
6839 loc
->cond_bytecode
= NULL
;
6840 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 0;
6843 switch (owner
->type
)
6849 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
6850 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy
:
6852 case bp_exception_resume
:
6853 case bp_step_resume
:
6854 case bp_hp_step_resume
:
6855 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
6857 case bp_std_terminate
:
6858 case bp_shlib_event
:
6859 case bp_thread_event
:
6860 case bp_overlay_event
:
6862 case bp_longjmp_master
:
6863 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
6864 case bp_exception_master
:
6865 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
6866 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
6868 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
;
6869 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
6871 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
6872 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
;
6873 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
6875 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
6876 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
6877 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
6878 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
;
6883 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
6884 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
6885 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_other
;
6888 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
, _("unknown breakpoint type"));
6894 /* Allocate a struct bp_location. */
6896 static struct bp_location
*
6897 allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
6899 return bpt
->ops
->allocate_location (bpt
);
6903 free_bp_location (struct bp_location
*loc
)
6905 loc
->ops
->dtor (loc
);
6909 /* Increment reference count. */
6912 incref_bp_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
6917 /* Decrement reference count. If the reference count reaches 0,
6918 destroy the bp_location. Sets *BLP to NULL. */
6921 decref_bp_location (struct bp_location
**blp
)
6923 gdb_assert ((*blp
)->refc
> 0);
6925 if (--(*blp
)->refc
== 0)
6926 free_bp_location (*blp
);
6930 /* Add breakpoint B at the end of the global breakpoint chain. */
6933 add_to_breakpoint_chain (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6935 struct breakpoint
*b1
;
6937 /* Add this breakpoint to the end of the chain so that a list of
6938 breakpoints will come out in order of increasing numbers. */
6940 b1
= breakpoint_chain
;
6942 breakpoint_chain
= b
;
6951 /* Initializes breakpoint B with type BPTYPE and no locations yet. */
6954 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
6955 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
6957 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
6959 memset (b
, 0, sizeof (*b
));
6961 gdb_assert (ops
!= NULL
);
6965 b
->gdbarch
= gdbarch
;
6966 b
->language
= current_language
->la_language
;
6967 b
->input_radix
= input_radix
;
6969 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
6972 b
->ignore_count
= 0;
6974 b
->frame_id
= null_frame_id
;
6975 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 0;
6976 b
->py_bp_object
= NULL
;
6977 b
->related_breakpoint
= b
;
6980 /* Helper to set_raw_breakpoint below. Creates a breakpoint
6981 that has type BPTYPE and has no locations as yet. */
6983 static struct breakpoint
*
6984 set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
6986 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
6988 struct breakpoint
*b
= XNEW (struct breakpoint
);
6990 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
, gdbarch
, bptype
, ops
);
6991 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b
);
6995 /* Initialize loc->function_name. EXPLICIT_LOC says no indirect function
6996 resolutions should be made as the user specified the location explicitly
7000 set_breakpoint_location_function (struct bp_location
*loc
, int explicit_loc
)
7002 gdb_assert (loc
->owner
!= NULL
);
7004 if (loc
->owner
->type
== bp_breakpoint
7005 || loc
->owner
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
7006 || is_tracepoint (loc
->owner
))
7009 const char *function_name
;
7010 CORE_ADDR func_addr
;
7012 find_pc_partial_function_gnu_ifunc (loc
->address
, &function_name
,
7013 &func_addr
, NULL
, &is_gnu_ifunc
);
7015 if (is_gnu_ifunc
&& !explicit_loc
)
7017 struct breakpoint
*b
= loc
->owner
;
7019 gdb_assert (loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
);
7020 if (gnu_ifunc_resolve_name (function_name
,
7021 &loc
->requested_address
))
7023 /* Recalculate ADDRESS based on new REQUESTED_ADDRESS. */
7024 loc
->address
= adjust_breakpoint_address (loc
->gdbarch
,
7025 loc
->requested_address
,
7028 else if (b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
&& b
->loc
== loc
7029 && loc
->next
== NULL
&& b
->related_breakpoint
== b
)
7031 /* Create only the whole new breakpoint of this type but do not
7032 mess more complicated breakpoints with multiple locations. */
7033 b
->type
= bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
;
7034 /* Remember the resolver's address for use by the return
7036 loc
->related_address
= func_addr
;
7041 loc
->function_name
= xstrdup (function_name
);
7045 /* Attempt to determine architecture of location identified by SAL. */
7047 get_sal_arch (struct symtab_and_line sal
)
7050 return get_objfile_arch (sal
.section
->objfile
);
7052 return get_objfile_arch (sal
.symtab
->objfile
);
7057 /* Low level routine for partially initializing a breakpoint of type
7058 BPTYPE. The newly created breakpoint's address, section, source
7059 file name, and line number are provided by SAL.
7061 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
7062 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
7063 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. */
7066 init_raw_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7067 struct symtab_and_line sal
, enum bptype bptype
,
7068 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
7070 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
, gdbarch
, bptype
, ops
);
7072 add_location_to_breakpoint (b
, &sal
);
7074 if (bptype
!= bp_catchpoint
)
7075 gdb_assert (sal
.pspace
!= NULL
);
7077 /* Store the program space that was used to set the breakpoint,
7078 except for ordinary breakpoints, which are independent of the
7080 if (bptype
!= bp_breakpoint
&& bptype
!= bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
7081 b
->pspace
= sal
.pspace
;
7084 /* set_raw_breakpoint is a low level routine for allocating and
7085 partially initializing a breakpoint of type BPTYPE. The newly
7086 created breakpoint's address, section, source file name, and line
7087 number are provided by SAL. The newly created and partially
7088 initialized breakpoint is added to the breakpoint chain and
7089 is also returned as the value of this function.
7091 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
7092 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
7093 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. In
7094 particular, set_raw_breakpoint does NOT set the breakpoint
7095 number! Care should be taken to not allow an error to occur
7096 prior to completing the initialization of the breakpoint. If this
7097 should happen, a bogus breakpoint will be left on the chain. */
7100 set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7101 struct symtab_and_line sal
, enum bptype bptype
,
7102 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
7104 struct breakpoint
*b
= XNEW (struct breakpoint
);
7106 init_raw_breakpoint (b
, gdbarch
, sal
, bptype
, ops
);
7107 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b
);
7112 /* Note that the breakpoint object B describes a permanent breakpoint
7113 instruction, hard-wired into the inferior's code. */
7115 make_breakpoint_permanent (struct breakpoint
*b
)
7117 struct bp_location
*bl
;
7119 b
->enable_state
= bp_permanent
;
7121 /* By definition, permanent breakpoints are already present in the
7122 code. Mark all locations as inserted. For now,
7123 make_breakpoint_permanent is called in just one place, so it's
7124 hard to say if it's reasonable to have permanent breakpoint with
7125 multiple locations or not, but it's easy to implement. */
7126 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
7130 /* Call this routine when stepping and nexting to enable a breakpoint
7131 if we do a longjmp() or 'throw' in TP. FRAME is the frame which
7132 initiated the operation. */
7135 set_longjmp_breakpoint (struct thread_info
*tp
, struct frame_id frame
)
7137 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7138 int thread
= tp
->num
;
7140 /* To avoid having to rescan all objfile symbols at every step,
7141 we maintain a list of continually-inserted but always disabled
7142 longjmp "master" breakpoints. Here, we simply create momentary
7143 clones of those and enable them for the requested thread. */
7144 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7145 if (b
->pspace
== current_program_space
7146 && (b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
7147 || b
->type
== bp_exception_master
))
7149 enum bptype type
= b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
? bp_longjmp
: bp_exception
;
7150 struct breakpoint
*clone
;
7152 /* longjmp_breakpoint_ops ensures INITIATING_FRAME is cleared again
7153 after their removal. */
7154 clone
= momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b
, type
,
7155 &longjmp_breakpoint_ops
);
7156 clone
->thread
= thread
;
7159 tp
->initiating_frame
= frame
;
7162 /* Delete all longjmp breakpoints from THREAD. */
7164 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (int thread
)
7166 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7168 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7169 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp
|| b
->type
== bp_exception
)
7171 if (b
->thread
== thread
)
7172 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7177 delete_longjmp_breakpoint_at_next_stop (int thread
)
7179 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7181 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7182 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp
|| b
->type
== bp_exception
)
7184 if (b
->thread
== thread
)
7185 b
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
7189 /* Place breakpoints of type bp_longjmp_call_dummy to catch longjmp for
7190 INFERIOR_PTID thread. Chain them all by RELATED_BREAKPOINT and return
7191 pointer to any of them. Return NULL if this system cannot place longjmp
7195 set_longjmp_breakpoint_for_call_dummy (void)
7197 struct breakpoint
*b
, *retval
= NULL
;
7200 if (b
->pspace
== current_program_space
&& b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
)
7202 struct breakpoint
*new_b
;
7204 new_b
= momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b
, bp_longjmp_call_dummy
,
7205 &momentary_breakpoint_ops
);
7206 new_b
->thread
= pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid
);
7208 /* Link NEW_B into the chain of RETVAL breakpoints. */
7210 gdb_assert (new_b
->related_breakpoint
== new_b
);
7213 new_b
->related_breakpoint
= retval
;
7214 while (retval
->related_breakpoint
!= new_b
->related_breakpoint
)
7215 retval
= retval
->related_breakpoint
;
7216 retval
->related_breakpoint
= new_b
;
7222 /* Verify all existing dummy frames and their associated breakpoints for
7223 THREAD. Remove those which can no longer be found in the current frame
7226 You should call this function only at places where it is safe to currently
7227 unwind the whole stack. Failed stack unwind would discard live dummy
7231 check_longjmp_breakpoint_for_call_dummy (int thread
)
7233 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7235 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7236 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp_call_dummy
&& b
->thread
== thread
)
7238 struct breakpoint
*dummy_b
= b
->related_breakpoint
;
7240 while (dummy_b
!= b
&& dummy_b
->type
!= bp_call_dummy
)
7241 dummy_b
= dummy_b
->related_breakpoint
;
7242 if (dummy_b
->type
!= bp_call_dummy
7243 || frame_find_by_id (dummy_b
->frame_id
) != NULL
)
7246 dummy_frame_discard (dummy_b
->frame_id
);
7248 while (b
->related_breakpoint
!= b
)
7250 if (b_tmp
== b
->related_breakpoint
)
7251 b_tmp
= b
->related_breakpoint
->next
;
7252 delete_breakpoint (b
->related_breakpoint
);
7254 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7259 enable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
7261 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7264 if (b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
)
7266 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
7267 update_global_location_list (1);
7268 overlay_events_enabled
= 1;
7273 disable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
7275 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7278 if (b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
)
7280 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
7281 update_global_location_list (0);
7282 overlay_events_enabled
= 0;
7286 /* Set an active std::terminate breakpoint for each std::terminate
7287 master breakpoint. */
7289 set_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
7291 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7293 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7294 if (b
->pspace
== current_program_space
7295 && b
->type
== bp_std_terminate_master
)
7297 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b
, bp_std_terminate
,
7298 &momentary_breakpoint_ops
);
7302 /* Delete all the std::terminate breakpoints. */
7304 delete_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
7306 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7308 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7309 if (b
->type
== bp_std_terminate
)
7310 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7314 create_thread_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
7316 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7318 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, address
, bp_thread_event
,
7319 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
7321 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
7322 /* addr_string has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete me. */
7324 = xstrprintf ("*%s", paddress (b
->loc
->gdbarch
, b
->loc
->address
));
7326 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
7332 remove_thread_event_breakpoints (void)
7334 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7336 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7337 if (b
->type
== bp_thread_event
7338 && b
->loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
7339 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7342 struct lang_and_radix
7348 /* Create a breakpoint for JIT code registration and unregistration. */
7351 create_jit_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
7353 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7355 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, address
, bp_jit_event
,
7356 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
7357 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
7361 /* Remove JIT code registration and unregistration breakpoint(s). */
7364 remove_jit_event_breakpoints (void)
7366 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7368 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7369 if (b
->type
== bp_jit_event
7370 && b
->loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
7371 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7375 remove_solib_event_breakpoints (void)
7377 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7379 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7380 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
7381 && b
->loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
7382 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7386 create_solib_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
7388 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7390 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, address
, bp_shlib_event
,
7391 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
7392 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
7396 /* Disable any breakpoints that are on code in shared libraries. Only
7397 apply to enabled breakpoints, disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
7400 disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs (void)
7402 struct bp_location
*loc
, **locp_tmp
;
7404 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp_tmp
)
7406 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
7407 struct breakpoint
*b
= loc
->owner
;
7409 /* We apply the check to all breakpoints, including disabled for
7410 those with loc->duplicate set. This is so that when breakpoint
7411 becomes enabled, or the duplicate is removed, gdb will try to
7412 insert all breakpoints. If we don't set shlib_disabled here,
7413 we'll try to insert those breakpoints and fail. */
7414 if (((b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
)
7415 || (b
->type
== bp_jit_event
)
7416 || (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
7417 || (is_tracepoint (b
)))
7418 && loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
7419 && !loc
->shlib_disabled
7421 && PC_SOLIB (loc
->address
)
7423 && solib_name_from_address (loc
->pspace
, loc
->address
)
7427 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
7432 /* Disable any breakpoints and tracepoints that are in an unloaded shared
7433 library. Only apply to enabled breakpoints, disabled ones can just stay
7437 disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib (struct so_list
*solib
)
7439 struct bp_location
*loc
, **locp_tmp
;
7440 int disabled_shlib_breaks
= 0;
7442 /* SunOS a.out shared libraries are always mapped, so do not
7443 disable breakpoints; they will only be reported as unloaded
7444 through clear_solib when GDB discards its shared library
7445 list. See clear_solib for more information. */
7446 if (exec_bfd
!= NULL
7447 && bfd_get_flavour (exec_bfd
) == bfd_target_aout_flavour
)
7450 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp_tmp
)
7452 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
7453 struct breakpoint
*b
= loc
->owner
;
7455 if (solib
->pspace
== loc
->pspace
7456 && !loc
->shlib_disabled
7457 && (((b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
7458 || b
->type
== bp_jit_event
7459 || b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
7460 && (loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
7461 || loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
))
7462 || is_tracepoint (b
))
7463 && solib_contains_address_p (solib
, loc
->address
))
7465 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
7466 /* At this point, we cannot rely on remove_breakpoint
7467 succeeding so we must mark the breakpoint as not inserted
7468 to prevent future errors occurring in remove_breakpoints. */
7471 /* This may cause duplicate notifications for the same breakpoint. */
7472 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
7474 if (!disabled_shlib_breaks
)
7476 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
7477 warning (_("Temporarily disabling breakpoints "
7478 "for unloaded shared library \"%s\""),
7481 disabled_shlib_breaks
= 1;
7486 /* FORK & VFORK catchpoints. */
7488 /* An instance of this type is used to represent a fork or vfork
7489 catchpoint. It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base
7490 class; users downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A
7491 breakpoint is really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
7492 CATCH_FORK_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
7494 struct fork_catchpoint
7496 /* The base class. */
7497 struct breakpoint base
;
7499 /* Process id of a child process whose forking triggered this
7500 catchpoint. This field is only valid immediately after this
7501 catchpoint has triggered. */
7502 ptid_t forked_inferior_pid
;
7505 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7509 insert_catch_fork (struct bp_location
*bl
)
7511 return target_insert_fork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
));
7514 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7518 remove_catch_fork (struct bp_location
*bl
)
7520 return target_remove_fork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
));
7523 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7527 breakpoint_hit_catch_fork (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
7528 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
7529 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
7531 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
7533 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_FORKED
)
7536 c
->forked_inferior_pid
= ws
->value
.related_pid
;
7540 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7543 static enum print_stop_action
7544 print_it_catch_fork (bpstat bs
)
7546 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
7547 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
7548 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
7550 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
7551 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
7552 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
7554 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nCatchpoint ");
7555 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
7557 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
7558 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_FORK
));
7559 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
7561 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
7562 ui_out_text (uiout
, " (forked process ");
7563 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "newpid", ptid_get_pid (c
->forked_inferior_pid
));
7564 ui_out_text (uiout
, "), ");
7565 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
7568 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7572 print_one_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
7574 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) b
;
7575 struct value_print_options opts
;
7576 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
7578 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
7580 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
7581 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
7583 if (opts
.addressprint
)
7584 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
7586 ui_out_text (uiout
, "fork");
7587 if (!ptid_equal (c
->forked_inferior_pid
, null_ptid
))
7589 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", process ");
7590 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "what",
7591 ptid_get_pid (c
->forked_inferior_pid
));
7592 ui_out_spaces (uiout
, 1);
7595 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
7596 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "catch-type", "fork");
7599 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7603 print_mention_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
)
7605 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (fork)"), b
->number
);
7608 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7612 print_recreate_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
7614 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "catch fork");
7615 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
7618 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in fork catchpoints. */
7620 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_fork_breakpoint_ops
;
7622 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7626 insert_catch_vfork (struct bp_location
*bl
)
7628 return target_insert_vfork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
));
7631 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7635 remove_catch_vfork (struct bp_location
*bl
)
7637 return target_remove_vfork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
));
7640 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7644 breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
7645 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
7646 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
7648 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
7650 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_VFORKED
)
7653 c
->forked_inferior_pid
= ws
->value
.related_pid
;
7657 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7660 static enum print_stop_action
7661 print_it_catch_vfork (bpstat bs
)
7663 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
7664 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
7665 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) b
;
7667 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
7668 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
7669 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
7671 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nCatchpoint ");
7672 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
7674 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
7675 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_VFORK
));
7676 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
7678 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
7679 ui_out_text (uiout
, " (vforked process ");
7680 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "newpid", ptid_get_pid (c
->forked_inferior_pid
));
7681 ui_out_text (uiout
, "), ");
7682 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
7685 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7689 print_one_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
7691 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) b
;
7692 struct value_print_options opts
;
7693 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
7695 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
7696 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
7697 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
7699 if (opts
.addressprint
)
7700 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
7702 ui_out_text (uiout
, "vfork");
7703 if (!ptid_equal (c
->forked_inferior_pid
, null_ptid
))
7705 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", process ");
7706 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "what",
7707 ptid_get_pid (c
->forked_inferior_pid
));
7708 ui_out_spaces (uiout
, 1);
7711 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
7712 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "catch-type", "vfork");
7715 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7719 print_mention_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
)
7721 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (vfork)"), b
->number
);
7724 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7728 print_recreate_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
7730 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "catch vfork");
7731 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
7734 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in vfork catchpoints. */
7736 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops
;
7738 /* An instance of this type is used to represent an solib catchpoint.
7739 It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users
7740 downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A breakpoint is
7741 really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
7742 CATCH_SOLIB_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
7744 struct solib_catchpoint
7746 /* The base class. */
7747 struct breakpoint base
;
7749 /* True for "catch load", false for "catch unload". */
7750 unsigned char is_load
;
7752 /* Regular expression to match, if any. COMPILED is only valid when
7753 REGEX is non-NULL. */
7759 dtor_catch_solib (struct breakpoint
*b
)
7761 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) b
;
7764 regfree (&self
->compiled
);
7765 xfree (self
->regex
);
7767 base_breakpoint_ops
.dtor (b
);
7771 insert_catch_solib (struct bp_location
*ignore
)
7777 remove_catch_solib (struct bp_location
*ignore
)
7783 breakpoint_hit_catch_solib (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
7784 struct address_space
*aspace
,
7786 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
7788 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
7789 struct breakpoint
*other
;
7791 if (ws
->kind
== TARGET_WAITKIND_LOADED
)
7794 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (other
)
7796 struct bp_location
*other_bl
;
7798 if (other
== bl
->owner
)
7801 if (other
->type
!= bp_shlib_event
)
7804 if (self
->base
.pspace
!= NULL
&& other
->pspace
!= self
->base
.pspace
)
7807 for (other_bl
= other
->loc
; other_bl
!= NULL
; other_bl
= other_bl
->next
)
7809 if (other
->ops
->breakpoint_hit (other_bl
, aspace
, bp_addr
, ws
))
7818 check_status_catch_solib (struct bpstats
*bs
)
7820 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
7821 = (struct solib_catchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
7826 struct so_list
*iter
;
7829 VEC_iterate (so_list_ptr
, current_program_space
->added_solibs
,
7834 || regexec (&self
->compiled
, iter
->so_name
, 0, NULL
, 0) == 0)
7843 VEC_iterate (char_ptr
, current_program_space
->deleted_solibs
,
7848 || regexec (&self
->compiled
, iter
, 0, NULL
, 0) == 0)
7854 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
7857 static enum print_stop_action
7858 print_it_catch_solib (bpstat bs
)
7860 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
7861 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
7863 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
7864 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
7865 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
7867 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nCatchpoint ");
7868 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
7869 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
7870 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
7871 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
7872 print_solib_event (1);
7873 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
7877 print_one_catch_solib (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**locs
)
7879 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) b
;
7880 struct value_print_options opts
;
7881 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
7884 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
7885 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
7886 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
7888 if (opts
.addressprint
)
7891 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
7898 msg
= xstrprintf (_("load of library matching %s"), self
->regex
);
7900 msg
= xstrdup (_("load of library"));
7905 msg
= xstrprintf (_("unload of library matching %s"), self
->regex
);
7907 msg
= xstrdup (_("unload of library"));
7909 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", msg
);
7912 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
7913 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "catch-type",
7914 self
->is_load
? "load" : "unload");
7918 print_mention_catch_solib (struct breakpoint
*b
)
7920 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) b
;
7922 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (%s)"), b
->number
,
7923 self
->is_load
? "load" : "unload");
7927 print_recreate_catch_solib (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
7929 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) b
;
7931 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "%s %s",
7932 b
->disposition
== disp_del
? "tcatch" : "catch",
7933 self
->is_load
? "load" : "unload");
7935 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s", self
->regex
);
7936 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "\n");
7939 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_solib_breakpoint_ops
;
7941 /* Shared helper function (MI and CLI) for creating and installing
7942 a shared object event catchpoint. If IS_LOAD is non-zero then
7943 the events to be caught are load events, otherwise they are
7944 unload events. If IS_TEMP is non-zero the catchpoint is a
7945 temporary one. If ENABLED is non-zero the catchpoint is
7946 created in an enabled state. */
7949 add_solib_catchpoint (char *arg
, int is_load
, int is_temp
, int enabled
)
7951 struct solib_catchpoint
*c
;
7952 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
7953 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
7957 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
7959 c
= XCNEW (struct solib_catchpoint
);
7960 cleanup
= make_cleanup (xfree
, c
);
7966 errcode
= regcomp (&c
->compiled
, arg
, REG_NOSUB
);
7969 char *err
= get_regcomp_error (errcode
, &c
->compiled
);
7971 make_cleanup (xfree
, err
);
7972 error (_("Invalid regexp (%s): %s"), err
, arg
);
7974 c
->regex
= xstrdup (arg
);
7977 c
->is_load
= is_load
;
7978 init_catchpoint (&c
->base
, gdbarch
, is_temp
, NULL
,
7979 &catch_solib_breakpoint_ops
);
7981 c
->base
.enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
7983 discard_cleanups (cleanup
);
7984 install_breakpoint (0, &c
->base
, 1);
7987 /* A helper function that does all the work for "catch load" and
7991 catch_load_or_unload (char *arg
, int from_tty
, int is_load
,
7992 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
7995 const int enabled
= 1;
7997 tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
7999 add_solib_catchpoint (arg
, is_load
, tempflag
, enabled
);
8003 catch_load_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
8004 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
8006 catch_load_or_unload (arg
, from_tty
, 1, command
);
8010 catch_unload_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
8011 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
8013 catch_load_or_unload (arg
, from_tty
, 0, command
);
8016 /* An instance of this type is used to represent a syscall catchpoint.
8017 It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users
8018 downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A breakpoint is
8019 really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
8020 CATCH_SYSCALL_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
8022 struct syscall_catchpoint
8024 /* The base class. */
8025 struct breakpoint base
;
8027 /* Syscall numbers used for the 'catch syscall' feature. If no
8028 syscall has been specified for filtering, its value is NULL.
8029 Otherwise, it holds a list of all syscalls to be caught. The
8030 list elements are allocated with xmalloc. */
8031 VEC(int) *syscalls_to_be_caught
;
8034 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8038 dtor_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8040 struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
= (struct syscall_catchpoint
*) b
;
8042 VEC_free (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
);
8044 base_breakpoint_ops
.dtor (b
);
8047 static const struct inferior_data
*catch_syscall_inferior_data
= NULL
;
8049 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data
8051 /* We keep a count of the number of times the user has requested a
8052 particular syscall to be tracked, and pass this information to the
8053 target. This lets capable targets implement filtering directly. */
8055 /* Number of times that "any" syscall is requested. */
8056 int any_syscall_count
;
8058 /* Count of each system call. */
8059 VEC(int) *syscalls_counts
;
8061 /* This counts all syscall catch requests, so we can readily determine
8062 if any catching is necessary. */
8063 int total_syscalls_count
;
8066 static struct catch_syscall_inferior_data
*
8067 get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (struct inferior
*inf
)
8069 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data
*inf_data
;
8071 inf_data
= inferior_data (inf
, catch_syscall_inferior_data
);
8072 if (inf_data
== NULL
)
8074 inf_data
= XZALLOC (struct catch_syscall_inferior_data
);
8075 set_inferior_data (inf
, catch_syscall_inferior_data
, inf_data
);
8082 catch_syscall_inferior_data_cleanup (struct inferior
*inf
, void *arg
)
8088 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8092 insert_catch_syscall (struct bp_location
*bl
)
8094 struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
= (struct syscall_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
8095 struct inferior
*inf
= current_inferior ();
8096 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data
*inf_data
8097 = get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (inf
);
8099 ++inf_data
->total_syscalls_count
;
8100 if (!c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
8101 ++inf_data
->any_syscall_count
;
8107 VEC_iterate (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
8112 if (iter
>= VEC_length (int, inf_data
->syscalls_counts
))
8114 int old_size
= VEC_length (int, inf_data
->syscalls_counts
);
8115 uintptr_t vec_addr_offset
8116 = old_size
* ((uintptr_t) sizeof (int));
8118 VEC_safe_grow (int, inf_data
->syscalls_counts
, iter
+ 1);
8119 vec_addr
= ((uintptr_t) VEC_address (int,
8120 inf_data
->syscalls_counts
)
8122 memset ((void *) vec_addr
, 0,
8123 (iter
+ 1 - old_size
) * sizeof (int));
8125 elem
= VEC_index (int, inf_data
->syscalls_counts
, iter
);
8126 VEC_replace (int, inf_data
->syscalls_counts
, iter
, ++elem
);
8130 return target_set_syscall_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
),
8131 inf_data
->total_syscalls_count
!= 0,
8132 inf_data
->any_syscall_count
,
8134 inf_data
->syscalls_counts
),
8136 inf_data
->syscalls_counts
));
8139 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8143 remove_catch_syscall (struct bp_location
*bl
)
8145 struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
= (struct syscall_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
8146 struct inferior
*inf
= current_inferior ();
8147 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data
*inf_data
8148 = get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (inf
);
8150 --inf_data
->total_syscalls_count
;
8151 if (!c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
8152 --inf_data
->any_syscall_count
;
8158 VEC_iterate (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
8162 if (iter
>= VEC_length (int, inf_data
->syscalls_counts
))
8163 /* Shouldn't happen. */
8165 elem
= VEC_index (int, inf_data
->syscalls_counts
, iter
);
8166 VEC_replace (int, inf_data
->syscalls_counts
, iter
, --elem
);
8170 return target_set_syscall_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
),
8171 inf_data
->total_syscalls_count
!= 0,
8172 inf_data
->any_syscall_count
,
8174 inf_data
->syscalls_counts
),
8176 inf_data
->syscalls_counts
));
8179 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8183 breakpoint_hit_catch_syscall (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
8184 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
8185 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
8187 /* We must check if we are catching specific syscalls in this
8188 breakpoint. If we are, then we must guarantee that the called
8189 syscall is the same syscall we are catching. */
8190 int syscall_number
= 0;
8191 const struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
8192 = (const struct syscall_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
8194 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
8195 && ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_RETURN
)
8198 syscall_number
= ws
->value
.syscall_number
;
8200 /* Now, checking if the syscall is the same. */
8201 if (c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
8206 VEC_iterate (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
8208 if (syscall_number
== iter
)
8218 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8221 static enum print_stop_action
8222 print_it_catch_syscall (bpstat bs
)
8224 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8225 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
8226 /* These are needed because we want to know in which state a
8227 syscall is. It can be in the TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
8228 or TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_RETURN, and depending on it we
8229 must print "called syscall" or "returned from syscall". */
8231 struct target_waitstatus last
;
8234 get_last_target_status (&ptid
, &last
);
8236 get_syscall_by_number (last
.value
.syscall_number
, &s
);
8238 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
8240 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
8241 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
8243 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nCatchpoint ");
8244 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
8246 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
8247 async_reason_lookup (last
.kind
== TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
8248 ? EXEC_ASYNC_SYSCALL_ENTRY
8249 : EXEC_ASYNC_SYSCALL_RETURN
));
8250 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
8252 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
8254 if (last
.kind
== TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
)
8255 ui_out_text (uiout
, " (call to syscall ");
8257 ui_out_text (uiout
, " (returned from syscall ");
8259 if (s
.name
== NULL
|| ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
8260 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "syscall-number", last
.value
.syscall_number
);
8262 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "syscall-name", s
.name
);
8264 ui_out_text (uiout
, "), ");
8266 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
8269 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8273 print_one_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint
*b
,
8274 struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
8276 struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
= (struct syscall_catchpoint
*) b
;
8277 struct value_print_options opts
;
8278 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8280 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
8281 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
8282 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
8284 if (opts
.addressprint
)
8285 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
8288 if (c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
8289 && VEC_length (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
) > 1)
8290 ui_out_text (uiout
, "syscalls \"");
8292 ui_out_text (uiout
, "syscall \"");
8294 if (c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
8297 char *text
= xstrprintf ("%s", "");
8300 VEC_iterate (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
8305 get_syscall_by_number (iter
, &s
);
8308 text
= xstrprintf ("%s%s, ", text
, s
.name
);
8310 text
= xstrprintf ("%s%d, ", text
, iter
);
8312 /* We have to xfree the last 'text' (now stored at 'x')
8313 because xstrprintf dynamically allocates new space for it
8317 /* Remove the last comma. */
8318 text
[strlen (text
) - 2] = '\0';
8319 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", text
);
8322 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", "<any syscall>");
8323 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\" ");
8325 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
8326 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "catch-type", "syscall");
8329 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8333 print_mention_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8335 struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
= (struct syscall_catchpoint
*) b
;
8337 if (c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
8341 if (VEC_length (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
) > 1)
8342 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (syscalls"), b
->number
);
8344 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (syscall"), b
->number
);
8347 VEC_iterate (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
8351 get_syscall_by_number (iter
, &s
);
8354 printf_filtered (" '%s' [%d]", s
.name
, s
.number
);
8356 printf_filtered (" %d", s
.number
);
8358 printf_filtered (")");
8361 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (any syscall)"),
8365 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8369 print_recreate_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
8371 struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
= (struct syscall_catchpoint
*) b
;
8373 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "catch syscall");
8375 if (c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
8380 VEC_iterate (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
8385 get_syscall_by_number (iter
, &s
);
8387 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s", s
.name
);
8389 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %d", s
.number
);
8392 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
8395 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in syscall catchpoints. */
8397 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops
;
8399 /* Returns non-zero if 'b' is a syscall catchpoint. */
8402 syscall_catchpoint_p (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8404 return (b
->ops
== &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops
);
8407 /* Initialize a new breakpoint of the bp_catchpoint kind. If TEMPFLAG
8408 is non-zero, then make the breakpoint temporary. If COND_STRING is
8409 not NULL, then store it in the breakpoint. OPS, if not NULL, is
8410 the breakpoint_ops structure associated to the catchpoint. */
8413 init_catchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
8414 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, int tempflag
,
8416 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
8418 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
8421 sal
.pspace
= current_program_space
;
8423 init_raw_breakpoint (b
, gdbarch
, sal
, bp_catchpoint
, ops
);
8425 b
->cond_string
= (cond_string
== NULL
) ? NULL
: xstrdup (cond_string
);
8426 b
->disposition
= tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
;
8430 install_breakpoint (int internal
, struct breakpoint
*b
, int update_gll
)
8432 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b
);
8433 set_breakpoint_number (internal
, b
);
8434 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
8435 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count
);
8438 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b
);
8441 update_global_location_list (1);
8445 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
8446 int tempflag
, char *cond_string
,
8447 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
8449 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= XNEW (struct fork_catchpoint
);
8451 init_catchpoint (&c
->base
, gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
, ops
);
8453 c
->forked_inferior_pid
= null_ptid
;
8455 install_breakpoint (0, &c
->base
, 1);
8458 /* Exec catchpoints. */
8460 /* An instance of this type is used to represent an exec catchpoint.
8461 It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users
8462 downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A breakpoint is
8463 really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
8464 CATCH_EXEC_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
8466 struct exec_catchpoint
8468 /* The base class. */
8469 struct breakpoint base
;
8471 /* Filename of a program whose exec triggered this catchpoint.
8472 This field is only valid immediately after this catchpoint has
8474 char *exec_pathname
;
8477 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for exec
8481 dtor_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8483 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
= (struct exec_catchpoint
*) b
;
8485 xfree (c
->exec_pathname
);
8487 base_breakpoint_ops
.dtor (b
);
8491 insert_catch_exec (struct bp_location
*bl
)
8493 return target_insert_exec_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
));
8497 remove_catch_exec (struct bp_location
*bl
)
8499 return target_remove_exec_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
));
8503 breakpoint_hit_catch_exec (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
8504 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
8505 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
8507 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
= (struct exec_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
8509 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_EXECD
)
8512 c
->exec_pathname
= xstrdup (ws
->value
.execd_pathname
);
8516 static enum print_stop_action
8517 print_it_catch_exec (bpstat bs
)
8519 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8520 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
8521 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
= (struct exec_catchpoint
*) b
;
8523 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
8524 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
8525 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
8527 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nCatchpoint ");
8528 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
8530 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
8531 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_EXEC
));
8532 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
8534 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
8535 ui_out_text (uiout
, " (exec'd ");
8536 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "new-exec", c
->exec_pathname
);
8537 ui_out_text (uiout
, "), ");
8539 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
8543 print_one_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
8545 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
= (struct exec_catchpoint
*) b
;
8546 struct value_print_options opts
;
8547 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8549 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
8551 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
8552 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
8553 is relatively readable). */
8554 if (opts
.addressprint
)
8555 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
8557 ui_out_text (uiout
, "exec");
8558 if (c
->exec_pathname
!= NULL
)
8560 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", program \"");
8561 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", c
->exec_pathname
);
8562 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\" ");
8565 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
8566 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "catch-type", "exec");
8570 print_mention_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8572 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (exec)"), b
->number
);
8575 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for exec
8579 print_recreate_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
8581 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "catch exec");
8582 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
8585 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_exec_breakpoint_ops
;
8588 create_syscall_event_catchpoint (int tempflag
, VEC(int) *filter
,
8589 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
8591 struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
;
8592 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
8594 c
= XNEW (struct syscall_catchpoint
);
8595 init_catchpoint (&c
->base
, gdbarch
, tempflag
, NULL
, ops
);
8596 c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
= filter
;
8598 install_breakpoint (0, &c
->base
, 1);
8602 hw_breakpoint_used_count (void)
8605 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8606 struct bp_location
*bl
;
8610 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
&& breakpoint_enabled (b
))
8611 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
8613 /* Special types of hardware breakpoints may use more than
8615 i
+= b
->ops
->resources_needed (bl
);
8622 /* Returns the resources B would use if it were a hardware
8626 hw_watchpoint_use_count (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8629 struct bp_location
*bl
;
8631 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b
))
8634 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
8636 /* Special types of hardware watchpoints may use more than
8638 i
+= b
->ops
->resources_needed (bl
);
8644 /* Returns the sum the used resources of all hardware watchpoints of
8645 type TYPE in the breakpoints list. Also returns in OTHER_TYPE_USED
8646 the sum of the used resources of all hardware watchpoints of other
8647 types _not_ TYPE. */
8650 hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (struct breakpoint
*except
,
8651 enum bptype type
, int *other_type_used
)
8654 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8656 *other_type_used
= 0;
8661 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b
))
8664 if (b
->type
== type
)
8665 i
+= hw_watchpoint_use_count (b
);
8666 else if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
8667 *other_type_used
= 1;
8674 disable_watchpoints_before_interactive_call_start (void)
8676 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8680 if (is_watchpoint (b
) && breakpoint_enabled (b
))
8682 b
->enable_state
= bp_call_disabled
;
8683 update_global_location_list (0);
8689 enable_watchpoints_after_interactive_call_stop (void)
8691 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8695 if (is_watchpoint (b
) && b
->enable_state
== bp_call_disabled
)
8697 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
8698 update_global_location_list (1);
8704 disable_breakpoints_before_startup (void)
8706 current_program_space
->executing_startup
= 1;
8707 update_global_location_list (0);
8711 enable_breakpoints_after_startup (void)
8713 current_program_space
->executing_startup
= 0;
8714 breakpoint_re_set ();
8718 /* Set a breakpoint that will evaporate an end of command
8719 at address specified by SAL.
8720 Restrict it to frame FRAME if FRAME is nonzero. */
8723 set_momentary_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, struct symtab_and_line sal
,
8724 struct frame_id frame_id
, enum bptype type
)
8726 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8728 /* If FRAME_ID is valid, it should be a real frame, not an inlined or
8730 gdb_assert (!frame_id_artificial_p (frame_id
));
8732 b
= set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, type
, &momentary_breakpoint_ops
);
8733 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
8734 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
8735 b
->frame_id
= frame_id
;
8737 /* If we're debugging a multi-threaded program, then we want
8738 momentary breakpoints to be active in only a single thread of
8740 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid
))
8741 b
->thread
= pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid
);
8743 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
8748 /* Make a momentary breakpoint based on the master breakpoint ORIG.
8749 The new breakpoint will have type TYPE, and use OPS as it
8752 static struct breakpoint
*
8753 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (struct breakpoint
*orig
,
8755 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
8757 struct breakpoint
*copy
;
8759 copy
= set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (orig
->gdbarch
, type
, ops
);
8760 copy
->loc
= allocate_bp_location (copy
);
8761 set_breakpoint_location_function (copy
->loc
, 1);
8763 copy
->loc
->gdbarch
= orig
->loc
->gdbarch
;
8764 copy
->loc
->requested_address
= orig
->loc
->requested_address
;
8765 copy
->loc
->address
= orig
->loc
->address
;
8766 copy
->loc
->section
= orig
->loc
->section
;
8767 copy
->loc
->pspace
= orig
->loc
->pspace
;
8768 copy
->loc
->probe
= orig
->loc
->probe
;
8769 copy
->loc
->line_number
= orig
->loc
->line_number
;
8770 copy
->loc
->symtab
= orig
->loc
->symtab
;
8771 copy
->frame_id
= orig
->frame_id
;
8772 copy
->thread
= orig
->thread
;
8773 copy
->pspace
= orig
->pspace
;
8775 copy
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
8776 copy
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
8777 copy
->number
= internal_breakpoint_number
--;
8779 update_global_location_list_nothrow (0);
8783 /* Make a deep copy of momentary breakpoint ORIG. Returns NULL if
8787 clone_momentary_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*orig
)
8789 /* If there's nothing to clone, then return nothing. */
8793 return momentary_breakpoint_from_master (orig
, orig
->type
, orig
->ops
);
8797 set_momentary_breakpoint_at_pc (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
8800 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
8802 sal
= find_pc_line (pc
, 0);
8804 sal
.section
= find_pc_overlay (pc
);
8805 sal
.explicit_pc
= 1;
8807 return set_momentary_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, null_frame_id
, type
);
8811 /* Tell the user we have just set a breakpoint B. */
8814 mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8816 b
->ops
->print_mention (b
);
8817 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout
))
8819 printf_filtered ("\n");
8823 static struct bp_location
*
8824 add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
8825 const struct symtab_and_line
*sal
)
8827 struct bp_location
*loc
, **tmp
;
8828 CORE_ADDR adjusted_address
;
8829 struct gdbarch
*loc_gdbarch
= get_sal_arch (*sal
);
8831 if (loc_gdbarch
== NULL
)
8832 loc_gdbarch
= b
->gdbarch
;
8834 /* Adjust the breakpoint's address prior to allocating a location.
8835 Once we call allocate_bp_location(), that mostly uninitialized
8836 location will be placed on the location chain. Adjustment of the
8837 breakpoint may cause target_read_memory() to be called and we do
8838 not want its scan of the location chain to find a breakpoint and
8839 location that's only been partially initialized. */
8840 adjusted_address
= adjust_breakpoint_address (loc_gdbarch
,
8843 /* Sort the locations by their ADDRESS. */
8844 loc
= allocate_bp_location (b
);
8845 for (tmp
= &(b
->loc
); *tmp
!= NULL
&& (*tmp
)->address
<= adjusted_address
;
8846 tmp
= &((*tmp
)->next
))
8851 loc
->requested_address
= sal
->pc
;
8852 loc
->address
= adjusted_address
;
8853 loc
->pspace
= sal
->pspace
;
8854 loc
->probe
= sal
->probe
;
8855 gdb_assert (loc
->pspace
!= NULL
);
8856 loc
->section
= sal
->section
;
8857 loc
->gdbarch
= loc_gdbarch
;
8858 loc
->line_number
= sal
->line
;
8859 loc
->symtab
= sal
->symtab
;
8861 set_breakpoint_location_function (loc
,
8862 sal
->explicit_pc
|| sal
->explicit_line
);
8867 /* Return 1 if LOC is pointing to a permanent breakpoint,
8868 return 0 otherwise. */
8871 bp_loc_is_permanent (struct bp_location
*loc
)
8875 const gdb_byte
*bpoint
;
8876 gdb_byte
*target_mem
;
8877 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
8880 gdb_assert (loc
!= NULL
);
8882 addr
= loc
->address
;
8883 bpoint
= gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (loc
->gdbarch
, &addr
, &len
);
8885 /* Software breakpoints unsupported? */
8889 target_mem
= alloca (len
);
8891 /* Enable the automatic memory restoration from breakpoints while
8892 we read the memory. Otherwise we could say about our temporary
8893 breakpoints they are permanent. */
8894 cleanup
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
8896 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (loc
->pspace
);
8897 make_show_memory_breakpoints_cleanup (0);
8899 if (target_read_memory (loc
->address
, target_mem
, len
) == 0
8900 && memcmp (target_mem
, bpoint
, len
) == 0)
8903 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
8908 /* Build a command list for the dprintf corresponding to the current
8909 settings of the dprintf style options. */
8912 update_dprintf_command_list (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8914 char *dprintf_args
= b
->extra_string
;
8915 char *printf_line
= NULL
;
8920 dprintf_args
= skip_spaces (dprintf_args
);
8922 /* Allow a comma, as it may have terminated a location, but don't
8924 if (*dprintf_args
== ',')
8926 dprintf_args
= skip_spaces (dprintf_args
);
8928 if (*dprintf_args
!= '"')
8929 error (_("Bad format string, missing '\"'."));
8931 if (strcmp (dprintf_style
, dprintf_style_gdb
) == 0)
8932 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("printf %s", dprintf_args
);
8933 else if (strcmp (dprintf_style
, dprintf_style_call
) == 0)
8935 if (!dprintf_function
)
8936 error (_("No function supplied for dprintf call"));
8938 if (dprintf_channel
&& strlen (dprintf_channel
) > 0)
8939 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("call (void) %s (%s,%s)",
8944 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("call (void) %s (%s)",
8948 else if (strcmp (dprintf_style
, dprintf_style_agent
) == 0)
8950 if (target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
8951 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("agent-printf %s", dprintf_args
);
8954 warning (_("Target cannot run dprintf commands, falling back to GDB printf"));
8955 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("printf %s", dprintf_args
);
8959 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
8960 _("Invalid dprintf style."));
8962 gdb_assert (printf_line
!= NULL
);
8963 /* Manufacture a printf/continue sequence. */
8965 struct command_line
*printf_cmd_line
, *cont_cmd_line
= NULL
;
8967 if (strcmp (dprintf_style
, dprintf_style_agent
) != 0)
8969 cont_cmd_line
= xmalloc (sizeof (struct command_line
));
8970 cont_cmd_line
->control_type
= simple_control
;
8971 cont_cmd_line
->body_count
= 0;
8972 cont_cmd_line
->body_list
= NULL
;
8973 cont_cmd_line
->next
= NULL
;
8974 cont_cmd_line
->line
= xstrdup ("continue");
8977 printf_cmd_line
= xmalloc (sizeof (struct command_line
));
8978 printf_cmd_line
->control_type
= simple_control
;
8979 printf_cmd_line
->body_count
= 0;
8980 printf_cmd_line
->body_list
= NULL
;
8981 printf_cmd_line
->next
= cont_cmd_line
;
8982 printf_cmd_line
->line
= printf_line
;
8984 breakpoint_set_commands (b
, printf_cmd_line
);
8988 /* Update all dprintf commands, making their command lists reflect
8989 current style settings. */
8992 update_dprintf_commands (char *args
, int from_tty
,
8993 struct cmd_list_element
*c
)
8995 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8999 if (b
->type
== bp_dprintf
)
9000 update_dprintf_command_list (b
);
9004 /* Create a breakpoint with SAL as location. Use ADDR_STRING
9005 as textual description of the location, and COND_STRING
9006 as condition expression. */
9009 init_breakpoint_sal (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
9010 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
, char *addr_string
,
9011 char *filter
, char *cond_string
,
9013 enum bptype type
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
9014 int thread
, int task
, int ignore_count
,
9015 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
, int from_tty
,
9016 int enabled
, int internal
, unsigned flags
,
9017 int display_canonical
)
9021 if (type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
9023 int target_resources_ok
;
9025 i
= hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
9026 target_resources_ok
=
9027 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint
,
9029 if (target_resources_ok
== 0)
9030 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
9031 else if (target_resources_ok
< 0)
9032 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
9035 gdb_assert (sals
.nelts
> 0);
9037 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; ++i
)
9039 struct symtab_and_line sal
= sals
.sals
[i
];
9040 struct bp_location
*loc
;
9044 struct gdbarch
*loc_gdbarch
= get_sal_arch (sal
);
9046 loc_gdbarch
= gdbarch
;
9048 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch
,
9049 sal
.pspace
, sal
.pc
, sal
.section
, thread
);
9054 init_raw_breakpoint (b
, gdbarch
, sal
, type
, ops
);
9058 b
->cond_string
= cond_string
;
9059 b
->extra_string
= extra_string
;
9060 b
->ignore_count
= ignore_count
;
9061 b
->enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
9062 b
->disposition
= disposition
;
9064 if ((flags
& CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED
) != 0)
9065 b
->loc
->inserted
= 1;
9067 if (type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
9069 struct tracepoint
*t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
9070 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker
;
9072 if (strace_marker_p (b
))
9074 /* We already know the marker exists, otherwise, we
9075 wouldn't see a sal for it. */
9076 char *p
= &addr_string
[3];
9080 p
= skip_spaces (p
);
9082 endp
= skip_to_space (p
);
9084 marker_str
= savestring (p
, endp
- p
);
9085 t
->static_trace_marker_id
= marker_str
;
9087 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint "
9089 t
->static_trace_marker_id
);
9091 else if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (sal
.pc
, &marker
))
9093 t
->static_trace_marker_id
= xstrdup (marker
.str_id
);
9094 release_static_tracepoint_marker (&marker
);
9096 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint "
9098 t
->static_trace_marker_id
);
9101 warning (_("Couldn't determine the static "
9102 "tracepoint marker to probe"));
9109 loc
= add_location_to_breakpoint (b
, &sal
);
9110 if ((flags
& CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED
) != 0)
9114 if (bp_loc_is_permanent (loc
))
9115 make_breakpoint_permanent (b
);
9119 const char *arg
= b
->cond_string
;
9121 loc
->cond
= parse_exp_1 (&arg
, loc
->address
,
9122 block_for_pc (loc
->address
), 0);
9124 error (_("Garbage '%s' follows condition"), arg
);
9127 /* Dynamic printf requires and uses additional arguments on the
9128 command line, otherwise it's an error. */
9129 if (type
== bp_dprintf
)
9131 if (b
->extra_string
)
9132 update_dprintf_command_list (b
);
9134 error (_("Format string required"));
9136 else if (b
->extra_string
)
9137 error (_("Garbage '%s' at end of command"), b
->extra_string
);
9140 b
->display_canonical
= display_canonical
;
9142 b
->addr_string
= addr_string
;
9144 /* addr_string has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete
9147 = xstrprintf ("*%s", paddress (b
->loc
->gdbarch
, b
->loc
->address
));
9152 create_breakpoint_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
9153 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
, char *addr_string
,
9154 char *filter
, char *cond_string
,
9156 enum bptype type
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
9157 int thread
, int task
, int ignore_count
,
9158 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
, int from_tty
,
9159 int enabled
, int internal
, unsigned flags
,
9160 int display_canonical
)
9162 struct breakpoint
*b
;
9163 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
9165 if (is_tracepoint_type (type
))
9167 struct tracepoint
*t
;
9169 t
= XCNEW (struct tracepoint
);
9173 b
= XNEW (struct breakpoint
);
9175 old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, b
);
9177 init_breakpoint_sal (b
, gdbarch
,
9179 filter
, cond_string
, extra_string
,
9181 thread
, task
, ignore_count
,
9183 enabled
, internal
, flags
,
9185 discard_cleanups (old_chain
);
9187 install_breakpoint (internal
, b
, 0);
9190 /* Add SALS.nelts breakpoints to the breakpoint table. For each
9191 SALS.sal[i] breakpoint, include the corresponding ADDR_STRING[i]
9192 value. COND_STRING, if not NULL, specified the condition to be
9193 used for all breakpoints. Essentially the only case where
9194 SALS.nelts is not 1 is when we set a breakpoint on an overloaded
9195 function. In that case, it's still not possible to specify
9196 separate conditions for different overloaded functions, so
9197 we take just a single condition string.
9199 NOTE: If the function succeeds, the caller is expected to cleanup
9200 the arrays ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING, and SALS (but not the
9201 array contents). If the function fails (error() is called), the
9202 caller is expected to cleanups both the ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING,
9203 COND and SALS arrays and each of those arrays contents. */
9206 create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
9207 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
9208 char *cond_string
, char *extra_string
,
9209 enum bptype type
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
9210 int thread
, int task
, int ignore_count
,
9211 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
, int from_tty
,
9212 int enabled
, int internal
, unsigned flags
)
9215 struct linespec_sals
*lsal
;
9217 if (canonical
->pre_expanded
)
9218 gdb_assert (VEC_length (linespec_sals
, canonical
->sals
) == 1);
9220 for (i
= 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals
, canonical
->sals
, i
, lsal
); ++i
)
9222 /* Note that 'addr_string' can be NULL in the case of a plain
9223 'break', without arguments. */
9224 char *addr_string
= (canonical
->addr_string
9225 ? xstrdup (canonical
->addr_string
)
9227 char *filter_string
= lsal
->canonical
? xstrdup (lsal
->canonical
) : NULL
;
9228 struct cleanup
*inner
= make_cleanup (xfree
, addr_string
);
9230 make_cleanup (xfree
, filter_string
);
9231 create_breakpoint_sal (gdbarch
, lsal
->sals
,
9234 cond_string
, extra_string
,
9236 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
,
9237 from_tty
, enabled
, internal
, flags
,
9238 canonical
->special_display
);
9239 discard_cleanups (inner
);
9243 /* Parse ADDRESS which is assumed to be a SAL specification possibly
9244 followed by conditionals. On return, SALS contains an array of SAL
9245 addresses found. ADDR_STRING contains a vector of (canonical)
9246 address strings. ADDRESS points to the end of the SAL.
9248 The array and the line spec strings are allocated on the heap, it is
9249 the caller's responsibility to free them. */
9252 parse_breakpoint_sals (char **address
,
9253 struct linespec_result
*canonical
)
9255 /* If no arg given, or if first arg is 'if ', use the default
9257 if ((*address
) == NULL
9258 || (strncmp ((*address
), "if", 2) == 0 && isspace ((*address
)[2])))
9260 /* The last displayed codepoint, if it's valid, is our default breakpoint
9262 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
9264 struct linespec_sals lsal
;
9265 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
9268 init_sal (&sal
); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
9269 lsal
.sals
.sals
= (struct symtab_and_line
*)
9270 xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line
));
9272 /* Set sal's pspace, pc, symtab, and line to the values
9273 corresponding to the last call to print_frame_info.
9274 Be sure to reinitialize LINE with NOTCURRENT == 0
9275 as the breakpoint line number is inappropriate otherwise.
9276 find_pc_line would adjust PC, re-set it back. */
9277 get_last_displayed_sal (&sal
);
9279 sal
= find_pc_line (pc
, 0);
9281 /* "break" without arguments is equivalent to "break *PC"
9282 where PC is the last displayed codepoint's address. So
9283 make sure to set sal.explicit_pc to prevent GDB from
9284 trying to expand the list of sals to include all other
9285 instances with the same symtab and line. */
9287 sal
.explicit_pc
= 1;
9289 lsal
.sals
.sals
[0] = sal
;
9290 lsal
.sals
.nelts
= 1;
9291 lsal
.canonical
= NULL
;
9293 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals
, canonical
->sals
, &lsal
);
9296 error (_("No default breakpoint address now."));
9300 struct symtab_and_line cursal
= get_current_source_symtab_and_line ();
9302 /* Force almost all breakpoints to be in terms of the
9303 current_source_symtab (which is decode_line_1's default).
9304 This should produce the results we want almost all of the
9305 time while leaving default_breakpoint_* alone.
9307 ObjC: However, don't match an Objective-C method name which
9308 may have a '+' or '-' succeeded by a '['. */
9309 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ()
9311 || ((strchr ("+-", (*address
)[0]) != NULL
)
9312 && ((*address
)[1] != '['))))
9313 decode_line_full (address
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
,
9314 get_last_displayed_symtab (),
9315 get_last_displayed_line (),
9316 canonical
, NULL
, NULL
);
9318 decode_line_full (address
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
,
9319 cursal
.symtab
, cursal
.line
, canonical
, NULL
, NULL
);
9324 /* Convert each SAL into a real PC. Verify that the PC can be
9325 inserted as a breakpoint. If it can't throw an error. */
9328 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
9332 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
->nelts
; i
++)
9333 resolve_sal_pc (&sals
->sals
[i
]);
9336 /* Fast tracepoints may have restrictions on valid locations. For
9337 instance, a fast tracepoint using a jump instead of a trap will
9338 likely have to overwrite more bytes than a trap would, and so can
9339 only be placed where the instruction is longer than the jump, or a
9340 multi-instruction sequence does not have a jump into the middle of
9344 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
9345 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
9348 struct symtab_and_line
*sal
;
9350 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
9352 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
->nelts
; i
++)
9354 struct gdbarch
*sarch
;
9356 sal
= &sals
->sals
[i
];
9358 sarch
= get_sal_arch (*sal
);
9359 /* We fall back to GDBARCH if there is no architecture
9360 associated with SAL. */
9363 rslt
= gdbarch_fast_tracepoint_valid_at (sarch
, sal
->pc
,
9365 old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, msg
);
9368 error (_("May not have a fast tracepoint at 0x%s%s"),
9369 paddress (sarch
, sal
->pc
), (msg
? msg
: ""));
9371 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
9375 /* Issue an invalid thread ID error. */
9377 static void ATTRIBUTE_NORETURN
9378 invalid_thread_id_error (int id
)
9380 error (_("Unknown thread %d."), id
);
9383 /* Given TOK, a string specification of condition and thread, as
9384 accepted by the 'break' command, extract the condition
9385 string and thread number and set *COND_STRING and *THREAD.
9386 PC identifies the context at which the condition should be parsed.
9387 If no condition is found, *COND_STRING is set to NULL.
9388 If no thread is found, *THREAD is set to -1. */
9391 find_condition_and_thread (const char *tok
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
9392 char **cond_string
, int *thread
, int *task
,
9395 *cond_string
= NULL
;
9402 const char *end_tok
;
9404 const char *cond_start
= NULL
;
9405 const char *cond_end
= NULL
;
9407 tok
= skip_spaces_const (tok
);
9409 if ((*tok
== '"' || *tok
== ',') && rest
)
9411 *rest
= savestring (tok
, strlen (tok
));
9415 end_tok
= skip_to_space_const (tok
);
9417 toklen
= end_tok
- tok
;
9419 if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "if", toklen
) == 0)
9421 struct expression
*expr
;
9423 tok
= cond_start
= end_tok
+ 1;
9424 expr
= parse_exp_1 (&tok
, pc
, block_for_pc (pc
), 0);
9427 *cond_string
= savestring (cond_start
, cond_end
- cond_start
);
9429 else if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "thread", toklen
) == 0)
9434 *thread
= strtol (tok
, &tmptok
, 0);
9436 error (_("Junk after thread keyword."));
9437 if (!valid_thread_id (*thread
))
9438 invalid_thread_id_error (*thread
);
9441 else if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "task", toklen
) == 0)
9446 *task
= strtol (tok
, &tmptok
, 0);
9448 error (_("Junk after task keyword."));
9449 if (!valid_task_id (*task
))
9450 error (_("Unknown task %d."), *task
);
9455 *rest
= savestring (tok
, strlen (tok
));
9459 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
9463 /* Decode a static tracepoint marker spec. */
9465 static struct symtabs_and_lines
9466 decode_static_tracepoint_spec (char **arg_p
)
9468 VEC(static_tracepoint_marker_p
) *markers
= NULL
;
9469 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
;
9470 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
9471 char *p
= &(*arg_p
)[3];
9476 p
= skip_spaces (p
);
9478 endp
= skip_to_space (p
);
9480 marker_str
= savestring (p
, endp
- p
);
9481 old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, marker_str
);
9483 markers
= target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid (marker_str
);
9484 if (VEC_empty(static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
))
9485 error (_("No known static tracepoint marker named %s"), marker_str
);
9487 sals
.nelts
= VEC_length(static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
);
9488 sals
.sals
= xmalloc (sizeof *sals
.sals
* sals
.nelts
);
9490 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; i
++)
9492 struct static_tracepoint_marker
*marker
;
9494 marker
= VEC_index (static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
, i
);
9496 init_sal (&sals
.sals
[i
]);
9498 sals
.sals
[i
] = find_pc_line (marker
->address
, 0);
9499 sals
.sals
[i
].pc
= marker
->address
;
9501 release_static_tracepoint_marker (marker
);
9504 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
9510 /* Set a breakpoint. This function is shared between CLI and MI
9511 functions for setting a breakpoint. This function has two major
9512 modes of operations, selected by the PARSE_ARG parameter. If
9513 non-zero, the function will parse ARG, extracting location,
9514 condition, thread and extra string. Otherwise, ARG is just the
9515 breakpoint's location, with condition, thread, and extra string
9516 specified by the COND_STRING, THREAD and EXTRA_STRING parameters.
9517 If INTERNAL is non-zero, the breakpoint number will be allocated
9518 from the internal breakpoint count. Returns true if any breakpoint
9519 was created; false otherwise. */
9522 create_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
9523 char *arg
, char *cond_string
,
9524 int thread
, char *extra_string
,
9526 int tempflag
, enum bptype type_wanted
,
9528 enum auto_boolean pending_break_support
,
9529 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
9530 int from_tty
, int enabled
, int internal
,
9533 volatile struct gdb_exception e
;
9534 char *copy_arg
= NULL
;
9535 char *addr_start
= arg
;
9536 struct linespec_result canonical
;
9537 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
9538 struct cleanup
*bkpt_chain
= NULL
;
9541 int prev_bkpt_count
= breakpoint_count
;
9543 gdb_assert (ops
!= NULL
);
9545 init_linespec_result (&canonical
);
9547 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
9549 ops
->create_sals_from_address (&arg
, &canonical
, type_wanted
,
9550 addr_start
, ©_arg
);
9553 /* If caller is interested in rc value from parse, set value. */
9557 if (VEC_empty (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
))
9563 case NOT_FOUND_ERROR
:
9565 /* If pending breakpoint support is turned off, throw
9568 if (pending_break_support
== AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE
)
9569 throw_exception (e
);
9571 exception_print (gdb_stderr
, e
);
9573 /* If pending breakpoint support is auto query and the user
9574 selects no, then simply return the error code. */
9575 if (pending_break_support
== AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
9576 && !nquery (_("Make %s pending on future shared library load? "),
9577 bptype_string (type_wanted
)))
9580 /* At this point, either the user was queried about setting
9581 a pending breakpoint and selected yes, or pending
9582 breakpoint behavior is on and thus a pending breakpoint
9583 is defaulted on behalf of the user. */
9585 struct linespec_sals lsal
;
9587 copy_arg
= xstrdup (addr_start
);
9588 lsal
.canonical
= xstrdup (copy_arg
);
9589 lsal
.sals
.nelts
= 1;
9590 lsal
.sals
.sals
= XNEW (struct symtab_and_line
);
9591 init_sal (&lsal
.sals
.sals
[0]);
9593 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
, &lsal
);
9597 throw_exception (e
);
9601 throw_exception (e
);
9604 /* Create a chain of things that always need to be cleaned up. */
9605 old_chain
= make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical
);
9607 /* ----------------------------- SNIP -----------------------------
9608 Anything added to the cleanup chain beyond this point is assumed
9609 to be part of a breakpoint. If the breakpoint create succeeds
9610 then the memory is not reclaimed. */
9611 bkpt_chain
= make_cleanup (null_cleanup
, 0);
9613 /* Resolve all line numbers to PC's and verify that the addresses
9614 are ok for the target. */
9618 struct linespec_sals
*iter
;
9620 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
, ix
, iter
); ++ix
)
9621 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (&iter
->sals
);
9624 /* Fast tracepoints may have additional restrictions on location. */
9625 if (!pending
&& type_wanted
== bp_fast_tracepoint
)
9628 struct linespec_sals
*iter
;
9630 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
, ix
, iter
); ++ix
)
9631 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (gdbarch
, &iter
->sals
);
9634 /* Verify that condition can be parsed, before setting any
9635 breakpoints. Allocate a separate condition expression for each
9639 struct linespec_sals
*lsal
;
9641 lsal
= VEC_index (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
, 0);
9646 /* Here we only parse 'arg' to separate condition
9647 from thread number, so parsing in context of first
9648 sal is OK. When setting the breakpoint we'll
9649 re-parse it in context of each sal. */
9651 find_condition_and_thread (arg
, lsal
->sals
.sals
[0].pc
, &cond_string
,
9652 &thread
, &task
, &rest
);
9654 make_cleanup (xfree
, cond_string
);
9656 make_cleanup (xfree
, rest
);
9658 extra_string
= rest
;
9663 error (_("Garbage '%s' at end of location"), arg
);
9665 /* Create a private copy of condition string. */
9668 cond_string
= xstrdup (cond_string
);
9669 make_cleanup (xfree
, cond_string
);
9671 /* Create a private copy of any extra string. */
9674 extra_string
= xstrdup (extra_string
);
9675 make_cleanup (xfree
, extra_string
);
9679 ops
->create_breakpoints_sal (gdbarch
, &canonical
, lsal
,
9680 cond_string
, extra_string
, type_wanted
,
9681 tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
,
9682 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
,
9683 from_tty
, enabled
, internal
, flags
);
9687 struct breakpoint
*b
;
9689 make_cleanup (xfree
, copy_arg
);
9691 if (is_tracepoint_type (type_wanted
))
9693 struct tracepoint
*t
;
9695 t
= XCNEW (struct tracepoint
);
9699 b
= XNEW (struct breakpoint
);
9701 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
, gdbarch
, type_wanted
, ops
);
9703 b
->addr_string
= copy_arg
;
9705 b
->cond_string
= NULL
;
9708 /* Create a private copy of condition string. */
9711 cond_string
= xstrdup (cond_string
);
9712 make_cleanup (xfree
, cond_string
);
9714 b
->cond_string
= cond_string
;
9716 b
->extra_string
= NULL
;
9717 b
->ignore_count
= ignore_count
;
9718 b
->disposition
= tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
;
9719 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 1;
9720 b
->enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
9721 if ((type_wanted
!= bp_breakpoint
9722 && type_wanted
!= bp_hardware_breakpoint
) || thread
!= -1)
9723 b
->pspace
= current_program_space
;
9725 install_breakpoint (internal
, b
, 0);
9728 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
) > 1)
9730 warning (_("Multiple breakpoints were set.\nUse the "
9731 "\"delete\" command to delete unwanted breakpoints."));
9732 prev_breakpoint_count
= prev_bkpt_count
;
9735 /* That's it. Discard the cleanups for data inserted into the
9737 discard_cleanups (bkpt_chain
);
9738 /* But cleanup everything else. */
9739 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
9741 /* error call may happen here - have BKPT_CHAIN already discarded. */
9742 update_global_location_list (1);
9747 /* Set a breakpoint.
9748 ARG is a string describing breakpoint address,
9749 condition, and thread.
9750 FLAG specifies if a breakpoint is hardware on,
9751 and if breakpoint is temporary, using BP_HARDWARE_FLAG
9755 break_command_1 (char *arg
, int flag
, int from_tty
)
9757 int tempflag
= flag
& BP_TEMPFLAG
;
9758 enum bptype type_wanted
= (flag
& BP_HARDWAREFLAG
9759 ? bp_hardware_breakpoint
9761 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
;
9762 const char *arg_cp
= arg
;
9764 /* Matching breakpoints on probes. */
9765 if (arg
&& probe_linespec_to_ops (&arg_cp
) != NULL
)
9766 ops
= &bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
9768 ops
= &bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
9770 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
9772 NULL
, 0, NULL
, 1 /* parse arg */,
9773 tempflag
, type_wanted
,
9774 0 /* Ignore count */,
9775 pending_break_support
,
9783 /* Helper function for break_command_1 and disassemble_command. */
9786 resolve_sal_pc (struct symtab_and_line
*sal
)
9790 if (sal
->pc
== 0 && sal
->symtab
!= NULL
)
9792 if (!find_line_pc (sal
->symtab
, sal
->line
, &pc
))
9793 error (_("No line %d in file \"%s\"."),
9794 sal
->line
, symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal
->symtab
));
9797 /* If this SAL corresponds to a breakpoint inserted using a line
9798 number, then skip the function prologue if necessary. */
9799 if (sal
->explicit_line
)
9800 skip_prologue_sal (sal
);
9803 if (sal
->section
== 0 && sal
->symtab
!= NULL
)
9805 struct blockvector
*bv
;
9809 bv
= blockvector_for_pc_sect (sal
->pc
, 0, &b
, sal
->symtab
);
9812 sym
= block_linkage_function (b
);
9815 fixup_symbol_section (sym
, sal
->symtab
->objfile
);
9816 sal
->section
= SYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (sal
->symtab
->objfile
, sym
);
9820 /* It really is worthwhile to have the section, so we'll
9821 just have to look harder. This case can be executed
9822 if we have line numbers but no functions (as can
9823 happen in assembly source). */
9825 struct bound_minimal_symbol msym
;
9826 struct cleanup
*old_chain
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
9828 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sal
->pspace
);
9830 msym
= lookup_minimal_symbol_by_pc (sal
->pc
);
9832 sal
->section
= SYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (msym
.objfile
, msym
.minsym
);
9834 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
9841 break_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9843 break_command_1 (arg
, 0, from_tty
);
9847 tbreak_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9849 break_command_1 (arg
, BP_TEMPFLAG
, from_tty
);
9853 hbreak_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9855 break_command_1 (arg
, BP_HARDWAREFLAG
, from_tty
);
9859 thbreak_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9861 break_command_1 (arg
, (BP_TEMPFLAG
| BP_HARDWAREFLAG
), from_tty
);
9865 stop_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9867 printf_filtered (_("Specify the type of breakpoint to set.\n\
9868 Usage: stop in <function | address>\n\
9869 stop at <line>\n"));
9873 stopin_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9877 if (arg
== (char *) NULL
)
9879 else if (*arg
!= '*')
9884 /* Look for a ':'. If this is a line number specification, then
9885 say it is bad, otherwise, it should be an address or
9886 function/method name. */
9887 while (*argptr
&& !hasColon
)
9889 hasColon
= (*argptr
== ':');
9894 badInput
= (*argptr
!= ':'); /* Not a class::method */
9896 badInput
= isdigit (*arg
); /* a simple line number */
9900 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop in <function | address>\n"));
9902 break_command_1 (arg
, 0, from_tty
);
9906 stopat_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9910 if (arg
== (char *) NULL
|| *arg
== '*') /* no line number */
9917 /* Look for a ':'. If there is a '::' then get out, otherwise
9918 it is probably a line number. */
9919 while (*argptr
&& !hasColon
)
9921 hasColon
= (*argptr
== ':');
9926 badInput
= (*argptr
== ':'); /* we have class::method */
9928 badInput
= !isdigit (*arg
); /* not a line number */
9932 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop at <line>\n"));
9934 break_command_1 (arg
, 0, from_tty
);
9937 /* The dynamic printf command is mostly like a regular breakpoint, but
9938 with a prewired command list consisting of a single output command,
9939 built from extra arguments supplied on the dprintf command
9943 dprintf_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9945 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
9947 NULL
, 0, NULL
, 1 /* parse arg */,
9949 0 /* Ignore count */,
9950 pending_break_support
,
9951 &dprintf_breakpoint_ops
,
9959 agent_printf_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9961 error (_("May only run agent-printf on the target"));
9964 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for
9965 ranged breakpoints. */
9968 breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
9969 struct address_space
*aspace
,
9971 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
9973 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_STOPPED
9974 || ws
->value
.sig
!= GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP
)
9977 return breakpoint_address_match_range (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
9978 bl
->length
, aspace
, bp_addr
);
9981 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
9982 ranged breakpoints. */
9985 resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
9987 return target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
9990 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for
9991 ranged breakpoints. */
9993 static enum print_stop_action
9994 print_it_ranged_breakpoint (bpstat bs
)
9996 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
9997 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
9998 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10000 gdb_assert (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
);
10002 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
10003 gdb_assert (bl
&& bl
->next
== NULL
);
10005 annotate_breakpoint (b
->number
);
10006 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
10007 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nTemporary ranged breakpoint ");
10009 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nRanged breakpoint ");
10010 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10012 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
10013 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT
));
10014 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
10016 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
10017 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", ");
10019 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
10022 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for
10023 ranged breakpoints. */
10026 print_one_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
10027 struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
10029 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
10030 struct value_print_options opts
;
10031 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10033 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
10034 gdb_assert (bl
&& bl
->next
== NULL
);
10036 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
10038 if (opts
.addressprint
)
10039 /* We don't print the address range here, it will be printed later
10040 by print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint. */
10041 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
10042 annotate_field (5);
10043 print_breakpoint_location (b
, bl
);
10047 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for
10048 ranged breakpoints. */
10051 print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
,
10052 struct ui_out
*uiout
)
10054 CORE_ADDR address_start
, address_end
;
10055 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
10056 struct ui_file
*stb
= mem_fileopen ();
10057 struct cleanup
*cleanup
= make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (stb
);
10061 address_start
= bl
->address
;
10062 address_end
= address_start
+ bl
->length
- 1;
10064 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\taddress range: ");
10065 fprintf_unfiltered (stb
, "[%s, %s]",
10066 print_core_address (bl
->gdbarch
, address_start
),
10067 print_core_address (bl
->gdbarch
, address_end
));
10068 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "addr", stb
);
10069 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
10071 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
10074 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for
10075 ranged breakpoints. */
10078 print_mention_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
10080 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
10081 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10084 gdb_assert (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
);
10086 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10089 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted ranged breakpoint %d from %s to %s."),
10090 b
->number
, paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
),
10091 paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
+ bl
->length
- 1));
10094 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
10095 ranged breakpoints. */
10098 print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
10100 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "break-range %s, %s", b
->addr_string
,
10101 b
->addr_string_range_end
);
10102 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
10105 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in ranged breakpoints. */
10107 static struct breakpoint_ops ranged_breakpoint_ops
;
10109 /* Find the address where the end of the breakpoint range should be
10110 placed, given the SAL of the end of the range. This is so that if
10111 the user provides a line number, the end of the range is set to the
10112 last instruction of the given line. */
10115 find_breakpoint_range_end (struct symtab_and_line sal
)
10119 /* If the user provided a PC value, use it. Otherwise,
10120 find the address of the end of the given location. */
10121 if (sal
.explicit_pc
)
10128 ret
= find_line_pc_range (sal
, &start
, &end
);
10130 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
10132 /* find_line_pc_range returns the start of the next line. */
10139 /* Implement the "break-range" CLI command. */
10142 break_range_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10144 char *arg_start
, *addr_string_start
, *addr_string_end
;
10145 struct linespec_result canonical_start
, canonical_end
;
10146 int bp_count
, can_use_bp
, length
;
10148 struct breakpoint
*b
;
10149 struct symtab_and_line sal_start
, sal_end
;
10150 struct cleanup
*cleanup_bkpt
;
10151 struct linespec_sals
*lsal_start
, *lsal_end
;
10153 /* We don't support software ranged breakpoints. */
10154 if (target_ranged_break_num_registers () < 0)
10155 error (_("This target does not support hardware ranged breakpoints."));
10157 bp_count
= hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
10158 bp_count
+= target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
10159 can_use_bp
= target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint
,
10161 if (can_use_bp
< 0)
10162 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
10164 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
10165 if (arg
== NULL
|| arg
[0] == '\0')
10166 error(_("No address range specified."));
10168 init_linespec_result (&canonical_start
);
10171 parse_breakpoint_sals (&arg
, &canonical_start
);
10173 cleanup_bkpt
= make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical_start
);
10176 error (_("Too few arguments."));
10177 else if (VEC_empty (linespec_sals
, canonical_start
.sals
))
10178 error (_("Could not find location of the beginning of the range."));
10180 lsal_start
= VEC_index (linespec_sals
, canonical_start
.sals
, 0);
10182 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals
, canonical_start
.sals
) > 1
10183 || lsal_start
->sals
.nelts
!= 1)
10184 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
10186 sal_start
= lsal_start
->sals
.sals
[0];
10187 addr_string_start
= savestring (arg_start
, arg
- arg_start
);
10188 make_cleanup (xfree
, addr_string_start
);
10190 arg
++; /* Skip the comma. */
10191 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
10193 /* Parse the end location. */
10195 init_linespec_result (&canonical_end
);
10198 /* We call decode_line_full directly here instead of using
10199 parse_breakpoint_sals because we need to specify the start location's
10200 symtab and line as the default symtab and line for the end of the
10201 range. This makes it possible to have ranges like "foo.c:27, +14",
10202 where +14 means 14 lines from the start location. */
10203 decode_line_full (&arg
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
,
10204 sal_start
.symtab
, sal_start
.line
,
10205 &canonical_end
, NULL
, NULL
);
10207 make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical_end
);
10209 if (VEC_empty (linespec_sals
, canonical_end
.sals
))
10210 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
10212 lsal_end
= VEC_index (linespec_sals
, canonical_end
.sals
, 0);
10213 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals
, canonical_end
.sals
) > 1
10214 || lsal_end
->sals
.nelts
!= 1)
10215 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
10217 sal_end
= lsal_end
->sals
.sals
[0];
10218 addr_string_end
= savestring (arg_start
, arg
- arg_start
);
10219 make_cleanup (xfree
, addr_string_end
);
10221 end
= find_breakpoint_range_end (sal_end
);
10222 if (sal_start
.pc
> end
)
10223 error (_("Invalid address range, end precedes start."));
10225 length
= end
- sal_start
.pc
+ 1;
10227 /* Length overflowed. */
10228 error (_("Address range too large."));
10229 else if (length
== 1)
10231 /* This range is simple enough to be handled by
10232 the `hbreak' command. */
10233 hbreak_command (addr_string_start
, 1);
10235 do_cleanups (cleanup_bkpt
);
10240 /* Now set up the breakpoint. */
10241 b
= set_raw_breakpoint (get_current_arch (), sal_start
,
10242 bp_hardware_breakpoint
, &ranged_breakpoint_ops
);
10243 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count
+ 1);
10244 b
->number
= breakpoint_count
;
10245 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
10246 b
->addr_string
= xstrdup (addr_string_start
);
10247 b
->addr_string_range_end
= xstrdup (addr_string_end
);
10248 b
->loc
->length
= length
;
10250 do_cleanups (cleanup_bkpt
);
10253 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b
);
10254 update_global_location_list (1);
10257 /* Return non-zero if EXP is verified as constant. Returned zero
10258 means EXP is variable. Also the constant detection may fail for
10259 some constant expressions and in such case still falsely return
10263 watchpoint_exp_is_const (const struct expression
*exp
)
10265 int i
= exp
->nelts
;
10271 /* We are only interested in the descriptor of each element. */
10272 operator_length (exp
, i
, &oplenp
, &argsp
);
10275 switch (exp
->elts
[i
].opcode
)
10285 case BINOP_LOGICAL_AND
:
10286 case BINOP_LOGICAL_OR
:
10287 case BINOP_BITWISE_AND
:
10288 case BINOP_BITWISE_IOR
:
10289 case BINOP_BITWISE_XOR
:
10291 case BINOP_NOTEQUAL
:
10320 case OP_OBJC_NSSTRING
:
10323 case UNOP_LOGICAL_NOT
:
10324 case UNOP_COMPLEMENT
:
10329 case UNOP_CAST_TYPE
:
10330 case UNOP_REINTERPRET_CAST
:
10331 case UNOP_DYNAMIC_CAST
:
10332 /* Unary, binary and ternary operators: We have to check
10333 their operands. If they are constant, then so is the
10334 result of that operation. For instance, if A and B are
10335 determined to be constants, then so is "A + B".
10337 UNOP_IND is one exception to the rule above, because the
10338 value of *ADDR is not necessarily a constant, even when
10343 /* Check whether the associated symbol is a constant.
10345 We use SYMBOL_CLASS rather than TYPE_CONST because it's
10346 possible that a buggy compiler could mark a variable as
10347 constant even when it is not, and TYPE_CONST would return
10348 true in this case, while SYMBOL_CLASS wouldn't.
10350 We also have to check for function symbols because they
10351 are always constant. */
10353 struct symbol
*s
= exp
->elts
[i
+ 2].symbol
;
10355 if (SYMBOL_CLASS (s
) != LOC_BLOCK
10356 && SYMBOL_CLASS (s
) != LOC_CONST
10357 && SYMBOL_CLASS (s
) != LOC_CONST_BYTES
)
10362 /* The default action is to return 0 because we are using
10363 the optimistic approach here: If we don't know something,
10364 then it is not a constant. */
10373 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for watchpoints. */
10376 dtor_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*self
)
10378 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) self
;
10380 xfree (w
->cond_exp
);
10382 xfree (w
->exp_string
);
10383 xfree (w
->exp_string_reparse
);
10384 value_free (w
->val
);
10386 base_breakpoint_ops
.dtor (self
);
10389 /* Implement the "re_set" breakpoint_ops method for watchpoints. */
10392 re_set_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
10394 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10396 /* Watchpoint can be either on expression using entirely global
10397 variables, or it can be on local variables.
10399 Watchpoints of the first kind are never auto-deleted, and even
10400 persist across program restarts. Since they can use variables
10401 from shared libraries, we need to reparse expression as libraries
10402 are loaded and unloaded.
10404 Watchpoints on local variables can also change meaning as result
10405 of solib event. For example, if a watchpoint uses both a local
10406 and a global variables in expression, it's a local watchpoint,
10407 but unloading of a shared library will make the expression
10408 invalid. This is not a very common use case, but we still
10409 re-evaluate expression, to avoid surprises to the user.
10411 Note that for local watchpoints, we re-evaluate it only if
10412 watchpoints frame id is still valid. If it's not, it means the
10413 watchpoint is out of scope and will be deleted soon. In fact,
10414 I'm not sure we'll ever be called in this case.
10416 If a local watchpoint's frame id is still valid, then
10417 w->exp_valid_block is likewise valid, and we can safely use it.
10419 Don't do anything about disabled watchpoints, since they will be
10420 reevaluated again when enabled. */
10421 update_watchpoint (w
, 1 /* reparse */);
10424 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
10427 insert_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
)
10429 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10430 int length
= w
->exact
? 1 : bl
->length
;
10432 return target_insert_watchpoint (bl
->address
, length
, bl
->watchpoint_type
,
10436 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
10439 remove_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
)
10441 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10442 int length
= w
->exact
? 1 : bl
->length
;
10444 return target_remove_watchpoint (bl
->address
, length
, bl
->watchpoint_type
,
10449 breakpoint_hit_watchpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
10450 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
10451 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
10453 struct breakpoint
*b
= bl
->owner
;
10454 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10456 /* Continuable hardware watchpoints are treated as non-existent if the
10457 reason we stopped wasn't a hardware watchpoint (we didn't stop on
10458 some data address). Otherwise gdb won't stop on a break instruction
10459 in the code (not from a breakpoint) when a hardware watchpoint has
10460 been defined. Also skip watchpoints which we know did not trigger
10461 (did not match the data address). */
10462 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
)
10463 && w
->watchpoint_triggered
== watch_triggered_no
)
10470 check_status_watchpoint (bpstat bs
)
10472 gdb_assert (is_watchpoint (bs
->breakpoint_at
));
10474 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bs
);
10477 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
10478 hardware watchpoints. */
10481 resources_needed_watchpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
10483 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10484 int length
= w
->exact
? 1 : bl
->length
;
10486 return target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (bl
->address
, length
);
10489 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for
10490 hardware watchpoints. */
10493 works_in_software_mode_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
10495 /* Read and access watchpoints only work with hardware support. */
10496 return b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
|| b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
;
10499 static enum print_stop_action
10500 print_it_watchpoint (bpstat bs
)
10502 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
10503 struct breakpoint
*b
;
10504 struct ui_file
*stb
;
10505 enum print_stop_action result
;
10506 struct watchpoint
*w
;
10507 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10509 gdb_assert (bs
->bp_location_at
!= NULL
);
10511 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
10512 w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10514 stb
= mem_fileopen ();
10515 old_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (stb
);
10519 case bp_watchpoint
:
10520 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10521 annotate_watchpoint (b
->number
);
10522 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10523 ui_out_field_string
10525 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10527 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "value");
10528 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nOld value = ");
10529 watchpoint_value_print (bs
->old_val
, stb
);
10530 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "old", stb
);
10531 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nNew value = ");
10532 watchpoint_value_print (w
->val
, stb
);
10533 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "new", stb
);
10534 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
10535 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
10536 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10539 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10540 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10541 ui_out_field_string
10543 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10545 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "value");
10546 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nValue = ");
10547 watchpoint_value_print (w
->val
, stb
);
10548 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "value", stb
);
10549 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
10550 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10553 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10554 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
10556 annotate_watchpoint (b
->number
);
10557 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10558 ui_out_field_string
10560 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10562 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "value");
10563 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nOld value = ");
10564 watchpoint_value_print (bs
->old_val
, stb
);
10565 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "old", stb
);
10566 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nNew value = ");
10571 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10572 ui_out_field_string
10574 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10575 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "value");
10576 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nValue = ");
10578 watchpoint_value_print (w
->val
, stb
);
10579 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "new", stb
);
10580 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
10581 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10584 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10587 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
10591 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for hardware
10595 print_mention_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
10597 struct cleanup
*ui_out_chain
;
10598 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10599 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10603 case bp_watchpoint
:
10604 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Watchpoint ");
10605 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "wpt");
10607 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10608 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Hardware watchpoint ");
10609 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "wpt");
10611 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10612 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Hardware read watchpoint ");
10613 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "hw-rwpt");
10615 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10616 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
10617 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "hw-awpt");
10620 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
10621 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10624 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "number", b
->number
);
10625 ui_out_text (uiout
, ": ");
10626 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "exp", w
->exp_string
);
10627 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain
);
10630 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
10634 print_recreate_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
10636 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10640 case bp_watchpoint
:
10641 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10642 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "watch");
10644 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10645 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "rwatch");
10647 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10648 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "awatch");
10651 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
10652 _("Invalid watchpoint type."));
10655 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s", w
->exp_string
);
10656 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
10659 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in hardware watchpoints. */
10661 static struct breakpoint_ops watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
10663 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for
10664 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10667 insert_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
)
10669 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10671 return target_insert_mask_watchpoint (bl
->address
, w
->hw_wp_mask
,
10672 bl
->watchpoint_type
);
10675 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for
10676 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10679 remove_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
)
10681 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10683 return target_remove_mask_watchpoint (bl
->address
, w
->hw_wp_mask
,
10684 bl
->watchpoint_type
);
10687 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
10688 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10691 resources_needed_masked_watchpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
10693 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10695 return target_masked_watch_num_registers (bl
->address
, w
->hw_wp_mask
);
10698 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for
10699 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10702 works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
10707 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for
10708 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10710 static enum print_stop_action
10711 print_it_masked_watchpoint (bpstat bs
)
10713 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
10714 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10716 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
10717 gdb_assert (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->next
== NULL
);
10721 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10722 annotate_watchpoint (b
->number
);
10723 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10724 ui_out_field_string
10726 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10729 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10730 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10731 ui_out_field_string
10733 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10736 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10737 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10738 ui_out_field_string
10740 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10743 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
10744 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10748 ui_out_text (uiout
, _("\n\
10749 Check the underlying instruction at PC for the memory\n\
10750 address and value which triggered this watchpoint.\n"));
10751 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
10753 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
10754 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10757 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for
10758 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10761 print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
,
10762 struct ui_out
*uiout
)
10764 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10766 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
10767 gdb_assert (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->next
== NULL
);
10769 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tmask ");
10770 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout
, "mask", b
->loc
->gdbarch
, w
->hw_wp_mask
);
10771 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
10774 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for
10775 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10778 print_mention_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
10780 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10781 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10782 struct cleanup
*ui_out_chain
;
10786 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10787 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Masked hardware watchpoint ");
10788 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "wpt");
10790 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10791 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Masked hardware read watchpoint ");
10792 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "hw-rwpt");
10794 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10795 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Masked hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
10796 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "hw-awpt");
10799 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
10800 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10803 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "number", b
->number
);
10804 ui_out_text (uiout
, ": ");
10805 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "exp", w
->exp_string
);
10806 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain
);
10809 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
10810 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10813 print_recreate_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
10815 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10820 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10821 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "watch");
10823 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10824 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "rwatch");
10826 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10827 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "awatch");
10830 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
10831 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10834 sprintf_vma (tmp
, w
->hw_wp_mask
);
10835 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s mask 0x%s", w
->exp_string
, tmp
);
10836 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
10839 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in masked hardware watchpoints. */
10841 static struct breakpoint_ops masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
10843 /* Tell whether the given watchpoint is a masked hardware watchpoint. */
10846 is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
10848 return b
->ops
== &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
10851 /* accessflag: hw_write: watch write,
10852 hw_read: watch read,
10853 hw_access: watch access (read or write) */
10855 watch_command_1 (const char *arg
, int accessflag
, int from_tty
,
10856 int just_location
, int internal
)
10858 volatile struct gdb_exception e
;
10859 struct breakpoint
*b
, *scope_breakpoint
= NULL
;
10860 struct expression
*exp
;
10861 const struct block
*exp_valid_block
= NULL
, *cond_exp_valid_block
= NULL
;
10862 struct value
*val
, *mark
, *result
;
10863 struct frame_info
*frame
;
10864 const char *exp_start
= NULL
;
10865 const char *exp_end
= NULL
;
10866 const char *tok
, *end_tok
;
10868 const char *cond_start
= NULL
;
10869 const char *cond_end
= NULL
;
10870 enum bptype bp_type
;
10873 /* Flag to indicate whether we are going to use masks for
10874 the hardware watchpoint. */
10876 CORE_ADDR mask
= 0;
10877 struct watchpoint
*w
;
10879 struct cleanup
*back_to
;
10881 /* Make sure that we actually have parameters to parse. */
10882 if (arg
!= NULL
&& arg
[0] != '\0')
10884 const char *value_start
;
10886 exp_end
= arg
+ strlen (arg
);
10888 /* Look for "parameter value" pairs at the end
10889 of the arguments string. */
10890 for (tok
= exp_end
- 1; tok
> arg
; tok
--)
10892 /* Skip whitespace at the end of the argument list. */
10893 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
== ' ' || *tok
== '\t'))
10896 /* Find the beginning of the last token.
10897 This is the value of the parameter. */
10898 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
!= ' ' && *tok
!= '\t'))
10900 value_start
= tok
+ 1;
10902 /* Skip whitespace. */
10903 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
== ' ' || *tok
== '\t'))
10908 /* Find the beginning of the second to last token.
10909 This is the parameter itself. */
10910 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
!= ' ' && *tok
!= '\t'))
10913 toklen
= end_tok
- tok
+ 1;
10915 if (toklen
== 6 && !strncmp (tok
, "thread", 6))
10917 /* At this point we've found a "thread" token, which means
10918 the user is trying to set a watchpoint that triggers
10919 only in a specific thread. */
10923 error(_("You can specify only one thread."));
10925 /* Extract the thread ID from the next token. */
10926 thread
= strtol (value_start
, &endp
, 0);
10928 /* Check if the user provided a valid numeric value for the
10930 if (*endp
!= ' ' && *endp
!= '\t' && *endp
!= '\0')
10931 error (_("Invalid thread ID specification %s."), value_start
);
10933 /* Check if the thread actually exists. */
10934 if (!valid_thread_id (thread
))
10935 invalid_thread_id_error (thread
);
10937 else if (toklen
== 4 && !strncmp (tok
, "mask", 4))
10939 /* We've found a "mask" token, which means the user wants to
10940 create a hardware watchpoint that is going to have the mask
10942 struct value
*mask_value
, *mark
;
10945 error(_("You can specify only one mask."));
10947 use_mask
= just_location
= 1;
10949 mark
= value_mark ();
10950 mask_value
= parse_to_comma_and_eval (&value_start
);
10951 mask
= value_as_address (mask_value
);
10952 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
10955 /* We didn't recognize what we found. We should stop here. */
10958 /* Truncate the string and get rid of the "parameter value" pair before
10959 the arguments string is parsed by the parse_exp_1 function. */
10966 /* Parse the rest of the arguments. From here on out, everything
10967 is in terms of a newly allocated string instead of the original
10969 innermost_block
= NULL
;
10970 expression
= savestring (arg
, exp_end
- arg
);
10971 back_to
= make_cleanup (xfree
, expression
);
10972 exp_start
= arg
= expression
;
10973 exp
= parse_exp_1 (&arg
, 0, 0, 0);
10975 /* Remove trailing whitespace from the expression before saving it.
10976 This makes the eventual display of the expression string a bit
10978 while (exp_end
> exp_start
&& (exp_end
[-1] == ' ' || exp_end
[-1] == '\t'))
10981 /* Checking if the expression is not constant. */
10982 if (watchpoint_exp_is_const (exp
))
10986 len
= exp_end
- exp_start
;
10987 while (len
> 0 && isspace (exp_start
[len
- 1]))
10989 error (_("Cannot watch constant value `%.*s'."), len
, exp_start
);
10992 exp_valid_block
= innermost_block
;
10993 mark
= value_mark ();
10994 fetch_subexp_value (exp
, &pc
, &val
, &result
, NULL
);
11000 exp_valid_block
= NULL
;
11001 val
= value_addr (result
);
11002 release_value (val
);
11003 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
11007 ret
= target_masked_watch_num_registers (value_as_address (val
),
11010 error (_("This target does not support masked watchpoints."));
11011 else if (ret
== -2)
11012 error (_("Invalid mask or memory region."));
11015 else if (val
!= NULL
)
11016 release_value (val
);
11018 tok
= skip_spaces_const (arg
);
11019 end_tok
= skip_to_space_const (tok
);
11021 toklen
= end_tok
- tok
;
11022 if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "if", toklen
) == 0)
11024 struct expression
*cond
;
11026 innermost_block
= NULL
;
11027 tok
= cond_start
= end_tok
+ 1;
11028 cond
= parse_exp_1 (&tok
, 0, 0, 0);
11030 /* The watchpoint expression may not be local, but the condition
11031 may still be. E.g.: `watch global if local > 0'. */
11032 cond_exp_valid_block
= innermost_block
;
11038 error (_("Junk at end of command."));
11040 if (accessflag
== hw_read
)
11041 bp_type
= bp_read_watchpoint
;
11042 else if (accessflag
== hw_access
)
11043 bp_type
= bp_access_watchpoint
;
11045 bp_type
= bp_hardware_watchpoint
;
11047 frame
= block_innermost_frame (exp_valid_block
);
11049 /* If the expression is "local", then set up a "watchpoint scope"
11050 breakpoint at the point where we've left the scope of the watchpoint
11051 expression. Create the scope breakpoint before the watchpoint, so
11052 that we will encounter it first in bpstat_stop_status. */
11053 if (exp_valid_block
&& frame
)
11055 if (frame_id_p (frame_unwind_caller_id (frame
)))
11058 = create_internal_breakpoint (frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame
),
11059 frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
),
11060 bp_watchpoint_scope
,
11061 &momentary_breakpoint_ops
);
11063 scope_breakpoint
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
11065 /* Automatically delete the breakpoint when it hits. */
11066 scope_breakpoint
->disposition
= disp_del
;
11068 /* Only break in the proper frame (help with recursion). */
11069 scope_breakpoint
->frame_id
= frame_unwind_caller_id (frame
);
11071 /* Set the address at which we will stop. */
11072 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->gdbarch
11073 = frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame
);
11074 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->requested_address
11075 = frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
);
11076 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->address
11077 = adjust_breakpoint_address (scope_breakpoint
->loc
->gdbarch
,
11078 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->requested_address
,
11079 scope_breakpoint
->type
);
11083 /* Now set up the breakpoint. */
11085 w
= XCNEW (struct watchpoint
);
11088 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
, NULL
, bp_type
,
11089 &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
);
11091 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
, NULL
, bp_type
,
11092 &watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
);
11093 b
->thread
= thread
;
11094 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
11095 b
->pspace
= current_program_space
;
11097 w
->exp_valid_block
= exp_valid_block
;
11098 w
->cond_exp_valid_block
= cond_exp_valid_block
;
11101 struct type
*t
= value_type (val
);
11102 CORE_ADDR addr
= value_as_address (val
);
11105 t
= check_typedef (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (check_typedef (t
)));
11106 name
= type_to_string (t
);
11108 w
->exp_string_reparse
= xstrprintf ("* (%s *) %s", name
,
11109 core_addr_to_string (addr
));
11112 w
->exp_string
= xstrprintf ("-location %.*s",
11113 (int) (exp_end
- exp_start
), exp_start
);
11115 /* The above expression is in C. */
11116 b
->language
= language_c
;
11119 w
->exp_string
= savestring (exp_start
, exp_end
- exp_start
);
11123 w
->hw_wp_mask
= mask
;
11132 b
->cond_string
= savestring (cond_start
, cond_end
- cond_start
);
11134 b
->cond_string
= 0;
11138 w
->watchpoint_frame
= get_frame_id (frame
);
11139 w
->watchpoint_thread
= inferior_ptid
;
11143 w
->watchpoint_frame
= null_frame_id
;
11144 w
->watchpoint_thread
= null_ptid
;
11147 if (scope_breakpoint
!= NULL
)
11149 /* The scope breakpoint is related to the watchpoint. We will
11150 need to act on them together. */
11151 b
->related_breakpoint
= scope_breakpoint
;
11152 scope_breakpoint
->related_breakpoint
= b
;
11155 if (!just_location
)
11156 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
11158 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
11160 /* Finally update the new watchpoint. This creates the locations
11161 that should be inserted. */
11162 update_watchpoint (w
, 1);
11166 delete_breakpoint (b
);
11167 throw_exception (e
);
11170 install_breakpoint (internal
, b
, 1);
11171 do_cleanups (back_to
);
11174 /* Return count of debug registers needed to watch the given expression.
11175 If the watchpoint cannot be handled in hardware return zero. */
11178 can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value
*v
)
11180 int found_memory_cnt
= 0;
11181 struct value
*head
= v
;
11183 /* Did the user specifically forbid us to use hardware watchpoints? */
11184 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints
)
11187 /* Make sure that the value of the expression depends only upon
11188 memory contents, and values computed from them within GDB. If we
11189 find any register references or function calls, we can't use a
11190 hardware watchpoint.
11192 The idea here is that evaluating an expression generates a series
11193 of values, one holding the value of every subexpression. (The
11194 expression a*b+c has five subexpressions: a, b, a*b, c, and
11195 a*b+c.) GDB's values hold almost enough information to establish
11196 the criteria given above --- they identify memory lvalues,
11197 register lvalues, computed values, etcetera. So we can evaluate
11198 the expression, and then scan the chain of values that leaves
11199 behind to decide whether we can detect any possible change to the
11200 expression's final value using only hardware watchpoints.
11202 However, I don't think that the values returned by inferior
11203 function calls are special in any way. So this function may not
11204 notice that an expression involving an inferior function call
11205 can't be watched with hardware watchpoints. FIXME. */
11206 for (; v
; v
= value_next (v
))
11208 if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) == lval_memory
)
11210 if (v
!= head
&& value_lazy (v
))
11211 /* A lazy memory lvalue in the chain is one that GDB never
11212 needed to fetch; we either just used its address (e.g.,
11213 `a' in `a.b') or we never needed it at all (e.g., `a'
11214 in `a,b'). This doesn't apply to HEAD; if that is
11215 lazy then it was not readable, but watch it anyway. */
11219 /* Ahh, memory we actually used! Check if we can cover
11220 it with hardware watchpoints. */
11221 struct type
*vtype
= check_typedef (value_type (v
));
11223 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked for it
11224 explicitly, never if they just happen to appear in a
11225 middle of some value chain. */
11227 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
11228 && TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
))
11230 CORE_ADDR vaddr
= value_address (v
);
11234 len
= (target_exact_watchpoints
11235 && is_scalar_type_recursive (vtype
))?
11236 1 : TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v
));
11238 num_regs
= target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (vaddr
, len
);
11242 found_memory_cnt
+= num_regs
;
11246 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) != not_lval
11247 && deprecated_value_modifiable (v
) == 0)
11248 return 0; /* These are values from the history (e.g., $1). */
11249 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) == lval_register
)
11250 return 0; /* Cannot watch a register with a HW watchpoint. */
11253 /* The expression itself looks suitable for using a hardware
11254 watchpoint, but give the target machine a chance to reject it. */
11255 return found_memory_cnt
;
11259 watch_command_wrapper (char *arg
, int from_tty
, int internal
)
11261 watch_command_1 (arg
, hw_write
, from_tty
, 0, internal
);
11264 /* A helper function that looks for the "-location" argument and then
11265 calls watch_command_1. */
11268 watch_maybe_just_location (char *arg
, int accessflag
, int from_tty
)
11270 int just_location
= 0;
11273 && (check_for_argument (&arg
, "-location", sizeof ("-location") - 1)
11274 || check_for_argument (&arg
, "-l", sizeof ("-l") - 1)))
11276 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
11280 watch_command_1 (arg
, accessflag
, from_tty
, just_location
, 0);
11284 watch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11286 watch_maybe_just_location (arg
, hw_write
, from_tty
);
11290 rwatch_command_wrapper (char *arg
, int from_tty
, int internal
)
11292 watch_command_1 (arg
, hw_read
, from_tty
, 0, internal
);
11296 rwatch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11298 watch_maybe_just_location (arg
, hw_read
, from_tty
);
11302 awatch_command_wrapper (char *arg
, int from_tty
, int internal
)
11304 watch_command_1 (arg
, hw_access
, from_tty
, 0, internal
);
11308 awatch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11310 watch_maybe_just_location (arg
, hw_access
, from_tty
);
11314 /* Helper routines for the until_command routine in infcmd.c. Here
11315 because it uses the mechanisms of breakpoints. */
11317 struct until_break_command_continuation_args
11319 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint
;
11320 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint2
;
11324 /* This function is called by fetch_inferior_event via the
11325 cmd_continuation pointer, to complete the until command. It takes
11326 care of cleaning up the temporary breakpoints set up by the until
11329 until_break_command_continuation (void *arg
, int err
)
11331 struct until_break_command_continuation_args
*a
= arg
;
11333 delete_breakpoint (a
->breakpoint
);
11334 if (a
->breakpoint2
)
11335 delete_breakpoint (a
->breakpoint2
);
11336 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (a
->thread_num
);
11340 until_break_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
, int anywhere
)
11342 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
;
11343 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
11344 struct frame_info
*frame
;
11345 struct gdbarch
*frame_gdbarch
;
11346 struct frame_id stack_frame_id
;
11347 struct frame_id caller_frame_id
;
11348 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint
;
11349 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint2
= NULL
;
11350 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
11352 struct thread_info
*tp
;
11354 clear_proceed_status ();
11356 /* Set a breakpoint where the user wants it and at return from
11359 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
11360 sals
= decode_line_1 (&arg
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
,
11361 get_last_displayed_symtab (),
11362 get_last_displayed_line ());
11364 sals
= decode_line_1 (&arg
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
,
11365 (struct symtab
*) NULL
, 0);
11367 if (sals
.nelts
!= 1)
11368 error (_("Couldn't get information on specified line."));
11370 sal
= sals
.sals
[0];
11371 xfree (sals
.sals
); /* malloc'd, so freed. */
11374 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11376 resolve_sal_pc (&sal
);
11378 tp
= inferior_thread ();
11381 old_chain
= make_cleanup (null_cleanup
, NULL
);
11383 /* Note linespec handling above invalidates the frame chain.
11384 Installing a breakpoint also invalidates the frame chain (as it
11385 may need to switch threads), so do any frame handling before
11388 frame
= get_selected_frame (NULL
);
11389 frame_gdbarch
= get_frame_arch (frame
);
11390 stack_frame_id
= get_stack_frame_id (frame
);
11391 caller_frame_id
= frame_unwind_caller_id (frame
);
11393 /* Keep within the current frame, or in frames called by the current
11396 if (frame_id_p (caller_frame_id
))
11398 struct symtab_and_line sal2
;
11400 sal2
= find_pc_line (frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
), 0);
11401 sal2
.pc
= frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
);
11402 breakpoint2
= set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame
),
11406 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (breakpoint2
);
11408 set_longjmp_breakpoint (tp
, caller_frame_id
);
11409 make_cleanup (delete_longjmp_breakpoint_cleanup
, &thread
);
11412 /* set_momentary_breakpoint could invalidate FRAME. */
11416 /* If the user told us to continue until a specified location,
11417 we don't specify a frame at which we need to stop. */
11418 breakpoint
= set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_gdbarch
, sal
,
11419 null_frame_id
, bp_until
);
11421 /* Otherwise, specify the selected frame, because we want to stop
11422 only at the very same frame. */
11423 breakpoint
= set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_gdbarch
, sal
,
11424 stack_frame_id
, bp_until
);
11425 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (breakpoint
);
11427 proceed (-1, GDB_SIGNAL_DEFAULT
, 0);
11429 /* If we are running asynchronously, and proceed call above has
11430 actually managed to start the target, arrange for breakpoints to
11431 be deleted when the target stops. Otherwise, we're already
11432 stopped and delete breakpoints via cleanup chain. */
11434 if (target_can_async_p () && is_running (inferior_ptid
))
11436 struct until_break_command_continuation_args
*args
;
11437 args
= xmalloc (sizeof (*args
));
11439 args
->breakpoint
= breakpoint
;
11440 args
->breakpoint2
= breakpoint2
;
11441 args
->thread_num
= thread
;
11443 discard_cleanups (old_chain
);
11444 add_continuation (inferior_thread (),
11445 until_break_command_continuation
, args
,
11449 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
11452 /* This function attempts to parse an optional "if <cond>" clause
11453 from the arg string. If one is not found, it returns NULL.
11455 Else, it returns a pointer to the condition string. (It does not
11456 attempt to evaluate the string against a particular block.) And,
11457 it updates arg to point to the first character following the parsed
11458 if clause in the arg string. */
11461 ep_parse_optional_if_clause (char **arg
)
11465 if (((*arg
)[0] != 'i') || ((*arg
)[1] != 'f') || !isspace ((*arg
)[2]))
11468 /* Skip the "if" keyword. */
11471 /* Skip any extra leading whitespace, and record the start of the
11472 condition string. */
11473 *arg
= skip_spaces (*arg
);
11474 cond_string
= *arg
;
11476 /* Assume that the condition occupies the remainder of the arg
11478 (*arg
) += strlen (cond_string
);
11480 return cond_string
;
11483 /* Commands to deal with catching events, such as signals, exceptions,
11484 process start/exit, etc. */
11488 catch_fork_temporary
, catch_vfork_temporary
,
11489 catch_fork_permanent
, catch_vfork_permanent
11494 catch_fork_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
11495 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
11497 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
11498 char *cond_string
= NULL
;
11499 catch_fork_kind fork_kind
;
11502 fork_kind
= (catch_fork_kind
) (uintptr_t) get_cmd_context (command
);
11503 tempflag
= (fork_kind
== catch_fork_temporary
11504 || fork_kind
== catch_vfork_temporary
);
11508 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
11510 /* The allowed syntax is:
11512 catch [v]fork if <cond>
11514 First, check if there's an if clause. */
11515 cond_string
= ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg
);
11517 if ((*arg
!= '\0') && !isspace (*arg
))
11518 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11520 /* If this target supports it, create a fork or vfork catchpoint
11521 and enable reporting of such events. */
11524 case catch_fork_temporary
:
11525 case catch_fork_permanent
:
11526 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
,
11527 &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops
);
11529 case catch_vfork_temporary
:
11530 case catch_vfork_permanent
:
11531 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
,
11532 &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops
);
11535 error (_("unsupported or unknown fork kind; cannot catch it"));
11541 catch_exec_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
11542 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
11544 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
;
11545 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
11547 char *cond_string
= NULL
;
11549 tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
11553 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
11555 /* The allowed syntax is:
11557 catch exec if <cond>
11559 First, check if there's an if clause. */
11560 cond_string
= ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg
);
11562 if ((*arg
!= '\0') && !isspace (*arg
))
11563 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11565 c
= XNEW (struct exec_catchpoint
);
11566 init_catchpoint (&c
->base
, gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
,
11567 &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops
);
11568 c
->exec_pathname
= NULL
;
11570 install_breakpoint (0, &c
->base
, 1);
11574 init_ada_exception_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
11575 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
11576 struct symtab_and_line sal
,
11578 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
11584 struct gdbarch
*loc_gdbarch
= get_sal_arch (sal
);
11586 loc_gdbarch
= gdbarch
;
11588 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch
,
11589 sal
.pspace
, sal
.pc
, sal
.section
, -1);
11590 /* FIXME: brobecker/2006-12-28: Actually, re-implement a special
11591 version for exception catchpoints, because two catchpoints
11592 used for different exception names will use the same address.
11593 In this case, a "breakpoint ... also set at..." warning is
11594 unproductive. Besides, the warning phrasing is also a bit
11595 inappropriate, we should use the word catchpoint, and tell
11596 the user what type of catchpoint it is. The above is good
11597 enough for now, though. */
11600 init_raw_breakpoint (b
, gdbarch
, sal
, bp_breakpoint
, ops
);
11602 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
11603 b
->disposition
= tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
;
11604 b
->addr_string
= addr_string
;
11605 b
->language
= language_ada
;
11608 /* Splits the argument using space as delimiter. Returns an xmalloc'd
11609 filter list, or NULL if no filtering is required. */
11611 catch_syscall_split_args (char *arg
)
11613 VEC(int) *result
= NULL
;
11614 struct cleanup
*cleanup
= make_cleanup (VEC_cleanup (int), &result
);
11616 while (*arg
!= '\0')
11618 int i
, syscall_number
;
11620 char cur_name
[128];
11623 /* Skip whitespace. */
11624 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
11626 for (i
= 0; i
< 127 && arg
[i
] && !isspace (arg
[i
]); ++i
)
11627 cur_name
[i
] = arg
[i
];
11628 cur_name
[i
] = '\0';
11631 /* Check if the user provided a syscall name or a number. */
11632 syscall_number
= (int) strtol (cur_name
, &endptr
, 0);
11633 if (*endptr
== '\0')
11634 get_syscall_by_number (syscall_number
, &s
);
11637 /* We have a name. Let's check if it's valid and convert it
11639 get_syscall_by_name (cur_name
, &s
);
11641 if (s
.number
== UNKNOWN_SYSCALL
)
11642 /* Here we have to issue an error instead of a warning,
11643 because GDB cannot do anything useful if there's no
11644 syscall number to be caught. */
11645 error (_("Unknown syscall name '%s'."), cur_name
);
11648 /* Ok, it's valid. */
11649 VEC_safe_push (int, result
, s
.number
);
11652 discard_cleanups (cleanup
);
11656 /* Implement the "catch syscall" command. */
11659 catch_syscall_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
11660 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
11665 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
11667 /* Checking if the feature if supported. */
11668 if (gdbarch_get_syscall_number_p (gdbarch
) == 0)
11669 error (_("The feature 'catch syscall' is not supported on \
11670 this architecture yet."));
11672 tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
11674 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
11676 /* We need to do this first "dummy" translation in order
11677 to get the syscall XML file loaded or, most important,
11678 to display a warning to the user if there's no XML file
11679 for his/her architecture. */
11680 get_syscall_by_number (0, &s
);
11682 /* The allowed syntax is:
11684 catch syscall <name | number> [<name | number> ... <name | number>]
11686 Let's check if there's a syscall name. */
11689 filter
= catch_syscall_split_args (arg
);
11693 create_syscall_event_catchpoint (tempflag
, filter
,
11694 &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops
);
11698 catch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11700 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
11705 tcatch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11707 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
11710 /* A qsort comparison function that sorts breakpoints in order. */
11713 compare_breakpoints (const void *a
, const void *b
)
11715 const breakpoint_p
*ba
= a
;
11716 uintptr_t ua
= (uintptr_t) *ba
;
11717 const breakpoint_p
*bb
= b
;
11718 uintptr_t ub
= (uintptr_t) *bb
;
11720 if ((*ba
)->number
< (*bb
)->number
)
11722 else if ((*ba
)->number
> (*bb
)->number
)
11725 /* Now sort by address, in case we see, e..g, two breakpoints with
11729 return ua
> ub
? 1 : 0;
11732 /* Delete breakpoints by address or line. */
11735 clear_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11737 struct breakpoint
*b
, *prev
;
11738 VEC(breakpoint_p
) *found
= 0;
11741 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
;
11742 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
11744 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup (null_cleanup
, NULL
);
11748 sals
= decode_line_with_current_source (arg
,
11749 (DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
11750 | DECODE_LINE_LIST_MODE
));
11751 make_cleanup (xfree
, sals
.sals
);
11756 sals
.sals
= (struct symtab_and_line
*)
11757 xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line
));
11758 make_cleanup (xfree
, sals
.sals
);
11759 init_sal (&sal
); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
11761 /* Set sal's line, symtab, pc, and pspace to the values
11762 corresponding to the last call to print_frame_info. If the
11763 codepoint is not valid, this will set all the fields to 0. */
11764 get_last_displayed_sal (&sal
);
11765 if (sal
.symtab
== 0)
11766 error (_("No source file specified."));
11768 sals
.sals
[0] = sal
;
11774 /* We don't call resolve_sal_pc here. That's not as bad as it
11775 seems, because all existing breakpoints typically have both
11776 file/line and pc set. So, if clear is given file/line, we can
11777 match this to existing breakpoint without obtaining pc at all.
11779 We only support clearing given the address explicitly
11780 present in breakpoint table. Say, we've set breakpoint
11781 at file:line. There were several PC values for that file:line,
11782 due to optimization, all in one block.
11784 We've picked one PC value. If "clear" is issued with another
11785 PC corresponding to the same file:line, the breakpoint won't
11786 be cleared. We probably can still clear the breakpoint, but
11787 since the other PC value is never presented to user, user
11788 can only find it by guessing, and it does not seem important
11789 to support that. */
11791 /* For each line spec given, delete bps which correspond to it. Do
11792 it in two passes, solely to preserve the current behavior that
11793 from_tty is forced true if we delete more than one
11797 make_cleanup (VEC_cleanup (breakpoint_p
), &found
);
11798 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; i
++)
11800 const char *sal_fullname
;
11802 /* If exact pc given, clear bpts at that pc.
11803 If line given (pc == 0), clear all bpts on specified line.
11804 If defaulting, clear all bpts on default line
11807 defaulting sal.pc != 0 tests to do
11812 1 0 <can't happen> */
11814 sal
= sals
.sals
[i
];
11815 sal_fullname
= (sal
.symtab
== NULL
11816 ? NULL
: symtab_to_fullname (sal
.symtab
));
11818 /* Find all matching breakpoints and add them to 'found'. */
11819 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
11822 /* Are we going to delete b? */
11823 if (b
->type
!= bp_none
&& !is_watchpoint (b
))
11825 struct bp_location
*loc
= b
->loc
;
11826 for (; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
11828 /* If the user specified file:line, don't allow a PC
11829 match. This matches historical gdb behavior. */
11830 int pc_match
= (!sal
.explicit_line
11832 && (loc
->pspace
== sal
.pspace
)
11833 && (loc
->address
== sal
.pc
)
11834 && (!section_is_overlay (loc
->section
)
11835 || loc
->section
== sal
.section
));
11836 int line_match
= 0;
11838 if ((default_match
|| sal
.explicit_line
)
11839 && loc
->symtab
!= NULL
11840 && sal_fullname
!= NULL
11841 && sal
.pspace
== loc
->pspace
11842 && loc
->line_number
== sal
.line
11843 && filename_cmp (symtab_to_fullname (loc
->symtab
),
11844 sal_fullname
) == 0)
11847 if (pc_match
|| line_match
)
11856 VEC_safe_push(breakpoint_p
, found
, b
);
11860 /* Now go thru the 'found' chain and delete them. */
11861 if (VEC_empty(breakpoint_p
, found
))
11864 error (_("No breakpoint at %s."), arg
);
11866 error (_("No breakpoint at this line."));
11869 /* Remove duplicates from the vec. */
11870 qsort (VEC_address (breakpoint_p
, found
),
11871 VEC_length (breakpoint_p
, found
),
11872 sizeof (breakpoint_p
),
11873 compare_breakpoints
);
11874 prev
= VEC_index (breakpoint_p
, found
, 0);
11875 for (ix
= 1; VEC_iterate (breakpoint_p
, found
, ix
, b
); ++ix
)
11879 VEC_ordered_remove (breakpoint_p
, found
, ix
);
11884 if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p
, found
) > 1)
11885 from_tty
= 1; /* Always report if deleted more than one. */
11888 if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p
, found
) == 1)
11889 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoint "));
11891 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoints "));
11894 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate(breakpoint_p
, found
, ix
, b
); ix
++)
11897 printf_unfiltered ("%d ", b
->number
);
11898 delete_breakpoint (b
);
11901 putchar_unfiltered ('\n');
11903 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
11906 /* Delete breakpoint in BS if they are `delete' breakpoints and
11907 all breakpoints that are marked for deletion, whether hit or not.
11908 This is called after any breakpoint is hit, or after errors. */
11911 breakpoint_auto_delete (bpstat bs
)
11913 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
11915 for (; bs
; bs
= bs
->next
)
11916 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
11917 && bs
->breakpoint_at
->disposition
== disp_del
11919 delete_breakpoint (bs
->breakpoint_at
);
11921 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
11923 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
11924 delete_breakpoint (b
);
11928 /* A comparison function for bp_location AP and BP being interfaced to
11929 qsort. Sort elements primarily by their ADDRESS (no matter what
11930 does breakpoint_address_is_meaningful say for its OWNER),
11931 secondarily by ordering first bp_permanent OWNERed elements and
11932 terciarily just ensuring the array is sorted stable way despite
11933 qsort being an unstable algorithm. */
11936 bp_location_compare (const void *ap
, const void *bp
)
11938 struct bp_location
*a
= *(void **) ap
;
11939 struct bp_location
*b
= *(void **) bp
;
11940 /* A and B come from existing breakpoints having non-NULL OWNER. */
11941 int a_perm
= a
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
;
11942 int b_perm
= b
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
;
11944 if (a
->address
!= b
->address
)
11945 return (a
->address
> b
->address
) - (a
->address
< b
->address
);
11947 /* Sort locations at the same address by their pspace number, keeping
11948 locations of the same inferior (in a multi-inferior environment)
11951 if (a
->pspace
->num
!= b
->pspace
->num
)
11952 return ((a
->pspace
->num
> b
->pspace
->num
)
11953 - (a
->pspace
->num
< b
->pspace
->num
));
11955 /* Sort permanent breakpoints first. */
11956 if (a_perm
!= b_perm
)
11957 return (a_perm
< b_perm
) - (a_perm
> b_perm
);
11959 /* Make the internal GDB representation stable across GDB runs
11960 where A and B memory inside GDB can differ. Breakpoint locations of
11961 the same type at the same address can be sorted in arbitrary order. */
11963 if (a
->owner
->number
!= b
->owner
->number
)
11964 return ((a
->owner
->number
> b
->owner
->number
)
11965 - (a
->owner
->number
< b
->owner
->number
));
11967 return (a
> b
) - (a
< b
);
11970 /* Set bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max and
11971 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max according to the current
11972 content of the bp_location array. */
11975 bp_location_target_extensions_update (void)
11977 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
11979 bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
= 0;
11980 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
= 0;
11982 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
11984 CORE_ADDR start
, end
, addr
;
11986 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl
))
11989 start
= bl
->target_info
.placed_address
;
11990 end
= start
+ bl
->target_info
.shadow_len
;
11992 gdb_assert (bl
->address
>= start
);
11993 addr
= bl
->address
- start
;
11994 if (addr
> bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
)
11995 bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
= addr
;
11997 /* Zero SHADOW_LEN would not pass bp_location_has_shadow. */
11999 gdb_assert (bl
->address
< end
);
12000 addr
= end
- bl
->address
;
12001 if (addr
> bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
)
12002 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
= addr
;
12006 /* Download tracepoint locations if they haven't been. */
12009 download_tracepoint_locations (void)
12011 struct breakpoint
*b
;
12012 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
12014 if (!target_can_download_tracepoint ())
12017 old_chain
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
12019 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b
)
12021 struct bp_location
*bl
;
12022 struct tracepoint
*t
;
12023 int bp_location_downloaded
= 0;
12025 if ((b
->type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
12026 ? !may_insert_fast_tracepoints
12027 : !may_insert_tracepoints
))
12030 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
12032 /* In tracepoint, locations are _never_ duplicated, so
12033 should_be_inserted is equivalent to
12034 unduplicated_should_be_inserted. */
12035 if (!should_be_inserted (bl
) || bl
->inserted
)
12038 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
12040 target_download_tracepoint (bl
);
12043 bp_location_downloaded
= 1;
12045 t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
12046 t
->number_on_target
= b
->number
;
12047 if (bp_location_downloaded
)
12048 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
12051 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
12054 /* Swap the insertion/duplication state between two locations. */
12057 swap_insertion (struct bp_location
*left
, struct bp_location
*right
)
12059 const int left_inserted
= left
->inserted
;
12060 const int left_duplicate
= left
->duplicate
;
12061 const int left_needs_update
= left
->needs_update
;
12062 const struct bp_target_info left_target_info
= left
->target_info
;
12064 /* Locations of tracepoints can never be duplicated. */
12065 if (is_tracepoint (left
->owner
))
12066 gdb_assert (!left
->duplicate
);
12067 if (is_tracepoint (right
->owner
))
12068 gdb_assert (!right
->duplicate
);
12070 left
->inserted
= right
->inserted
;
12071 left
->duplicate
= right
->duplicate
;
12072 left
->needs_update
= right
->needs_update
;
12073 left
->target_info
= right
->target_info
;
12074 right
->inserted
= left_inserted
;
12075 right
->duplicate
= left_duplicate
;
12076 right
->needs_update
= left_needs_update
;
12077 right
->target_info
= left_target_info
;
12080 /* Force the re-insertion of the locations at ADDRESS. This is called
12081 once a new/deleted/modified duplicate location is found and we are evaluating
12082 conditions on the target's side. Such conditions need to be updated on
12086 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (struct bp_location
*bl
)
12088 struct bp_location
**locp
= NULL
, **loc2p
;
12089 struct bp_location
*loc
;
12090 CORE_ADDR address
= 0;
12093 address
= bl
->address
;
12094 pspace_num
= bl
->pspace
->num
;
12096 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
12097 evaluating conditions and if the user has
12098 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
12100 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
12101 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
12104 /* Flag all breakpoint locations with this address and
12105 the same program space as the location
12106 as "its condition has changed". We need to
12107 update the conditions on the target's side. */
12108 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, address
)
12112 if (!is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
12113 || pspace_num
!= loc
->pspace
->num
)
12116 /* Flag the location appropriately. We use a different state to
12117 let everyone know that we already updated the set of locations
12118 with addr bl->address and program space bl->pspace. This is so
12119 we don't have to keep calling these functions just to mark locations
12120 that have already been marked. */
12121 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_updated
;
12123 /* Free the agent expression bytecode as well. We will compute
12125 if (loc
->cond_bytecode
)
12127 free_agent_expr (loc
->cond_bytecode
);
12128 loc
->cond_bytecode
= NULL
;
12133 /* If SHOULD_INSERT is false, do not insert any breakpoint locations
12134 into the inferior, only remove already-inserted locations that no
12135 longer should be inserted. Functions that delete a breakpoint or
12136 breakpoints should pass false, so that deleting a breakpoint
12137 doesn't have the side effect of inserting the locations of other
12138 breakpoints that are marked not-inserted, but should_be_inserted
12139 returns true on them.
12141 This behaviour is useful is situations close to tear-down -- e.g.,
12142 after an exec, while the target still has execution, but breakpoint
12143 shadows of the previous executable image should *NOT* be restored
12144 to the new image; or before detaching, where the target still has
12145 execution and wants to delete breakpoints from GDB's lists, and all
12146 breakpoints had already been removed from the inferior. */
12149 update_global_location_list (int should_insert
)
12151 struct breakpoint
*b
;
12152 struct bp_location
**locp
, *loc
;
12153 struct cleanup
*cleanups
;
12154 /* Last breakpoint location address that was marked for update. */
12155 CORE_ADDR last_addr
= 0;
12156 /* Last breakpoint location program space that was marked for update. */
12157 int last_pspace_num
= -1;
12159 /* Used in the duplicates detection below. When iterating over all
12160 bp_locations, points to the first bp_location of a given address.
12161 Breakpoints and watchpoints of different types are never
12162 duplicates of each other. Keep one pointer for each type of
12163 breakpoint/watchpoint, so we only need to loop over all locations
12165 struct bp_location
*bp_loc_first
; /* breakpoint */
12166 struct bp_location
*wp_loc_first
; /* hardware watchpoint */
12167 struct bp_location
*awp_loc_first
; /* access watchpoint */
12168 struct bp_location
*rwp_loc_first
; /* read watchpoint */
12170 /* Saved former bp_location array which we compare against the newly
12171 built bp_location from the current state of ALL_BREAKPOINTS. */
12172 struct bp_location
**old_location
, **old_locp
;
12173 unsigned old_location_count
;
12175 old_location
= bp_location
;
12176 old_location_count
= bp_location_count
;
12177 bp_location
= NULL
;
12178 bp_location_count
= 0;
12179 cleanups
= make_cleanup (xfree
, old_location
);
12181 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
12182 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
12183 bp_location_count
++;
12185 bp_location
= xmalloc (sizeof (*bp_location
) * bp_location_count
);
12186 locp
= bp_location
;
12187 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
12188 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
12190 qsort (bp_location
, bp_location_count
, sizeof (*bp_location
),
12191 bp_location_compare
);
12193 bp_location_target_extensions_update ();
12195 /* Identify bp_location instances that are no longer present in the
12196 new list, and therefore should be freed. Note that it's not
12197 necessary that those locations should be removed from inferior --
12198 if there's another location at the same address (previously
12199 marked as duplicate), we don't need to remove/insert the
12202 LOCP is kept in sync with OLD_LOCP, each pointing to the current
12203 and former bp_location array state respectively. */
12205 locp
= bp_location
;
12206 for (old_locp
= old_location
; old_locp
< old_location
+ old_location_count
;
12209 struct bp_location
*old_loc
= *old_locp
;
12210 struct bp_location
**loc2p
;
12212 /* Tells if 'old_loc' is found among the new locations. If
12213 not, we have to free it. */
12214 int found_object
= 0;
12215 /* Tells if the location should remain inserted in the target. */
12216 int keep_in_target
= 0;
12219 /* Skip LOCP entries which will definitely never be needed.
12220 Stop either at or being the one matching OLD_LOC. */
12221 while (locp
< bp_location
+ bp_location_count
12222 && (*locp
)->address
< old_loc
->address
)
12226 (loc2p
< bp_location
+ bp_location_count
12227 && (*loc2p
)->address
== old_loc
->address
);
12230 /* Check if this is a new/duplicated location or a duplicated
12231 location that had its condition modified. If so, we want to send
12232 its condition to the target if evaluation of conditions is taking
12234 if ((*loc2p
)->condition_changed
== condition_modified
12235 && (last_addr
!= old_loc
->address
12236 || last_pspace_num
!= old_loc
->pspace
->num
))
12238 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (*loc2p
);
12239 last_pspace_num
= old_loc
->pspace
->num
;
12242 if (*loc2p
== old_loc
)
12246 /* We have already handled this address, update it so that we don't
12247 have to go through updates again. */
12248 last_addr
= old_loc
->address
;
12250 /* Target-side condition evaluation: Handle deleted locations. */
12252 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (old_loc
);
12254 /* If this location is no longer present, and inserted, look if
12255 there's maybe a new location at the same address. If so,
12256 mark that one inserted, and don't remove this one. This is
12257 needed so that we don't have a time window where a breakpoint
12258 at certain location is not inserted. */
12260 if (old_loc
->inserted
)
12262 /* If the location is inserted now, we might have to remove
12265 if (found_object
&& should_be_inserted (old_loc
))
12267 /* The location is still present in the location list,
12268 and still should be inserted. Don't do anything. */
12269 keep_in_target
= 1;
12273 /* This location still exists, but it won't be kept in the
12274 target since it may have been disabled. We proceed to
12275 remove its target-side condition. */
12277 /* The location is either no longer present, or got
12278 disabled. See if there's another location at the
12279 same address, in which case we don't need to remove
12280 this one from the target. */
12282 /* OLD_LOC comes from existing struct breakpoint. */
12283 if (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (old_loc
->owner
))
12286 (loc2p
< bp_location
+ bp_location_count
12287 && (*loc2p
)->address
== old_loc
->address
);
12290 struct bp_location
*loc2
= *loc2p
;
12292 if (breakpoint_locations_match (loc2
, old_loc
))
12294 /* Read watchpoint locations are switched to
12295 access watchpoints, if the former are not
12296 supported, but the latter are. */
12297 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (old_loc
->owner
))
12299 gdb_assert (is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2
->owner
));
12300 loc2
->watchpoint_type
= old_loc
->watchpoint_type
;
12303 /* loc2 is a duplicated location. We need to check
12304 if it should be inserted in case it will be
12306 if (loc2
!= old_loc
12307 && unduplicated_should_be_inserted (loc2
))
12309 swap_insertion (old_loc
, loc2
);
12310 keep_in_target
= 1;
12318 if (!keep_in_target
)
12320 if (remove_breakpoint (old_loc
, mark_uninserted
))
12322 /* This is just about all we can do. We could keep
12323 this location on the global list, and try to
12324 remove it next time, but there's no particular
12325 reason why we will succeed next time.
12327 Note that at this point, old_loc->owner is still
12328 valid, as delete_breakpoint frees the breakpoint
12329 only after calling us. */
12330 printf_filtered (_("warning: Error removing "
12331 "breakpoint %d\n"),
12332 old_loc
->owner
->number
);
12340 if (removed
&& non_stop
12341 && breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (old_loc
->owner
)
12342 && !is_hardware_watchpoint (old_loc
->owner
))
12344 /* This location was removed from the target. In
12345 non-stop mode, a race condition is possible where
12346 we've removed a breakpoint, but stop events for that
12347 breakpoint are already queued and will arrive later.
12348 We apply an heuristic to be able to distinguish such
12349 SIGTRAPs from other random SIGTRAPs: we keep this
12350 breakpoint location for a bit, and will retire it
12351 after we see some number of events. The theory here
12352 is that reporting of events should, "on the average",
12353 be fair, so after a while we'll see events from all
12354 threads that have anything of interest, and no longer
12355 need to keep this breakpoint location around. We
12356 don't hold locations forever so to reduce chances of
12357 mistaking a non-breakpoint SIGTRAP for a breakpoint
12360 The heuristic failing can be disastrous on
12361 decr_pc_after_break targets.
12363 On decr_pc_after_break targets, like e.g., x86-linux,
12364 if we fail to recognize a late breakpoint SIGTRAP,
12365 because events_till_retirement has reached 0 too
12366 soon, we'll fail to do the PC adjustment, and report
12367 a random SIGTRAP to the user. When the user resumes
12368 the inferior, it will most likely immediately crash
12369 with SIGILL/SIGBUS/SIGSEGV, or worse, get silently
12370 corrupted, because of being resumed e.g., in the
12371 middle of a multi-byte instruction, or skipped a
12372 one-byte instruction. This was actually seen happen
12373 on native x86-linux, and should be less rare on
12374 targets that do not support new thread events, like
12375 remote, due to the heuristic depending on
12378 Mistaking a random SIGTRAP for a breakpoint trap
12379 causes similar symptoms (PC adjustment applied when
12380 it shouldn't), but then again, playing with SIGTRAPs
12381 behind the debugger's back is asking for trouble.
12383 Since hardware watchpoint traps are always
12384 distinguishable from other traps, so we don't need to
12385 apply keep hardware watchpoint moribund locations
12386 around. We simply always ignore hardware watchpoint
12387 traps we can no longer explain. */
12389 old_loc
->events_till_retirement
= 3 * (thread_count () + 1);
12390 old_loc
->owner
= NULL
;
12392 VEC_safe_push (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, old_loc
);
12396 old_loc
->owner
= NULL
;
12397 decref_bp_location (&old_loc
);
12402 /* Rescan breakpoints at the same address and section, marking the
12403 first one as "first" and any others as "duplicates". This is so
12404 that the bpt instruction is only inserted once. If we have a
12405 permanent breakpoint at the same place as BPT, make that one the
12406 official one, and the rest as duplicates. Permanent breakpoints
12407 are sorted first for the same address.
12409 Do the same for hardware watchpoints, but also considering the
12410 watchpoint's type (regular/access/read) and length. */
12412 bp_loc_first
= NULL
;
12413 wp_loc_first
= NULL
;
12414 awp_loc_first
= NULL
;
12415 rwp_loc_first
= NULL
;
12416 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp
)
12418 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always
12420 struct bp_location
**loc_first_p
;
12423 if (!unduplicated_should_be_inserted (loc
)
12424 || !breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (b
)
12425 /* Don't detect duplicate for tracepoint locations because they are
12426 never duplicated. See the comments in field `duplicate' of
12427 `struct bp_location'. */
12428 || is_tracepoint (b
))
12430 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12431 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_unchanged
;
12435 /* Permanent breakpoint should always be inserted. */
12436 if (b
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
&& ! loc
->inserted
)
12437 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
12438 _("allegedly permanent breakpoint is not "
12439 "actually inserted"));
12441 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
12442 loc_first_p
= &wp_loc_first
;
12443 else if (b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
12444 loc_first_p
= &rwp_loc_first
;
12445 else if (b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
12446 loc_first_p
= &awp_loc_first
;
12448 loc_first_p
= &bp_loc_first
;
12450 if (*loc_first_p
== NULL
12451 || (overlay_debugging
&& loc
->section
!= (*loc_first_p
)->section
)
12452 || !breakpoint_locations_match (loc
, *loc_first_p
))
12454 *loc_first_p
= loc
;
12455 loc
->duplicate
= 0;
12457 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->condition_changed
)
12459 loc
->needs_update
= 1;
12460 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12461 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_unchanged
;
12467 /* This and the above ensure the invariant that the first location
12468 is not duplicated, and is the inserted one.
12469 All following are marked as duplicated, and are not inserted. */
12471 swap_insertion (loc
, *loc_first_p
);
12472 loc
->duplicate
= 1;
12474 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12475 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_unchanged
;
12477 if ((*loc_first_p
)->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
&& loc
->inserted
12478 && b
->enable_state
!= bp_permanent
)
12479 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
12480 _("another breakpoint was inserted on top of "
12481 "a permanent breakpoint"));
12484 if (breakpoints_always_inserted_mode ()
12485 && (have_live_inferiors ()
12486 || (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ()))))
12489 insert_breakpoint_locations ();
12492 /* Though should_insert is false, we may need to update conditions
12493 on the target's side if it is evaluating such conditions. We
12494 only update conditions for locations that are marked
12496 update_inserted_breakpoint_locations ();
12501 download_tracepoint_locations ();
12503 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
12507 breakpoint_retire_moribund (void)
12509 struct bp_location
*loc
;
12512 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, loc
); ++ix
)
12513 if (--(loc
->events_till_retirement
) == 0)
12515 decref_bp_location (&loc
);
12516 VEC_unordered_remove (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
);
12522 update_global_location_list_nothrow (int inserting
)
12524 volatile struct gdb_exception e
;
12526 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
12527 update_global_location_list (inserting
);
12530 /* Clear BKP from a BPS. */
12533 bpstat_remove_bp_location (bpstat bps
, struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
12537 for (bs
= bps
; bs
; bs
= bs
->next
)
12538 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
== bpt
)
12540 bs
->breakpoint_at
= NULL
;
12541 bs
->old_val
= NULL
;
12542 /* bs->commands will be freed later. */
12546 /* Callback for iterate_over_threads. */
12548 bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback (struct thread_info
*th
, void *data
)
12550 struct breakpoint
*bpt
= data
;
12552 bpstat_remove_bp_location (th
->control
.stop_bpstat
, bpt
);
12556 /* Helper for breakpoint and tracepoint breakpoint_ops->mention
12560 say_where (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12562 struct value_print_options opts
;
12564 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
12566 /* i18n: cagney/2005-02-11: Below needs to be merged into a
12568 if (b
->loc
== NULL
)
12570 printf_filtered (_(" (%s) pending."), b
->addr_string
);
12574 if (opts
.addressprint
|| b
->loc
->symtab
== NULL
)
12576 printf_filtered (" at ");
12577 fputs_filtered (paddress (b
->loc
->gdbarch
, b
->loc
->address
),
12580 if (b
->loc
->symtab
!= NULL
)
12582 /* If there is a single location, we can print the location
12584 if (b
->loc
->next
== NULL
)
12585 printf_filtered (": file %s, line %d.",
12586 symtab_to_filename_for_display (b
->loc
->symtab
),
12587 b
->loc
->line_number
);
12589 /* This is not ideal, but each location may have a
12590 different file name, and this at least reflects the
12591 real situation somewhat. */
12592 printf_filtered (": %s.", b
->addr_string
);
12597 struct bp_location
*loc
= b
->loc
;
12599 for (; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
12601 printf_filtered (" (%d locations)", n
);
12606 /* Default bp_location_ops methods. */
12609 bp_location_dtor (struct bp_location
*self
)
12611 xfree (self
->cond
);
12612 if (self
->cond_bytecode
)
12613 free_agent_expr (self
->cond_bytecode
);
12614 xfree (self
->function_name
);
12617 static const struct bp_location_ops bp_location_ops
=
12622 /* Default breakpoint_ops methods all breakpoint_ops ultimately
12626 base_breakpoint_dtor (struct breakpoint
*self
)
12628 decref_counted_command_line (&self
->commands
);
12629 xfree (self
->cond_string
);
12630 xfree (self
->extra_string
);
12631 xfree (self
->addr_string
);
12632 xfree (self
->filter
);
12633 xfree (self
->addr_string_range_end
);
12636 static struct bp_location
*
12637 base_breakpoint_allocate_location (struct breakpoint
*self
)
12639 struct bp_location
*loc
;
12641 loc
= XNEW (struct bp_location
);
12642 init_bp_location (loc
, &bp_location_ops
, self
);
12647 base_breakpoint_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12649 /* Nothing to re-set. */
12652 #define internal_error_pure_virtual_called() \
12653 gdb_assert_not_reached ("pure virtual function called")
12656 base_breakpoint_insert_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
12658 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12662 base_breakpoint_remove_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
12664 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12668 base_breakpoint_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
12669 struct address_space
*aspace
,
12671 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
12673 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12677 base_breakpoint_check_status (bpstat bs
)
12682 /* A "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method that just internal
12686 base_breakpoint_works_in_software_mode (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
12688 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12691 /* A "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method that just internal
12695 base_breakpoint_resources_needed (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
12697 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12700 static enum print_stop_action
12701 base_breakpoint_print_it (bpstat bs
)
12703 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12707 base_breakpoint_print_one_detail (const struct breakpoint
*self
,
12708 struct ui_out
*uiout
)
12714 base_breakpoint_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12716 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12720 base_breakpoint_print_recreate (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
12722 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12726 base_breakpoint_create_sals_from_address (char **arg
,
12727 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
12728 enum bptype type_wanted
,
12732 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12736 base_breakpoint_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
12737 struct linespec_result
*c
,
12738 struct linespec_sals
*lsal
,
12740 char *extra_string
,
12741 enum bptype type_wanted
,
12742 enum bpdisp disposition
,
12744 int task
, int ignore_count
,
12745 const struct breakpoint_ops
*o
,
12746 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
12747 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
12749 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12753 base_breakpoint_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint
*b
, char **s
,
12754 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
12756 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12759 /* The default 'explains_signal' method. */
12761 static enum bpstat_signal_value
12762 base_breakpoint_explains_signal (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12764 return BPSTAT_SIGNAL_HIDE
;
12767 struct breakpoint_ops base_breakpoint_ops
=
12769 base_breakpoint_dtor
,
12770 base_breakpoint_allocate_location
,
12771 base_breakpoint_re_set
,
12772 base_breakpoint_insert_location
,
12773 base_breakpoint_remove_location
,
12774 base_breakpoint_breakpoint_hit
,
12775 base_breakpoint_check_status
,
12776 base_breakpoint_resources_needed
,
12777 base_breakpoint_works_in_software_mode
,
12778 base_breakpoint_print_it
,
12780 base_breakpoint_print_one_detail
,
12781 base_breakpoint_print_mention
,
12782 base_breakpoint_print_recreate
,
12783 base_breakpoint_create_sals_from_address
,
12784 base_breakpoint_create_breakpoints_sal
,
12785 base_breakpoint_decode_linespec
,
12786 base_breakpoint_explains_signal
12789 /* Default breakpoint_ops methods. */
12792 bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12794 /* FIXME: is this still reachable? */
12795 if (b
->addr_string
== NULL
)
12797 /* Anything without a string can't be re-set. */
12798 delete_breakpoint (b
);
12802 breakpoint_re_set_default (b
);
12806 bkpt_insert_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
12808 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
12809 return target_insert_hw_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
12812 return target_insert_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
12817 bkpt_remove_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
12819 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
12820 return target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
);
12822 return target_remove_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
);
12826 bkpt_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
12827 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
12828 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
12830 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_STOPPED
12831 || ws
->value
.sig
!= GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP
)
12834 if (!breakpoint_address_match (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
12838 if (overlay_debugging
/* unmapped overlay section */
12839 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
12840 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
12847 bkpt_resources_needed (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
12849 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
);
12854 static enum print_stop_action
12855 bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs
)
12857 struct breakpoint
*b
;
12858 const struct bp_location
*bl
;
12860 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
12862 gdb_assert (bs
->bp_location_at
!= NULL
);
12864 bl
= bs
->bp_location_at
;
12865 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
12867 bp_temp
= b
->disposition
== disp_del
;
12868 if (bl
->address
!= bl
->requested_address
)
12869 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bl
->requested_address
,
12872 annotate_breakpoint (b
->number
);
12874 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nTemporary breakpoint ");
12876 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nBreakpoint ");
12877 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
12879 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
12880 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT
));
12881 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
12883 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
12884 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", ");
12886 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
12890 bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12892 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout
))
12897 case bp_breakpoint
:
12898 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
12899 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
12900 printf_filtered (_("Temporary breakpoint"));
12902 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint"));
12903 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
12904 if (b
->type
== bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
)
12905 printf_filtered (_(" at gnu-indirect-function resolver"));
12907 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
12908 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted breakpoint %d"), b
->number
);
12911 printf_filtered (_("Dprintf %d"), b
->number
);
12919 bkpt_print_recreate (struct breakpoint
*tp
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
12921 if (tp
->type
== bp_breakpoint
&& tp
->disposition
== disp_del
)
12922 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "tbreak");
12923 else if (tp
->type
== bp_breakpoint
)
12924 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "break");
12925 else if (tp
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
12926 && tp
->disposition
== disp_del
)
12927 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "thbreak");
12928 else if (tp
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
12929 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "hbreak");
12931 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
12932 _("unhandled breakpoint type %d"), (int) tp
->type
);
12934 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s", tp
->addr_string
);
12935 print_recreate_thread (tp
, fp
);
12939 bkpt_create_sals_from_address (char **arg
,
12940 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
12941 enum bptype type_wanted
,
12942 char *addr_start
, char **copy_arg
)
12944 create_sals_from_address_default (arg
, canonical
, type_wanted
,
12945 addr_start
, copy_arg
);
12949 bkpt_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
12950 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
12951 struct linespec_sals
*lsal
,
12953 char *extra_string
,
12954 enum bptype type_wanted
,
12955 enum bpdisp disposition
,
12957 int task
, int ignore_count
,
12958 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
12959 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
12960 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
12962 create_breakpoints_sal_default (gdbarch
, canonical
, lsal
,
12963 cond_string
, extra_string
,
12965 disposition
, thread
, task
,
12966 ignore_count
, ops
, from_tty
,
12967 enabled
, internal
, flags
);
12971 bkpt_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint
*b
, char **s
,
12972 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
12974 decode_linespec_default (b
, s
, sals
);
12977 /* Virtual table for internal breakpoints. */
12980 internal_bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12984 /* Delete overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints; they
12985 will be reset later by breakpoint_re_set. */
12986 case bp_overlay_event
:
12987 case bp_longjmp_master
:
12988 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
12989 case bp_exception_master
:
12990 delete_breakpoint (b
);
12993 /* This breakpoint is special, it's set up when the inferior
12994 starts and we really don't want to touch it. */
12995 case bp_shlib_event
:
12997 /* Like bp_shlib_event, this breakpoint type is special. Once
12998 it is set up, we do not want to touch it. */
12999 case bp_thread_event
:
13005 internal_bkpt_check_status (bpstat bs
)
13007 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
13009 /* If requested, stop when the dynamic linker notifies GDB of
13010 events. This allows the user to get control and place
13011 breakpoints in initializer routines for dynamically loaded
13012 objects (among other things). */
13013 bs
->stop
= stop_on_solib_events
;
13014 bs
->print
= stop_on_solib_events
;
13020 static enum print_stop_action
13021 internal_bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs
)
13023 struct breakpoint
*b
;
13025 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
13029 case bp_shlib_event
:
13030 /* Did we stop because the user set the stop_on_solib_events
13031 variable? (If so, we report this as a generic, "Stopped due
13032 to shlib event" message.) */
13033 print_solib_event (0);
13036 case bp_thread_event
:
13037 /* Not sure how we will get here.
13038 GDB should not stop for these breakpoints. */
13039 printf_filtered (_("Thread Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
13042 case bp_overlay_event
:
13043 /* By analogy with the thread event, GDB should not stop for these. */
13044 printf_filtered (_("Overlay Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
13047 case bp_longjmp_master
:
13048 /* These should never be enabled. */
13049 printf_filtered (_("Longjmp Master Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
13052 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
13053 /* These should never be enabled. */
13054 printf_filtered (_("std::terminate Master Breakpoint: "
13055 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
13058 case bp_exception_master
:
13059 /* These should never be enabled. */
13060 printf_filtered (_("Exception Master Breakpoint: "
13061 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
13065 return PRINT_NOTHING
;
13069 internal_bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13071 /* Nothing to mention. These breakpoints are internal. */
13074 /* Virtual table for momentary breakpoints */
13077 momentary_bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13079 /* Keep temporary breakpoints, which can be encountered when we step
13080 over a dlopen call and SOLIB_ADD is resetting the breakpoints.
13081 Otherwise these should have been blown away via the cleanup chain
13082 or by breakpoint_init_inferior when we rerun the executable. */
13086 momentary_bkpt_check_status (bpstat bs
)
13088 /* Nothing. The point of these breakpoints is causing a stop. */
13091 static enum print_stop_action
13092 momentary_bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs
)
13094 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
13096 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
13098 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
13103 ui_out_field_string
13105 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_FUNCTION_FINISHED
));
13109 ui_out_field_string
13111 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_LOCATION_REACHED
));
13116 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
13120 momentary_bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13122 /* Nothing to mention. These breakpoints are internal. */
13125 /* Ensure INITIATING_FRAME is cleared when no such breakpoint exists.
13127 It gets cleared already on the removal of the first one of such placed
13128 breakpoints. This is OK as they get all removed altogether. */
13131 longjmp_bkpt_dtor (struct breakpoint
*self
)
13133 struct thread_info
*tp
= find_thread_id (self
->thread
);
13136 tp
->initiating_frame
= null_frame_id
;
13138 momentary_breakpoint_ops
.dtor (self
);
13141 /* Specific methods for probe breakpoints. */
13144 bkpt_probe_insert_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
13146 int v
= bkpt_insert_location (bl
);
13150 /* The insertion was successful, now let's set the probe's semaphore
13152 bl
->probe
->pops
->set_semaphore (bl
->probe
, bl
->gdbarch
);
13159 bkpt_probe_remove_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
13161 /* Let's clear the semaphore before removing the location. */
13162 bl
->probe
->pops
->clear_semaphore (bl
->probe
, bl
->gdbarch
);
13164 return bkpt_remove_location (bl
);
13168 bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_address (char **arg
,
13169 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13170 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13171 char *addr_start
, char **copy_arg
)
13173 struct linespec_sals lsal
;
13175 lsal
.sals
= parse_probes (arg
, canonical
);
13177 *copy_arg
= xstrdup (canonical
->addr_string
);
13178 lsal
.canonical
= xstrdup (*copy_arg
);
13180 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals
, canonical
->sals
, &lsal
);
13184 bkpt_probe_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint
*b
, char **s
,
13185 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
13187 *sals
= parse_probes (s
, NULL
);
13189 error (_("probe not found"));
13192 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in tracepoints. */
13195 tracepoint_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13197 breakpoint_re_set_default (b
);
13201 tracepoint_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
13202 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
13203 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
13205 /* By definition, the inferior does not report stops at
13211 tracepoint_print_one_detail (const struct breakpoint
*self
,
13212 struct ui_out
*uiout
)
13214 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) self
;
13215 if (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
)
13217 gdb_assert (self
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
);
13219 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tmarker id is ");
13220 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "static-tracepoint-marker-string-id",
13221 tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
13222 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
13227 tracepoint_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13229 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout
))
13234 case bp_tracepoint
:
13235 printf_filtered (_("Tracepoint"));
13236 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
13238 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
13239 printf_filtered (_("Fast tracepoint"));
13240 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
13242 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
13243 printf_filtered (_("Static tracepoint"));
13244 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
13247 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
13248 _("unhandled tracepoint type %d"), (int) b
->type
);
13255 tracepoint_print_recreate (struct breakpoint
*self
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
13257 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) self
;
13259 if (self
->type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
)
13260 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "ftrace");
13261 if (self
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
13262 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "strace");
13263 else if (self
->type
== bp_tracepoint
)
13264 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "trace");
13266 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
13267 _("unhandled tracepoint type %d"), (int) self
->type
);
13269 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s", self
->addr_string
);
13270 print_recreate_thread (self
, fp
);
13272 if (tp
->pass_count
)
13273 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " passcount %d\n", tp
->pass_count
);
13277 tracepoint_create_sals_from_address (char **arg
,
13278 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13279 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13280 char *addr_start
, char **copy_arg
)
13282 create_sals_from_address_default (arg
, canonical
, type_wanted
,
13283 addr_start
, copy_arg
);
13287 tracepoint_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
13288 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13289 struct linespec_sals
*lsal
,
13291 char *extra_string
,
13292 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13293 enum bpdisp disposition
,
13295 int task
, int ignore_count
,
13296 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
13297 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
13298 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
13300 create_breakpoints_sal_default (gdbarch
, canonical
, lsal
,
13301 cond_string
, extra_string
,
13303 disposition
, thread
, task
,
13304 ignore_count
, ops
, from_tty
,
13305 enabled
, internal
, flags
);
13309 tracepoint_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint
*b
, char **s
,
13310 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
13312 decode_linespec_default (b
, s
, sals
);
13315 struct breakpoint_ops tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
13317 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be use on tracepoints placed in a
13321 tracepoint_probe_create_sals_from_address (char **arg
,
13322 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13323 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13324 char *addr_start
, char **copy_arg
)
13326 /* We use the same method for breakpoint on probes. */
13327 bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_address (arg
, canonical
, type_wanted
,
13328 addr_start
, copy_arg
);
13332 tracepoint_probe_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint
*b
, char **s
,
13333 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
13335 /* We use the same method for breakpoint on probes. */
13336 bkpt_probe_decode_linespec (b
, s
, sals
);
13339 static struct breakpoint_ops tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
13341 /* Dprintf breakpoint_ops methods. */
13344 dprintf_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13346 breakpoint_re_set_default (b
);
13348 /* This breakpoint could have been pending, and be resolved now, and
13349 if so, we should now have the extra string. If we don't, the
13350 dprintf was malformed when created, but we couldn't tell because
13351 we can't extract the extra string until the location is
13353 if (b
->loc
!= NULL
&& b
->extra_string
== NULL
)
13354 error (_("Format string required"));
13356 /* 1 - connect to target 1, that can run breakpoint commands.
13357 2 - create a dprintf, which resolves fine.
13358 3 - disconnect from target 1
13359 4 - connect to target 2, that can NOT run breakpoint commands.
13361 After steps #3/#4, you'll want the dprintf command list to
13362 be updated, because target 1 and 2 may well return different
13363 answers for target_can_run_breakpoint_commands().
13364 Given absence of finer grained resetting, we get to do
13365 it all the time. */
13366 if (b
->extra_string
!= NULL
)
13367 update_dprintf_command_list (b
);
13370 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for dprintf. */
13373 dprintf_print_recreate (struct breakpoint
*tp
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
13375 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "dprintf %s%s", tp
->addr_string
,
13377 print_recreate_thread (tp
, fp
);
13380 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used on static tracepoints with
13384 strace_marker_create_sals_from_address (char **arg
,
13385 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13386 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13387 char *addr_start
, char **copy_arg
)
13389 struct linespec_sals lsal
;
13391 lsal
.sals
= decode_static_tracepoint_spec (arg
);
13393 *copy_arg
= savestring (addr_start
, *arg
- addr_start
);
13395 canonical
->addr_string
= xstrdup (*copy_arg
);
13396 lsal
.canonical
= xstrdup (*copy_arg
);
13397 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals
, canonical
->sals
, &lsal
);
13401 strace_marker_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
13402 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13403 struct linespec_sals
*lsal
,
13405 char *extra_string
,
13406 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13407 enum bpdisp disposition
,
13409 int task
, int ignore_count
,
13410 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
13411 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
13412 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
13416 /* If the user is creating a static tracepoint by marker id
13417 (strace -m MARKER_ID), then store the sals index, so that
13418 breakpoint_re_set can try to match up which of the newly
13419 found markers corresponds to this one, and, don't try to
13420 expand multiple locations for each sal, given than SALS
13421 already should contain all sals for MARKER_ID. */
13423 for (i
= 0; i
< lsal
->sals
.nelts
; ++i
)
13425 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded
;
13426 struct tracepoint
*tp
;
13427 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
13430 expanded
.nelts
= 1;
13431 expanded
.sals
= &lsal
->sals
.sals
[i
];
13433 addr_string
= xstrdup (canonical
->addr_string
);
13434 old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, addr_string
);
13436 tp
= XCNEW (struct tracepoint
);
13437 init_breakpoint_sal (&tp
->base
, gdbarch
, expanded
,
13439 cond_string
, extra_string
,
13440 type_wanted
, disposition
,
13441 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
,
13442 from_tty
, enabled
, internal
, flags
,
13443 canonical
->special_display
);
13444 /* Given that its possible to have multiple markers with
13445 the same string id, if the user is creating a static
13446 tracepoint by marker id ("strace -m MARKER_ID"), then
13447 store the sals index, so that breakpoint_re_set can
13448 try to match up which of the newly found markers
13449 corresponds to this one */
13450 tp
->static_trace_marker_id_idx
= i
;
13452 install_breakpoint (internal
, &tp
->base
, 0);
13454 discard_cleanups (old_chain
);
13459 strace_marker_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint
*b
, char **s
,
13460 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
13462 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
13464 *sals
= decode_static_tracepoint_spec (s
);
13465 if (sals
->nelts
> tp
->static_trace_marker_id_idx
)
13467 sals
->sals
[0] = sals
->sals
[tp
->static_trace_marker_id_idx
];
13471 error (_("marker %s not found"), tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
13474 static struct breakpoint_ops strace_marker_breakpoint_ops
;
13477 strace_marker_p (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13479 return b
->ops
== &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops
;
13482 /* Delete a breakpoint and clean up all traces of it in the data
13486 delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
13488 struct breakpoint
*b
;
13490 gdb_assert (bpt
!= NULL
);
13492 /* Has this bp already been deleted? This can happen because
13493 multiple lists can hold pointers to bp's. bpstat lists are
13496 One example of this happening is a watchpoint's scope bp. When
13497 the scope bp triggers, we notice that the watchpoint is out of
13498 scope, and delete it. We also delete its scope bp. But the
13499 scope bp is marked "auto-deleting", and is already on a bpstat.
13500 That bpstat is then checked for auto-deleting bp's, which are
13503 A real solution to this problem might involve reference counts in
13504 bp's, and/or giving them pointers back to their referencing
13505 bpstat's, and teaching delete_breakpoint to only free a bp's
13506 storage when no more references were extent. A cheaper bandaid
13508 if (bpt
->type
== bp_none
)
13511 /* At least avoid this stale reference until the reference counting
13512 of breakpoints gets resolved. */
13513 if (bpt
->related_breakpoint
!= bpt
)
13515 struct breakpoint
*related
;
13516 struct watchpoint
*w
;
13518 if (bpt
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
)
13519 w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bpt
->related_breakpoint
;
13520 else if (bpt
->related_breakpoint
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
)
13521 w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bpt
;
13525 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (w
);
13527 /* Unlink bpt from the bpt->related_breakpoint ring. */
13528 for (related
= bpt
; related
->related_breakpoint
!= bpt
;
13529 related
= related
->related_breakpoint
);
13530 related
->related_breakpoint
= bpt
->related_breakpoint
;
13531 bpt
->related_breakpoint
= bpt
;
13534 /* watch_command_1 creates a watchpoint but only sets its number if
13535 update_watchpoint succeeds in creating its bp_locations. If there's
13536 a problem in that process, we'll be asked to delete the half-created
13537 watchpoint. In that case, don't announce the deletion. */
13539 observer_notify_breakpoint_deleted (bpt
);
13541 if (breakpoint_chain
== bpt
)
13542 breakpoint_chain
= bpt
->next
;
13544 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
13545 if (b
->next
== bpt
)
13547 b
->next
= bpt
->next
;
13551 /* Be sure no bpstat's are pointing at the breakpoint after it's
13553 /* FIXME, how can we find all bpstat's? We just check stop_bpstat
13554 in all threads for now. Note that we cannot just remove bpstats
13555 pointing at bpt from the stop_bpstat list entirely, as breakpoint
13556 commands are associated with the bpstat; if we remove it here,
13557 then the later call to bpstat_do_actions (&stop_bpstat); in
13558 event-top.c won't do anything, and temporary breakpoints with
13559 commands won't work. */
13561 iterate_over_threads (bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback
, bpt
);
13563 /* Now that breakpoint is removed from breakpoint list, update the
13564 global location list. This will remove locations that used to
13565 belong to this breakpoint. Do this before freeing the breakpoint
13566 itself, since remove_breakpoint looks at location's owner. It
13567 might be better design to have location completely
13568 self-contained, but it's not the case now. */
13569 update_global_location_list (0);
13571 bpt
->ops
->dtor (bpt
);
13572 /* On the chance that someone will soon try again to delete this
13573 same bp, we mark it as deleted before freeing its storage. */
13574 bpt
->type
= bp_none
;
13579 do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup (void *b
)
13581 delete_breakpoint (b
);
13585 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13587 return make_cleanup (do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup
, b
);
13590 /* Iterator function to call a user-provided callback function once
13591 for each of B and its related breakpoints. */
13594 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (struct breakpoint
*b
,
13595 void (*function
) (struct breakpoint
*,
13599 struct breakpoint
*related
;
13604 struct breakpoint
*next
;
13606 /* FUNCTION may delete RELATED. */
13607 next
= related
->related_breakpoint
;
13609 if (next
== related
)
13611 /* RELATED is the last ring entry. */
13612 function (related
, data
);
13614 /* FUNCTION may have deleted it, so we'd never reach back to
13615 B. There's nothing left to do anyway, so just break
13620 function (related
, data
);
13624 while (related
!= b
);
13628 do_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *ignore
)
13630 delete_breakpoint (b
);
13633 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
13634 delete_breakpoint. */
13637 do_map_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *ignore
)
13639 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b
, do_delete_breakpoint
, NULL
);
13643 delete_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
13645 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
13651 int breaks_to_delete
= 0;
13653 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument. Do not delete
13654 internal breakpoints, these have to be deleted with an
13655 explicit breakpoint number argument. */
13656 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
13657 if (user_breakpoint_p (b
))
13659 breaks_to_delete
= 1;
13663 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
13665 || (breaks_to_delete
&& query (_("Delete all breakpoints? "))))
13667 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
13668 if (user_breakpoint_p (b
))
13669 delete_breakpoint (b
);
13673 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg
, do_map_delete_breakpoint
, NULL
);
13677 all_locations_are_pending (struct bp_location
*loc
)
13679 for (; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
13680 if (!loc
->shlib_disabled
13681 && !loc
->pspace
->executing_startup
)
13686 /* Subroutine of update_breakpoint_locations to simplify it.
13687 Return non-zero if multiple fns in list LOC have the same name.
13688 Null names are ignored. */
13691 ambiguous_names_p (struct bp_location
*loc
)
13693 struct bp_location
*l
;
13694 htab_t htab
= htab_create_alloc (13, htab_hash_string
,
13695 (int (*) (const void *,
13696 const void *)) streq
,
13697 NULL
, xcalloc
, xfree
);
13699 for (l
= loc
; l
!= NULL
; l
= l
->next
)
13702 const char *name
= l
->function_name
;
13704 /* Allow for some names to be NULL, ignore them. */
13708 slot
= (const char **) htab_find_slot (htab
, (const void *) name
,
13710 /* NOTE: We can assume slot != NULL here because xcalloc never
13714 htab_delete (htab
);
13720 htab_delete (htab
);
13724 /* When symbols change, it probably means the sources changed as well,
13725 and it might mean the static tracepoint markers are no longer at
13726 the same address or line numbers they used to be at last we
13727 checked. Losing your static tracepoints whenever you rebuild is
13728 undesirable. This function tries to resync/rematch gdb static
13729 tracepoints with the markers on the target, for static tracepoints
13730 that have not been set by marker id. Static tracepoint that have
13731 been set by marker id are reset by marker id in breakpoint_re_set.
13734 1) For a tracepoint set at a specific address, look for a marker at
13735 the old PC. If one is found there, assume to be the same marker.
13736 If the name / string id of the marker found is different from the
13737 previous known name, assume that means the user renamed the marker
13738 in the sources, and output a warning.
13740 2) For a tracepoint set at a given line number, look for a marker
13741 at the new address of the old line number. If one is found there,
13742 assume to be the same marker. If the name / string id of the
13743 marker found is different from the previous known name, assume that
13744 means the user renamed the marker in the sources, and output a
13747 3) If a marker is no longer found at the same address or line, it
13748 may mean the marker no longer exists. But it may also just mean
13749 the code changed a bit. Maybe the user added a few lines of code
13750 that made the marker move up or down (in line number terms). Ask
13751 the target for info about the marker with the string id as we knew
13752 it. If found, update line number and address in the matching
13753 static tracepoint. This will get confused if there's more than one
13754 marker with the same ID (possible in UST, although unadvised
13755 precisely because it confuses tools). */
13757 static struct symtab_and_line
13758 update_static_tracepoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct symtab_and_line sal
)
13760 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
13761 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker
;
13766 find_line_pc (sal
.symtab
, sal
.line
, &pc
);
13768 if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (pc
, &marker
))
13770 if (strcmp (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
, marker
.str_id
) != 0)
13771 warning (_("static tracepoint %d changed probed marker from %s to %s"),
13773 tp
->static_trace_marker_id
, marker
.str_id
);
13775 xfree (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
13776 tp
->static_trace_marker_id
= xstrdup (marker
.str_id
);
13777 release_static_tracepoint_marker (&marker
);
13782 /* Old marker wasn't found on target at lineno. Try looking it up
13784 if (!sal
.explicit_pc
13786 && sal
.symtab
!= NULL
13787 && tp
->static_trace_marker_id
!= NULL
)
13789 VEC(static_tracepoint_marker_p
) *markers
;
13792 = target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
13794 if (!VEC_empty(static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
))
13796 struct symtab_and_line sal2
;
13797 struct symbol
*sym
;
13798 struct static_tracepoint_marker
*tpmarker
;
13799 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
13801 tpmarker
= VEC_index (static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
, 0);
13803 xfree (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
13804 tp
->static_trace_marker_id
= xstrdup (tpmarker
->str_id
);
13806 warning (_("marker for static tracepoint %d (%s) not "
13807 "found at previous line number"),
13808 b
->number
, tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
13812 sal2
.pc
= tpmarker
->address
;
13814 sal2
= find_pc_line (tpmarker
->address
, 0);
13815 sym
= find_pc_sect_function (tpmarker
->address
, NULL
);
13816 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Now in ");
13819 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "func",
13820 SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym
));
13821 ui_out_text (uiout
, " at ");
13823 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "file",
13824 symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal2
.symtab
));
13825 ui_out_text (uiout
, ":");
13827 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
13829 const char *fullname
= symtab_to_fullname (sal2
.symtab
);
13831 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "fullname", fullname
);
13834 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "line", sal2
.line
);
13835 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
13837 b
->loc
->line_number
= sal2
.line
;
13838 b
->loc
->symtab
= sym
!= NULL
? sal2
.symtab
: NULL
;
13840 xfree (b
->addr_string
);
13841 b
->addr_string
= xstrprintf ("%s:%d",
13842 symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal2
.symtab
),
13843 b
->loc
->line_number
);
13845 /* Might be nice to check if function changed, and warn if
13848 release_static_tracepoint_marker (tpmarker
);
13854 /* Returns 1 iff locations A and B are sufficiently same that
13855 we don't need to report breakpoint as changed. */
13858 locations_are_equal (struct bp_location
*a
, struct bp_location
*b
)
13862 if (a
->address
!= b
->address
)
13865 if (a
->shlib_disabled
!= b
->shlib_disabled
)
13868 if (a
->enabled
!= b
->enabled
)
13875 if ((a
== NULL
) != (b
== NULL
))
13881 /* Create new breakpoint locations for B (a hardware or software breakpoint)
13882 based on SALS and SALS_END. If SALS_END.NELTS is not zero, then B is
13883 a ranged breakpoint. */
13886 update_breakpoint_locations (struct breakpoint
*b
,
13887 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
,
13888 struct symtabs_and_lines sals_end
)
13891 struct bp_location
*existing_locations
= b
->loc
;
13893 if (sals_end
.nelts
!= 0 && (sals
.nelts
!= 1 || sals_end
.nelts
!= 1))
13895 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one start location and one end
13897 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
13898 update_global_location_list (1);
13899 printf_unfiltered (_("Could not reset ranged breakpoint %d: "
13900 "multiple locations found\n"),
13905 /* If there's no new locations, and all existing locations are
13906 pending, don't do anything. This optimizes the common case where
13907 all locations are in the same shared library, that was unloaded.
13908 We'd like to retain the location, so that when the library is
13909 loaded again, we don't loose the enabled/disabled status of the
13910 individual locations. */
13911 if (all_locations_are_pending (existing_locations
) && sals
.nelts
== 0)
13916 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; ++i
)
13918 struct bp_location
*new_loc
;
13920 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sals
.sals
[i
].pspace
);
13922 new_loc
= add_location_to_breakpoint (b
, &(sals
.sals
[i
]));
13924 /* Reparse conditions, they might contain references to the
13926 if (b
->cond_string
!= NULL
)
13929 volatile struct gdb_exception e
;
13931 s
= b
->cond_string
;
13932 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
13934 new_loc
->cond
= parse_exp_1 (&s
, sals
.sals
[i
].pc
,
13935 block_for_pc (sals
.sals
[i
].pc
),
13940 warning (_("failed to reevaluate condition "
13941 "for breakpoint %d: %s"),
13942 b
->number
, e
.message
);
13943 new_loc
->enabled
= 0;
13947 if (sals_end
.nelts
)
13949 CORE_ADDR end
= find_breakpoint_range_end (sals_end
.sals
[0]);
13951 new_loc
->length
= end
- sals
.sals
[0].pc
+ 1;
13955 /* Update locations of permanent breakpoints. */
13956 if (b
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
)
13957 make_breakpoint_permanent (b
);
13959 /* If possible, carry over 'disable' status from existing
13962 struct bp_location
*e
= existing_locations
;
13963 /* If there are multiple breakpoints with the same function name,
13964 e.g. for inline functions, comparing function names won't work.
13965 Instead compare pc addresses; this is just a heuristic as things
13966 may have moved, but in practice it gives the correct answer
13967 often enough until a better solution is found. */
13968 int have_ambiguous_names
= ambiguous_names_p (b
->loc
);
13970 for (; e
; e
= e
->next
)
13972 if (!e
->enabled
&& e
->function_name
)
13974 struct bp_location
*l
= b
->loc
;
13975 if (have_ambiguous_names
)
13977 for (; l
; l
= l
->next
)
13978 if (breakpoint_locations_match (e
, l
))
13986 for (; l
; l
= l
->next
)
13987 if (l
->function_name
13988 && strcmp (e
->function_name
, l
->function_name
) == 0)
13998 if (!locations_are_equal (existing_locations
, b
->loc
))
13999 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
14001 update_global_location_list (1);
14004 /* Find the SaL locations corresponding to the given ADDR_STRING.
14005 On return, FOUND will be 1 if any SaL was found, zero otherwise. */
14007 static struct symtabs_and_lines
14008 addr_string_to_sals (struct breakpoint
*b
, char *addr_string
, int *found
)
14011 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
= {0};
14012 volatile struct gdb_exception e
;
14014 gdb_assert (b
->ops
!= NULL
);
14017 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
14019 b
->ops
->decode_linespec (b
, &s
, &sals
);
14023 int not_found_and_ok
= 0;
14024 /* For pending breakpoints, it's expected that parsing will
14025 fail until the right shared library is loaded. User has
14026 already told to create pending breakpoints and don't need
14027 extra messages. If breakpoint is in bp_shlib_disabled
14028 state, then user already saw the message about that
14029 breakpoint being disabled, and don't want to see more
14031 if (e
.error
== NOT_FOUND_ERROR
14032 && (b
->condition_not_parsed
14033 || (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->shlib_disabled
)
14034 || (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->pspace
->executing_startup
)
14035 || b
->enable_state
== bp_disabled
))
14036 not_found_and_ok
= 1;
14038 if (!not_found_and_ok
)
14040 /* We surely don't want to warn about the same breakpoint
14041 10 times. One solution, implemented here, is disable
14042 the breakpoint on error. Another solution would be to
14043 have separate 'warning emitted' flag. Since this
14044 happens only when a binary has changed, I don't know
14045 which approach is better. */
14046 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
14047 throw_exception (e
);
14051 if (e
.reason
== 0 || e
.error
!= NOT_FOUND_ERROR
)
14055 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; ++i
)
14056 resolve_sal_pc (&sals
.sals
[i
]);
14057 if (b
->condition_not_parsed
&& s
&& s
[0])
14059 char *cond_string
, *extra_string
;
14062 find_condition_and_thread (s
, sals
.sals
[0].pc
,
14063 &cond_string
, &thread
, &task
,
14066 b
->cond_string
= cond_string
;
14067 b
->thread
= thread
;
14070 b
->extra_string
= extra_string
;
14071 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 0;
14074 if (b
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
&& !strace_marker_p (b
))
14075 sals
.sals
[0] = update_static_tracepoint (b
, sals
.sals
[0]);
14085 /* The default re_set method, for typical hardware or software
14086 breakpoints. Reevaluate the breakpoint and recreate its
14090 breakpoint_re_set_default (struct breakpoint
*b
)
14093 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
, sals_end
;
14094 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded
= {0};
14095 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded_end
= {0};
14097 sals
= addr_string_to_sals (b
, b
->addr_string
, &found
);
14100 make_cleanup (xfree
, sals
.sals
);
14104 if (b
->addr_string_range_end
)
14106 sals_end
= addr_string_to_sals (b
, b
->addr_string_range_end
, &found
);
14109 make_cleanup (xfree
, sals_end
.sals
);
14110 expanded_end
= sals_end
;
14114 update_breakpoint_locations (b
, expanded
, expanded_end
);
14117 /* Default method for creating SALs from an address string. It basically
14118 calls parse_breakpoint_sals. Return 1 for success, zero for failure. */
14121 create_sals_from_address_default (char **arg
,
14122 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
14123 enum bptype type_wanted
,
14124 char *addr_start
, char **copy_arg
)
14126 parse_breakpoint_sals (arg
, canonical
);
14129 /* Call create_breakpoints_sal for the given arguments. This is the default
14130 function for the `create_breakpoints_sal' method of
14134 create_breakpoints_sal_default (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
14135 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
14136 struct linespec_sals
*lsal
,
14138 char *extra_string
,
14139 enum bptype type_wanted
,
14140 enum bpdisp disposition
,
14142 int task
, int ignore_count
,
14143 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
14144 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
14145 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
14147 create_breakpoints_sal (gdbarch
, canonical
, cond_string
,
14149 type_wanted
, disposition
,
14150 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
, from_tty
,
14151 enabled
, internal
, flags
);
14154 /* Decode the line represented by S by calling decode_line_full. This is the
14155 default function for the `decode_linespec' method of breakpoint_ops. */
14158 decode_linespec_default (struct breakpoint
*b
, char **s
,
14159 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
14161 struct linespec_result canonical
;
14163 init_linespec_result (&canonical
);
14164 decode_line_full (s
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
,
14165 (struct symtab
*) NULL
, 0,
14166 &canonical
, multiple_symbols_all
,
14169 /* We should get 0 or 1 resulting SALs. */
14170 gdb_assert (VEC_length (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
) < 2);
14172 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
) > 0)
14174 struct linespec_sals
*lsal
;
14176 lsal
= VEC_index (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
, 0);
14177 *sals
= lsal
->sals
;
14178 /* Arrange it so the destructor does not free the
14180 lsal
->sals
.sals
= NULL
;
14183 destroy_linespec_result (&canonical
);
14186 /* Prepare the global context for a re-set of breakpoint B. */
14188 static struct cleanup
*
14189 prepare_re_set_context (struct breakpoint
*b
)
14191 struct cleanup
*cleanups
;
14193 input_radix
= b
->input_radix
;
14194 cleanups
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
14195 if (b
->pspace
!= NULL
)
14196 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (b
->pspace
);
14197 set_language (b
->language
);
14202 /* Reset a breakpoint given it's struct breakpoint * BINT.
14203 The value we return ends up being the return value from catch_errors.
14204 Unused in this case. */
14207 breakpoint_re_set_one (void *bint
)
14209 /* Get past catch_errs. */
14210 struct breakpoint
*b
= (struct breakpoint
*) bint
;
14211 struct cleanup
*cleanups
;
14213 cleanups
= prepare_re_set_context (b
);
14214 b
->ops
->re_set (b
);
14215 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
14219 /* Re-set all breakpoints after symbols have been re-loaded. */
14221 breakpoint_re_set (void)
14223 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
14224 enum language save_language
;
14225 int save_input_radix
;
14226 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
14228 save_language
= current_language
->la_language
;
14229 save_input_radix
= input_radix
;
14230 old_chain
= save_current_program_space ();
14232 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
14234 /* Format possible error msg. */
14235 char *message
= xstrprintf ("Error in re-setting breakpoint %d: ",
14237 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup (xfree
, message
);
14238 catch_errors (breakpoint_re_set_one
, b
, message
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
);
14239 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
14241 set_language (save_language
);
14242 input_radix
= save_input_radix
;
14244 jit_breakpoint_re_set ();
14246 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
14248 create_overlay_event_breakpoint ();
14249 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ();
14250 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint ();
14251 create_exception_master_breakpoint ();
14254 /* Reset the thread number of this breakpoint:
14256 - If the breakpoint is for all threads, leave it as-is.
14257 - Else, reset it to the current thread for inferior_ptid. */
14259 breakpoint_re_set_thread (struct breakpoint
*b
)
14261 if (b
->thread
!= -1)
14263 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid
))
14264 b
->thread
= pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid
);
14266 /* We're being called after following a fork. The new fork is
14267 selected as current, and unless this was a vfork will have a
14268 different program space from the original thread. Reset that
14270 b
->loc
->pspace
= current_program_space
;
14274 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
14275 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
14276 which ends with a period (no newline). */
14279 set_ignore_count (int bptnum
, int count
, int from_tty
)
14281 struct breakpoint
*b
;
14286 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
14287 if (b
->number
== bptnum
)
14289 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
14291 if (from_tty
&& count
!= 0)
14292 printf_filtered (_("Ignore count ignored for tracepoint %d."),
14297 b
->ignore_count
= count
;
14301 printf_filtered (_("Will stop next time "
14302 "breakpoint %d is reached."),
14304 else if (count
== 1)
14305 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next crossing of breakpoint %d."),
14308 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next %d "
14309 "crossings of breakpoint %d."),
14312 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
14316 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bptnum
);
14319 /* Command to set ignore-count of breakpoint N to COUNT. */
14322 ignore_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14328 error_no_arg (_("a breakpoint number"));
14330 num
= get_number (&p
);
14332 error (_("bad breakpoint number: '%s'"), args
);
14334 error (_("Second argument (specified ignore-count) is missing."));
14336 set_ignore_count (num
,
14337 longest_to_int (value_as_long (parse_and_eval (p
))),
14340 printf_filtered ("\n");
14343 /* Call FUNCTION on each of the breakpoints
14344 whose numbers are given in ARGS. */
14347 map_breakpoint_numbers (char *args
, void (*function
) (struct breakpoint
*,
14352 struct breakpoint
*b
, *tmp
;
14354 struct get_number_or_range_state state
;
14357 error_no_arg (_("one or more breakpoint numbers"));
14359 init_number_or_range (&state
, args
);
14361 while (!state
.finished
)
14363 char *p
= state
.string
;
14367 num
= get_number_or_range (&state
);
14370 warning (_("bad breakpoint number at or near '%s'"), p
);
14374 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, tmp
)
14375 if (b
->number
== num
)
14378 function (b
, data
);
14382 printf_unfiltered (_("No breakpoint number %d.\n"), num
);
14387 static struct bp_location
*
14388 find_location_by_number (char *number
)
14390 char *dot
= strchr (number
, '.');
14394 struct breakpoint
*b
;
14395 struct bp_location
*loc
;
14400 bp_num
= get_number (&p1
);
14402 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number
);
14404 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
14405 if (b
->number
== bp_num
)
14410 if (!b
|| b
->number
!= bp_num
)
14411 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number
);
14414 loc_num
= get_number (&p1
);
14416 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), number
);
14420 for (;loc_num
&& loc
; --loc_num
, loc
= loc
->next
)
14423 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), dot
+1);
14429 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
14430 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
14431 which ends with a period (no newline). */
14434 disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
14436 /* Never disable a watchpoint scope breakpoint; we want to
14437 hit them when we leave scope so we can delete both the
14438 watchpoint and its scope breakpoint at that time. */
14439 if (bpt
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
)
14442 /* You can't disable permanent breakpoints. */
14443 if (bpt
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
)
14446 bpt
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
14448 /* Mark breakpoint locations modified. */
14449 mark_breakpoint_modified (bpt
);
14451 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14452 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& is_tracepoint (bpt
))
14454 struct bp_location
*location
;
14456 for (location
= bpt
->loc
; location
; location
= location
->next
)
14457 target_disable_tracepoint (location
);
14460 update_global_location_list (0);
14462 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bpt
);
14465 /* A callback for iterate_over_related_breakpoints. */
14468 do_disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *ignore
)
14470 disable_breakpoint (b
);
14473 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
14474 disable_breakpoint. */
14477 do_map_disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *ignore
)
14479 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b
, do_disable_breakpoint
, NULL
);
14483 disable_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14487 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
14489 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
14490 if (user_breakpoint_p (bpt
))
14491 disable_breakpoint (bpt
);
14493 else if (strchr (args
, '.'))
14495 struct bp_location
*loc
= find_location_by_number (args
);
14501 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
14503 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14504 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& loc
->owner
14505 && is_tracepoint (loc
->owner
))
14506 target_disable_tracepoint (loc
);
14508 update_global_location_list (0);
14511 map_breakpoint_numbers (args
, do_map_disable_breakpoint
, NULL
);
14515 enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
14518 int target_resources_ok
;
14520 if (bpt
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
14523 i
= hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
14524 target_resources_ok
=
14525 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint
,
14527 if (target_resources_ok
== 0)
14528 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
14529 else if (target_resources_ok
< 0)
14530 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
14533 if (is_watchpoint (bpt
))
14535 /* Initialize it just to avoid a GCC false warning. */
14536 enum enable_state orig_enable_state
= 0;
14537 volatile struct gdb_exception e
;
14539 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
14541 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bpt
;
14543 orig_enable_state
= bpt
->enable_state
;
14544 bpt
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
14545 update_watchpoint (w
, 1 /* reparse */);
14549 bpt
->enable_state
= orig_enable_state
;
14550 exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr
, e
, _("Cannot enable watchpoint %d: "),
14556 if (bpt
->enable_state
!= bp_permanent
)
14557 bpt
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
14559 bpt
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
14561 /* Mark breakpoint locations modified. */
14562 mark_breakpoint_modified (bpt
);
14564 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14565 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& is_tracepoint (bpt
))
14567 struct bp_location
*location
;
14569 for (location
= bpt
->loc
; location
; location
= location
->next
)
14570 target_enable_tracepoint (location
);
14573 bpt
->disposition
= disposition
;
14574 bpt
->enable_count
= count
;
14575 update_global_location_list (1);
14577 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bpt
);
14582 enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
14584 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt
, bpt
->disposition
, 0);
14588 do_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, void *arg
)
14590 enable_breakpoint (bpt
);
14593 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
14594 enable_breakpoint. */
14597 do_map_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *ignore
)
14599 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b
, do_enable_breakpoint
, NULL
);
14602 /* The enable command enables the specified breakpoints (or all defined
14603 breakpoints) so they once again become (or continue to be) effective
14604 in stopping the inferior. */
14607 enable_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14611 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
14613 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
14614 if (user_breakpoint_p (bpt
))
14615 enable_breakpoint (bpt
);
14617 else if (strchr (args
, '.'))
14619 struct bp_location
*loc
= find_location_by_number (args
);
14625 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
14627 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14628 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& loc
->owner
14629 && is_tracepoint (loc
->owner
))
14630 target_enable_tracepoint (loc
);
14632 update_global_location_list (1);
14635 map_breakpoint_numbers (args
, do_map_enable_breakpoint
, NULL
);
14638 /* This struct packages up disposition data for application to multiple
14648 do_enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, void *arg
)
14650 struct disp_data disp_data
= *(struct disp_data
*) arg
;
14652 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt
, disp_data
.disp
, disp_data
.count
);
14656 do_map_enable_once_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, void *ignore
)
14658 struct disp_data disp
= { disp_disable
, 1 };
14660 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt
, do_enable_breakpoint_disp
, &disp
);
14664 enable_once_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14666 map_breakpoint_numbers (args
, do_map_enable_once_breakpoint
, NULL
);
14670 do_map_enable_count_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, void *countptr
)
14672 struct disp_data disp
= { disp_disable
, *(int *) countptr
};
14674 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt
, do_enable_breakpoint_disp
, &disp
);
14678 enable_count_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14680 int count
= get_number (&args
);
14682 map_breakpoint_numbers (args
, do_map_enable_count_breakpoint
, &count
);
14686 do_map_enable_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, void *ignore
)
14688 struct disp_data disp
= { disp_del
, 1 };
14690 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt
, do_enable_breakpoint_disp
, &disp
);
14694 enable_delete_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14696 map_breakpoint_numbers (args
, do_map_enable_delete_breakpoint
, NULL
);
14700 set_breakpoint_cmd (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14705 show_breakpoint_cmd (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14709 /* Invalidate last known value of any hardware watchpoint if
14710 the memory which that value represents has been written to by
14714 invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change (struct inferior
*inferior
,
14715 CORE_ADDR addr
, ssize_t len
,
14716 const bfd_byte
*data
)
14718 struct breakpoint
*bp
;
14720 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bp
)
14721 if (bp
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
14722 && bp
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
14724 struct watchpoint
*wp
= (struct watchpoint
*) bp
;
14726 if (wp
->val_valid
&& wp
->val
)
14728 struct bp_location
*loc
;
14730 for (loc
= bp
->loc
; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->next
)
14731 if (loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
14732 && loc
->address
+ loc
->length
> addr
14733 && addr
+ len
> loc
->address
)
14735 value_free (wp
->val
);
14743 /* Create and insert a raw software breakpoint at PC. Return an
14744 identifier, which should be used to remove the breakpoint later.
14745 In general, places which call this should be using something on the
14746 breakpoint chain instead; this function should be eliminated
14750 deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
14751 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
14753 struct bp_target_info
*bp_tgt
;
14755 bp_tgt
= XZALLOC (struct bp_target_info
);
14757 bp_tgt
->placed_address_space
= aspace
;
14758 bp_tgt
->placed_address
= pc
;
14760 if (target_insert_breakpoint (gdbarch
, bp_tgt
) != 0)
14762 /* Could not insert the breakpoint. */
14770 /* Remove a breakpoint BP inserted by
14771 deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint. */
14774 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, void *bp
)
14776 struct bp_target_info
*bp_tgt
= bp
;
14779 ret
= target_remove_breakpoint (gdbarch
, bp_tgt
);
14785 /* One (or perhaps two) breakpoints used for software single
14788 static void *single_step_breakpoints
[2];
14789 static struct gdbarch
*single_step_gdbarch
[2];
14791 /* Create and insert a breakpoint for software single step. */
14794 insert_single_step_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
14795 struct address_space
*aspace
,
14800 if (single_step_breakpoints
[0] == NULL
)
14802 bpt_p
= &single_step_breakpoints
[0];
14803 single_step_gdbarch
[0] = gdbarch
;
14807 gdb_assert (single_step_breakpoints
[1] == NULL
);
14808 bpt_p
= &single_step_breakpoints
[1];
14809 single_step_gdbarch
[1] = gdbarch
;
14812 /* NOTE drow/2006-04-11: A future improvement to this function would
14813 be to only create the breakpoints once, and actually put them on
14814 the breakpoint chain. That would let us use set_raw_breakpoint.
14815 We could adjust the addresses each time they were needed. Doing
14816 this requires corresponding changes elsewhere where single step
14817 breakpoints are handled, however. So, for now, we use this. */
14819 *bpt_p
= deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch
, aspace
, next_pc
);
14820 if (*bpt_p
== NULL
)
14821 error (_("Could not insert single-step breakpoint at %s"),
14822 paddress (gdbarch
, next_pc
));
14825 /* Check if the breakpoints used for software single stepping
14826 were inserted or not. */
14829 single_step_breakpoints_inserted (void)
14831 return (single_step_breakpoints
[0] != NULL
14832 || single_step_breakpoints
[1] != NULL
);
14835 /* Remove and delete any breakpoints used for software single step. */
14838 remove_single_step_breakpoints (void)
14840 gdb_assert (single_step_breakpoints
[0] != NULL
);
14842 /* See insert_single_step_breakpoint for more about this deprecated
14844 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch
[0],
14845 single_step_breakpoints
[0]);
14846 single_step_gdbarch
[0] = NULL
;
14847 single_step_breakpoints
[0] = NULL
;
14849 if (single_step_breakpoints
[1] != NULL
)
14851 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch
[1],
14852 single_step_breakpoints
[1]);
14853 single_step_gdbarch
[1] = NULL
;
14854 single_step_breakpoints
[1] = NULL
;
14858 /* Delete software single step breakpoints without removing them from
14859 the inferior. This is intended to be used if the inferior's address
14860 space where they were inserted is already gone, e.g. after exit or
14864 cancel_single_step_breakpoints (void)
14868 for (i
= 0; i
< 2; i
++)
14869 if (single_step_breakpoints
[i
])
14871 xfree (single_step_breakpoints
[i
]);
14872 single_step_breakpoints
[i
] = NULL
;
14873 single_step_gdbarch
[i
] = NULL
;
14877 /* Detach software single-step breakpoints from INFERIOR_PTID without
14881 detach_single_step_breakpoints (void)
14885 for (i
= 0; i
< 2; i
++)
14886 if (single_step_breakpoints
[i
])
14887 target_remove_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch
[i
],
14888 single_step_breakpoints
[i
]);
14891 /* Check whether a software single-step breakpoint is inserted at
14895 single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
,
14900 for (i
= 0; i
< 2; i
++)
14902 struct bp_target_info
*bp_tgt
= single_step_breakpoints
[i
];
14904 && breakpoint_address_match (bp_tgt
->placed_address_space
,
14905 bp_tgt
->placed_address
,
14913 /* Returns 0 if 'bp' is NOT a syscall catchpoint,
14914 non-zero otherwise. */
14916 is_syscall_catchpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint
*bp
)
14918 if (syscall_catchpoint_p (bp
)
14919 && bp
->enable_state
!= bp_disabled
14920 && bp
->enable_state
!= bp_call_disabled
)
14927 catch_syscall_enabled (void)
14929 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data
*inf_data
14930 = get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (current_inferior ());
14932 return inf_data
->total_syscalls_count
!= 0;
14936 catching_syscall_number (int syscall_number
)
14938 struct breakpoint
*bp
;
14940 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bp
)
14941 if (is_syscall_catchpoint_enabled (bp
))
14943 struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
= (struct syscall_catchpoint
*) bp
;
14945 if (c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
14949 VEC_iterate (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
14951 if (syscall_number
== iter
)
14961 /* Complete syscall names. Used by "catch syscall". */
14962 static VEC (char_ptr
) *
14963 catch_syscall_completer (struct cmd_list_element
*cmd
,
14964 const char *text
, const char *word
)
14966 const char **list
= get_syscall_names ();
14967 VEC (char_ptr
) *retlist
14968 = (list
== NULL
) ? NULL
: complete_on_enum (list
, word
, word
);
14974 /* Tracepoint-specific operations. */
14976 /* Set tracepoint count to NUM. */
14978 set_tracepoint_count (int num
)
14980 tracepoint_count
= num
;
14981 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("tpnum"), num
);
14985 trace_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
14987 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
;
14988 const char *arg_cp
= arg
;
14990 if (arg
&& probe_linespec_to_ops (&arg_cp
))
14991 ops
= &tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
14993 ops
= &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
14995 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
14997 NULL
, 0, NULL
, 1 /* parse arg */,
14999 bp_tracepoint
/* type_wanted */,
15000 0 /* Ignore count */,
15001 pending_break_support
,
15005 0 /* internal */, 0);
15009 ftrace_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
15011 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15013 NULL
, 0, NULL
, 1 /* parse arg */,
15015 bp_fast_tracepoint
/* type_wanted */,
15016 0 /* Ignore count */,
15017 pending_break_support
,
15018 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
,
15021 0 /* internal */, 0);
15024 /* strace command implementation. Creates a static tracepoint. */
15027 strace_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
15029 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
;
15031 /* Decide if we are dealing with a static tracepoint marker (`-m'),
15032 or with a normal static tracepoint. */
15033 if (arg
&& strncmp (arg
, "-m", 2) == 0 && isspace (arg
[2]))
15034 ops
= &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops
;
15036 ops
= &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15038 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15040 NULL
, 0, NULL
, 1 /* parse arg */,
15042 bp_static_tracepoint
/* type_wanted */,
15043 0 /* Ignore count */,
15044 pending_break_support
,
15048 0 /* internal */, 0);
15051 /* Set up a fake reader function that gets command lines from a linked
15052 list that was acquired during tracepoint uploading. */
15054 static struct uploaded_tp
*this_utp
;
15055 static int next_cmd
;
15058 read_uploaded_action (void)
15062 VEC_iterate (char_ptr
, this_utp
->cmd_strings
, next_cmd
, rslt
);
15069 /* Given information about a tracepoint as recorded on a target (which
15070 can be either a live system or a trace file), attempt to create an
15071 equivalent GDB tracepoint. This is not a reliable process, since
15072 the target does not necessarily have all the information used when
15073 the tracepoint was originally defined. */
15075 struct tracepoint
*
15076 create_tracepoint_from_upload (struct uploaded_tp
*utp
)
15078 char *addr_str
, small_buf
[100];
15079 struct tracepoint
*tp
;
15081 if (utp
->at_string
)
15082 addr_str
= utp
->at_string
;
15085 /* In the absence of a source location, fall back to raw
15086 address. Since there is no way to confirm that the address
15087 means the same thing as when the trace was started, warn the
15089 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d has no "
15090 "source location, using raw address"),
15092 xsnprintf (small_buf
, sizeof (small_buf
), "*%s", hex_string (utp
->addr
));
15093 addr_str
= small_buf
;
15096 /* There's not much we can do with a sequence of bytecodes. */
15097 if (utp
->cond
&& !utp
->cond_string
)
15098 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d condition "
15099 "has no source form, ignoring it"),
15102 if (!create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15104 utp
->cond_string
, -1, NULL
,
15105 0 /* parse cond/thread */,
15107 utp
->type
/* type_wanted */,
15108 0 /* Ignore count */,
15109 pending_break_support
,
15110 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
,
15112 utp
->enabled
/* enabled */,
15114 CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED
))
15117 /* Get the tracepoint we just created. */
15118 tp
= get_tracepoint (tracepoint_count
);
15119 gdb_assert (tp
!= NULL
);
15123 xsnprintf (small_buf
, sizeof (small_buf
), "%d %d", utp
->pass
,
15126 trace_pass_command (small_buf
, 0);
15129 /* If we have uploaded versions of the original commands, set up a
15130 special-purpose "reader" function and call the usual command line
15131 reader, then pass the result to the breakpoint command-setting
15133 if (!VEC_empty (char_ptr
, utp
->cmd_strings
))
15135 struct command_line
*cmd_list
;
15140 cmd_list
= read_command_lines_1 (read_uploaded_action
, 1, NULL
, NULL
);
15142 breakpoint_set_commands (&tp
->base
, cmd_list
);
15144 else if (!VEC_empty (char_ptr
, utp
->actions
)
15145 || !VEC_empty (char_ptr
, utp
->step_actions
))
15146 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d actions "
15147 "have no source form, ignoring them"),
15150 /* Copy any status information that might be available. */
15151 tp
->base
.hit_count
= utp
->hit_count
;
15152 tp
->traceframe_usage
= utp
->traceframe_usage
;
15157 /* Print information on tracepoint number TPNUM_EXP, or all if
15161 tracepoints_info (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15163 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
15166 num_printed
= breakpoint_1 (args
, 0, is_tracepoint
);
15168 if (num_printed
== 0)
15170 if (args
== NULL
|| *args
== '\0')
15171 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0, "No tracepoints.\n");
15173 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0, "No tracepoint matching '%s'.\n", args
);
15176 default_collect_info ();
15179 /* The 'enable trace' command enables tracepoints.
15180 Not supported by all targets. */
15182 enable_trace_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15184 enable_command (args
, from_tty
);
15187 /* The 'disable trace' command disables tracepoints.
15188 Not supported by all targets. */
15190 disable_trace_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15192 disable_command (args
, from_tty
);
15195 /* Remove a tracepoint (or all if no argument). */
15197 delete_trace_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
15199 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
15205 int breaks_to_delete
= 0;
15207 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument.
15208 Do not delete internal or call-dummy breakpoints, these
15209 have to be deleted with an explicit breakpoint number
15211 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b
)
15212 if (is_tracepoint (b
) && user_breakpoint_p (b
))
15214 breaks_to_delete
= 1;
15218 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
15220 || (breaks_to_delete
&& query (_("Delete all tracepoints? "))))
15222 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
15223 if (is_tracepoint (b
) && user_breakpoint_p (b
))
15224 delete_breakpoint (b
);
15228 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg
, do_map_delete_breakpoint
, NULL
);
15231 /* Helper function for trace_pass_command. */
15234 trace_pass_set_count (struct tracepoint
*tp
, int count
, int from_tty
)
15236 tp
->pass_count
= count
;
15237 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (&tp
->base
);
15239 printf_filtered (_("Setting tracepoint %d's passcount to %d\n"),
15240 tp
->base
.number
, count
);
15243 /* Set passcount for tracepoint.
15245 First command argument is passcount, second is tracepoint number.
15246 If tracepoint number omitted, apply to most recently defined.
15247 Also accepts special argument "all". */
15250 trace_pass_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15252 struct tracepoint
*t1
;
15253 unsigned int count
;
15255 if (args
== 0 || *args
== 0)
15256 error (_("passcount command requires an "
15257 "argument (count + optional TP num)"));
15259 count
= strtoul (args
, &args
, 10); /* Count comes first, then TP num. */
15261 args
= skip_spaces (args
);
15262 if (*args
&& strncasecmp (args
, "all", 3) == 0)
15264 struct breakpoint
*b
;
15266 args
+= 3; /* Skip special argument "all". */
15268 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
15270 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b
)
15272 t1
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
15273 trace_pass_set_count (t1
, count
, from_tty
);
15276 else if (*args
== '\0')
15278 t1
= get_tracepoint_by_number (&args
, NULL
, 1);
15280 trace_pass_set_count (t1
, count
, from_tty
);
15284 struct get_number_or_range_state state
;
15286 init_number_or_range (&state
, args
);
15287 while (!state
.finished
)
15289 t1
= get_tracepoint_by_number (&args
, &state
, 1);
15291 trace_pass_set_count (t1
, count
, from_tty
);
15296 struct tracepoint
*
15297 get_tracepoint (int num
)
15299 struct breakpoint
*t
;
15301 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t
)
15302 if (t
->number
== num
)
15303 return (struct tracepoint
*) t
;
15308 /* Find the tracepoint with the given target-side number (which may be
15309 different from the tracepoint number after disconnecting and
15312 struct tracepoint
*
15313 get_tracepoint_by_number_on_target (int num
)
15315 struct breakpoint
*b
;
15317 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b
)
15319 struct tracepoint
*t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
15321 if (t
->number_on_target
== num
)
15328 /* Utility: parse a tracepoint number and look it up in the list.
15329 If STATE is not NULL, use, get_number_or_range_state and ignore ARG.
15330 If OPTIONAL_P is true, then if the argument is missing, the most
15331 recent tracepoint (tracepoint_count) is returned. */
15332 struct tracepoint
*
15333 get_tracepoint_by_number (char **arg
,
15334 struct get_number_or_range_state
*state
,
15337 struct breakpoint
*t
;
15339 char *instring
= arg
== NULL
? NULL
: *arg
;
15343 gdb_assert (!state
->finished
);
15344 tpnum
= get_number_or_range (state
);
15346 else if (arg
== NULL
|| *arg
== NULL
|| ! **arg
)
15349 tpnum
= tracepoint_count
;
15351 error_no_arg (_("tracepoint number"));
15354 tpnum
= get_number (arg
);
15358 if (instring
&& *instring
)
15359 printf_filtered (_("bad tracepoint number at or near '%s'\n"),
15362 printf_filtered (_("Tracepoint argument missing "
15363 "and no previous tracepoint\n"));
15367 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t
)
15368 if (t
->number
== tpnum
)
15370 return (struct tracepoint
*) t
;
15373 printf_unfiltered ("No tracepoint number %d.\n", tpnum
);
15378 print_recreate_thread (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
15380 if (b
->thread
!= -1)
15381 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " thread %d", b
->thread
);
15384 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " task %d", b
->task
);
15386 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "\n");
15389 /* Save information on user settable breakpoints (watchpoints, etc) to
15390 a new script file named FILENAME. If FILTER is non-NULL, call it
15391 on each breakpoint and only include the ones for which it returns
15395 save_breakpoints (char *filename
, int from_tty
,
15396 int (*filter
) (const struct breakpoint
*))
15398 struct breakpoint
*tp
;
15401 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
15402 struct ui_file
*fp
;
15403 int extra_trace_bits
= 0;
15405 if (filename
== 0 || *filename
== 0)
15406 error (_("Argument required (file name in which to save)"));
15408 /* See if we have anything to save. */
15409 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp
)
15411 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
15412 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp
))
15415 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
15416 if (filter
&& !filter (tp
))
15421 if (is_tracepoint (tp
))
15423 extra_trace_bits
= 1;
15425 /* We can stop searching. */
15432 warning (_("Nothing to save."));
15436 pathname
= tilde_expand (filename
);
15437 cleanup
= make_cleanup (xfree
, pathname
);
15438 fp
= gdb_fopen (pathname
, "w");
15440 error (_("Unable to open file '%s' for saving (%s)"),
15441 filename
, safe_strerror (errno
));
15442 make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (fp
);
15444 if (extra_trace_bits
)
15445 save_trace_state_variables (fp
);
15447 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp
)
15449 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
15450 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp
))
15453 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
15454 if (filter
&& !filter (tp
))
15457 tp
->ops
->print_recreate (tp
, fp
);
15459 /* Note, we can't rely on tp->number for anything, as we can't
15460 assume the recreated breakpoint numbers will match. Use $bpnum
15463 if (tp
->cond_string
)
15464 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " condition $bpnum %s\n", tp
->cond_string
);
15466 if (tp
->ignore_count
)
15467 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " ignore $bpnum %d\n", tp
->ignore_count
);
15469 if (tp
->type
!= bp_dprintf
&& tp
->commands
)
15471 volatile struct gdb_exception ex
;
15473 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " commands\n");
15475 ui_out_redirect (current_uiout
, fp
);
15476 TRY_CATCH (ex
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
15478 print_command_lines (current_uiout
, tp
->commands
->commands
, 2);
15480 ui_out_redirect (current_uiout
, NULL
);
15483 throw_exception (ex
);
15485 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " end\n");
15488 if (tp
->enable_state
== bp_disabled
)
15489 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "disable\n");
15491 /* If this is a multi-location breakpoint, check if the locations
15492 should be individually disabled. Watchpoint locations are
15493 special, and not user visible. */
15494 if (!is_watchpoint (tp
) && tp
->loc
&& tp
->loc
->next
)
15496 struct bp_location
*loc
;
15499 for (loc
= tp
->loc
; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->next
, n
++)
15501 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "disable $bpnum.%d\n", n
);
15505 if (extra_trace_bits
&& *default_collect
)
15506 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "set default-collect %s\n", default_collect
);
15508 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
15510 printf_filtered (_("Saved to file '%s'.\n"), filename
);
15513 /* The `save breakpoints' command. */
15516 save_breakpoints_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15518 save_breakpoints (args
, from_tty
, NULL
);
15521 /* The `save tracepoints' command. */
15524 save_tracepoints_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15526 save_breakpoints (args
, from_tty
, is_tracepoint
);
15529 /* Create a vector of all tracepoints. */
15531 VEC(breakpoint_p
) *
15532 all_tracepoints (void)
15534 VEC(breakpoint_p
) *tp_vec
= 0;
15535 struct breakpoint
*tp
;
15537 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (tp
)
15539 VEC_safe_push (breakpoint_p
, tp_vec
, tp
);
15546 /* This help string is used for the break, hbreak, tbreak and thbreak
15547 commands. It is defined as a macro to prevent duplication.
15548 COMMAND should be a string constant containing the name of the
15550 #define BREAK_ARGS_HELP(command) \
15551 command" [PROBE_MODIFIER] [LOCATION] [thread THREADNUM] [if CONDITION]\n\
15552 PROBE_MODIFIER shall be present if the command is to be placed in a\n\
15553 probe point. Accepted values are `-probe' (for a generic, automatically\n\
15554 guessed probe type) or `-probe-stap' (for a SystemTap probe).\n\
15555 LOCATION may be a line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
15556 If a line number is specified, break at start of code for that line.\n\
15557 If a function is specified, break at start of code for that function.\n\
15558 If an address is specified, break at that exact address.\n\
15559 With no LOCATION, uses current execution address of the selected\n\
15560 stack frame. This is useful for breaking on return to a stack frame.\n\
15562 THREADNUM is the number from \"info threads\".\n\
15563 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
15565 Multiple breakpoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
15566 conditions are different.\n\
15568 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints."
15570 /* List of subcommands for "catch". */
15571 static struct cmd_list_element
*catch_cmdlist
;
15573 /* List of subcommands for "tcatch". */
15574 static struct cmd_list_element
*tcatch_cmdlist
;
15577 add_catch_command (char *name
, char *docstring
,
15578 void (*sfunc
) (char *args
, int from_tty
,
15579 struct cmd_list_element
*command
),
15580 completer_ftype
*completer
,
15581 void *user_data_catch
,
15582 void *user_data_tcatch
)
15584 struct cmd_list_element
*command
;
15586 command
= add_cmd (name
, class_breakpoint
, NULL
, docstring
,
15588 set_cmd_sfunc (command
, sfunc
);
15589 set_cmd_context (command
, user_data_catch
);
15590 set_cmd_completer (command
, completer
);
15592 command
= add_cmd (name
, class_breakpoint
, NULL
, docstring
,
15594 set_cmd_sfunc (command
, sfunc
);
15595 set_cmd_context (command
, user_data_tcatch
);
15596 set_cmd_completer (command
, completer
);
15600 clear_syscall_counts (struct inferior
*inf
)
15602 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data
*inf_data
15603 = get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (inf
);
15605 inf_data
->total_syscalls_count
= 0;
15606 inf_data
->any_syscall_count
= 0;
15607 VEC_free (int, inf_data
->syscalls_counts
);
15611 save_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
15613 printf_unfiltered (_("\"save\" must be followed by "
15614 "the name of a save subcommand.\n"));
15615 help_list (save_cmdlist
, "save ", -1, gdb_stdout
);
15618 struct breakpoint
*
15619 iterate_over_breakpoints (int (*callback
) (struct breakpoint
*, void *),
15622 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
15624 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
15626 if ((*callback
) (b
, data
))
15633 /* Zero if any of the breakpoint's locations could be a location where
15634 functions have been inlined, nonzero otherwise. */
15637 is_non_inline_function (struct breakpoint
*b
)
15639 /* The shared library event breakpoint is set on the address of a
15640 non-inline function. */
15641 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
15647 /* Nonzero if the specified PC cannot be a location where functions
15648 have been inlined. */
15651 pc_at_non_inline_function (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
15652 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
15654 struct breakpoint
*b
;
15655 struct bp_location
*bl
;
15657 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
15659 if (!is_non_inline_function (b
))
15662 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
!= NULL
; bl
= bl
->next
)
15664 if (!bl
->shlib_disabled
15665 && bpstat_check_location (bl
, aspace
, pc
, ws
))
15673 /* Remove any references to OBJFILE which is going to be freed. */
15676 breakpoint_free_objfile (struct objfile
*objfile
)
15678 struct bp_location
**locp
, *loc
;
15680 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp
)
15681 if (loc
->symtab
!= NULL
&& loc
->symtab
->objfile
== objfile
)
15682 loc
->symtab
= NULL
;
15686 initialize_breakpoint_ops (void)
15688 static int initialized
= 0;
15690 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
;
15696 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be inherit by all kinds of
15697 breakpoints (real breakpoints, i.e., user "break" breakpoints,
15698 internal and momentary breakpoints, etc.). */
15699 ops
= &bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
15700 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15701 ops
->re_set
= bkpt_re_set
;
15702 ops
->insert_location
= bkpt_insert_location
;
15703 ops
->remove_location
= bkpt_remove_location
;
15704 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= bkpt_breakpoint_hit
;
15705 ops
->create_sals_from_address
= bkpt_create_sals_from_address
;
15706 ops
->create_breakpoints_sal
= bkpt_create_breakpoints_sal
;
15707 ops
->decode_linespec
= bkpt_decode_linespec
;
15709 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in regular breakpoints. */
15710 ops
= &bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
15711 *ops
= bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
15712 ops
->re_set
= bkpt_re_set
;
15713 ops
->resources_needed
= bkpt_resources_needed
;
15714 ops
->print_it
= bkpt_print_it
;
15715 ops
->print_mention
= bkpt_print_mention
;
15716 ops
->print_recreate
= bkpt_print_recreate
;
15718 /* Ranged breakpoints. */
15719 ops
= &ranged_breakpoint_ops
;
15720 *ops
= bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
15721 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint
;
15722 ops
->resources_needed
= resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint
;
15723 ops
->print_it
= print_it_ranged_breakpoint
;
15724 ops
->print_one
= print_one_ranged_breakpoint
;
15725 ops
->print_one_detail
= print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint
;
15726 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_ranged_breakpoint
;
15727 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint
;
15729 /* Internal breakpoints. */
15730 ops
= &internal_breakpoint_ops
;
15731 *ops
= bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
15732 ops
->re_set
= internal_bkpt_re_set
;
15733 ops
->check_status
= internal_bkpt_check_status
;
15734 ops
->print_it
= internal_bkpt_print_it
;
15735 ops
->print_mention
= internal_bkpt_print_mention
;
15737 /* Momentary breakpoints. */
15738 ops
= &momentary_breakpoint_ops
;
15739 *ops
= bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
15740 ops
->re_set
= momentary_bkpt_re_set
;
15741 ops
->check_status
= momentary_bkpt_check_status
;
15742 ops
->print_it
= momentary_bkpt_print_it
;
15743 ops
->print_mention
= momentary_bkpt_print_mention
;
15745 /* Momentary breakpoints for bp_longjmp and bp_exception. */
15746 ops
= &longjmp_breakpoint_ops
;
15747 *ops
= momentary_breakpoint_ops
;
15748 ops
->dtor
= longjmp_bkpt_dtor
;
15750 /* Probe breakpoints. */
15751 ops
= &bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
15752 *ops
= bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
15753 ops
->insert_location
= bkpt_probe_insert_location
;
15754 ops
->remove_location
= bkpt_probe_remove_location
;
15755 ops
->create_sals_from_address
= bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_address
;
15756 ops
->decode_linespec
= bkpt_probe_decode_linespec
;
15759 ops
= &watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15760 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15761 ops
->dtor
= dtor_watchpoint
;
15762 ops
->re_set
= re_set_watchpoint
;
15763 ops
->insert_location
= insert_watchpoint
;
15764 ops
->remove_location
= remove_watchpoint
;
15765 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_watchpoint
;
15766 ops
->check_status
= check_status_watchpoint
;
15767 ops
->resources_needed
= resources_needed_watchpoint
;
15768 ops
->works_in_software_mode
= works_in_software_mode_watchpoint
;
15769 ops
->print_it
= print_it_watchpoint
;
15770 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_watchpoint
;
15771 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_watchpoint
;
15773 /* Masked watchpoints. */
15774 ops
= &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15775 *ops
= watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15776 ops
->insert_location
= insert_masked_watchpoint
;
15777 ops
->remove_location
= remove_masked_watchpoint
;
15778 ops
->resources_needed
= resources_needed_masked_watchpoint
;
15779 ops
->works_in_software_mode
= works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint
;
15780 ops
->print_it
= print_it_masked_watchpoint
;
15781 ops
->print_one_detail
= print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint
;
15782 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_masked_watchpoint
;
15783 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_masked_watchpoint
;
15786 ops
= &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15787 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15788 ops
->re_set
= tracepoint_re_set
;
15789 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= tracepoint_breakpoint_hit
;
15790 ops
->print_one_detail
= tracepoint_print_one_detail
;
15791 ops
->print_mention
= tracepoint_print_mention
;
15792 ops
->print_recreate
= tracepoint_print_recreate
;
15793 ops
->create_sals_from_address
= tracepoint_create_sals_from_address
;
15794 ops
->create_breakpoints_sal
= tracepoint_create_breakpoints_sal
;
15795 ops
->decode_linespec
= tracepoint_decode_linespec
;
15797 /* Probe tracepoints. */
15798 ops
= &tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
15799 *ops
= tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15800 ops
->create_sals_from_address
= tracepoint_probe_create_sals_from_address
;
15801 ops
->decode_linespec
= tracepoint_probe_decode_linespec
;
15803 /* Static tracepoints with marker (`-m'). */
15804 ops
= &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops
;
15805 *ops
= tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15806 ops
->create_sals_from_address
= strace_marker_create_sals_from_address
;
15807 ops
->create_breakpoints_sal
= strace_marker_create_breakpoints_sal
;
15808 ops
->decode_linespec
= strace_marker_decode_linespec
;
15810 /* Fork catchpoints. */
15811 ops
= &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops
;
15812 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15813 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_fork
;
15814 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_fork
;
15815 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_fork
;
15816 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_fork
;
15817 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_fork
;
15818 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_fork
;
15819 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_fork
;
15821 /* Vfork catchpoints. */
15822 ops
= &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops
;
15823 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15824 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_vfork
;
15825 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_vfork
;
15826 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork
;
15827 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_vfork
;
15828 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_vfork
;
15829 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_vfork
;
15830 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_vfork
;
15832 /* Exec catchpoints. */
15833 ops
= &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops
;
15834 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15835 ops
->dtor
= dtor_catch_exec
;
15836 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_exec
;
15837 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_exec
;
15838 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_exec
;
15839 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_exec
;
15840 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_exec
;
15841 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_exec
;
15842 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_exec
;
15844 /* Syscall catchpoints. */
15845 ops
= &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops
;
15846 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15847 ops
->dtor
= dtor_catch_syscall
;
15848 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_syscall
;
15849 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_syscall
;
15850 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_syscall
;
15851 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_syscall
;
15852 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_syscall
;
15853 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_syscall
;
15854 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_syscall
;
15856 /* Solib-related catchpoints. */
15857 ops
= &catch_solib_breakpoint_ops
;
15858 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15859 ops
->dtor
= dtor_catch_solib
;
15860 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_solib
;
15861 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_solib
;
15862 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_solib
;
15863 ops
->check_status
= check_status_catch_solib
;
15864 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_solib
;
15865 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_solib
;
15866 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_solib
;
15867 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_solib
;
15869 ops
= &dprintf_breakpoint_ops
;
15870 *ops
= bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
15871 ops
->re_set
= dprintf_re_set
;
15872 ops
->resources_needed
= bkpt_resources_needed
;
15873 ops
->print_it
= bkpt_print_it
;
15874 ops
->print_mention
= bkpt_print_mention
;
15875 ops
->print_recreate
= dprintf_print_recreate
;
15878 /* Chain containing all defined "enable breakpoint" subcommands. */
15880 static struct cmd_list_element
*enablebreaklist
= NULL
;
15883 _initialize_breakpoint (void)
15885 struct cmd_list_element
*c
;
15887 initialize_breakpoint_ops ();
15889 observer_attach_solib_unloaded (disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib
);
15890 observer_attach_inferior_exit (clear_syscall_counts
);
15891 observer_attach_memory_changed (invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change
);
15893 breakpoint_objfile_key
15894 = register_objfile_data_with_cleanup (NULL
, free_breakpoint_probes
);
15896 catch_syscall_inferior_data
15897 = register_inferior_data_with_cleanup (NULL
,
15898 catch_syscall_inferior_data_cleanup
);
15900 breakpoint_chain
= 0;
15901 /* Don't bother to call set_breakpoint_count. $bpnum isn't useful
15902 before a breakpoint is set. */
15903 breakpoint_count
= 0;
15905 tracepoint_count
= 0;
15907 add_com ("ignore", class_breakpoint
, ignore_command
, _("\
15908 Set ignore-count of breakpoint number N to COUNT.\n\
15909 Usage is `ignore N COUNT'."));
15911 add_com_alias ("bc", "ignore", class_breakpoint
, 1);
15913 add_com ("commands", class_breakpoint
, commands_command
, _("\
15914 Set commands to be executed when a breakpoint is hit.\n\
15915 Give breakpoint number as argument after \"commands\".\n\
15916 With no argument, the targeted breakpoint is the last one set.\n\
15917 The commands themselves follow starting on the next line.\n\
15918 Type a line containing \"end\" to indicate the end of them.\n\
15919 Give \"silent\" as the first line to make the breakpoint silent;\n\
15920 then no output is printed when it is hit, except what the commands print."));
15922 c
= add_com ("condition", class_breakpoint
, condition_command
, _("\
15923 Specify breakpoint number N to break only if COND is true.\n\
15924 Usage is `condition N COND', where N is an integer and COND is an\n\
15925 expression to be evaluated whenever breakpoint N is reached."));
15926 set_cmd_completer (c
, condition_completer
);
15928 c
= add_com ("tbreak", class_breakpoint
, tbreak_command
, _("\
15929 Set a temporary breakpoint.\n\
15930 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
15931 so it will be deleted when hit. Equivalent to \"break\" followed\n\
15932 by using \"enable delete\" on the breakpoint number.\n\
15934 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("tbreak")));
15935 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
15937 c
= add_com ("hbreak", class_breakpoint
, hbreak_command
, _("\
15938 Set a hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
15939 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint requires hardware support,\n\
15940 some target hardware may not have this support.\n\
15942 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("hbreak")));
15943 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
15945 c
= add_com ("thbreak", class_breakpoint
, thbreak_command
, _("\
15946 Set a temporary hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
15947 Like \"hbreak\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
15948 so it will be deleted when hit.\n\
15950 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("thbreak")));
15951 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
15953 add_prefix_cmd ("enable", class_breakpoint
, enable_command
, _("\
15954 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
15955 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
15956 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
15957 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
15958 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."),
15959 &enablelist
, "enable ", 1, &cmdlist
);
15961 add_com ("ab", class_breakpoint
, enable_command
, _("\
15962 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
15963 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
15964 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
15965 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
15966 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."));
15968 add_com_alias ("en", "enable", class_breakpoint
, 1);
15970 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint
, enable_command
, _("\
15971 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
15972 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
15973 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
15974 May be abbreviated to simply \"enable\".\n"),
15975 &enablebreaklist
, "enable breakpoints ", 1, &enablelist
);
15977 add_cmd ("once", no_class
, enable_once_command
, _("\
15978 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
15979 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
15982 add_cmd ("delete", no_class
, enable_delete_command
, _("\
15983 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
15984 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
15987 add_cmd ("count", no_class
, enable_count_command
, _("\
15988 Enable breakpoints for COUNT hits. Give count and then breakpoint numbers.\n\
15989 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion,\n\
15990 the count is decremented; when it reaches zero, the breakpoint is disabled."),
15993 add_cmd ("delete", no_class
, enable_delete_command
, _("\
15994 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
15995 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
15998 add_cmd ("once", no_class
, enable_once_command
, _("\
15999 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
16000 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
16003 add_cmd ("count", no_class
, enable_count_command
, _("\
16004 Enable breakpoints for COUNT hits. Give count and then breakpoint numbers.\n\
16005 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion,\n\
16006 the count is decremented; when it reaches zero, the breakpoint is disabled."),
16009 add_prefix_cmd ("disable", class_breakpoint
, disable_command
, _("\
16010 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
16011 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16012 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16013 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled."),
16014 &disablelist
, "disable ", 1, &cmdlist
);
16015 add_com_alias ("dis", "disable", class_breakpoint
, 1);
16016 add_com_alias ("disa", "disable", class_breakpoint
, 1);
16018 add_com ("sb", class_breakpoint
, disable_command
, _("\
16019 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
16020 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16021 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16022 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled."));
16024 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias
, disable_command
, _("\
16025 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
16026 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16027 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16028 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled.\n\
16029 This command may be abbreviated \"disable\"."),
16032 add_prefix_cmd ("delete", class_breakpoint
, delete_command
, _("\
16033 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
16034 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16035 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16037 Also a prefix command for deletion of other GDB objects.\n\
16038 The \"unset\" command is also an alias for \"delete\"."),
16039 &deletelist
, "delete ", 1, &cmdlist
);
16040 add_com_alias ("d", "delete", class_breakpoint
, 1);
16041 add_com_alias ("del", "delete", class_breakpoint
, 1);
16043 add_com ("db", class_breakpoint
, delete_command
, _("\
16044 Delete some breakpoints.\n\
16045 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16046 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n"));
16048 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias
, delete_command
, _("\
16049 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
16050 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16051 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16052 This command may be abbreviated \"delete\"."),
16055 add_com ("clear", class_breakpoint
, clear_command
, _("\
16056 Clear breakpoint at specified line or function.\n\
16057 Argument may be line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
16058 If line number is specified, all breakpoints in that line are cleared.\n\
16059 If function is specified, breakpoints at beginning of function are cleared.\n\
16060 If an address is specified, breakpoints at that address are cleared.\n\
16062 With no argument, clears all breakpoints in the line that the selected frame\n\
16063 is executing in.\n\
16065 See also the \"delete\" command which clears breakpoints by number."));
16066 add_com_alias ("cl", "clear", class_breakpoint
, 1);
16068 c
= add_com ("break", class_breakpoint
, break_command
, _("\
16069 Set breakpoint at specified line or function.\n"
16070 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("break")));
16071 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16073 add_com_alias ("b", "break", class_run
, 1);
16074 add_com_alias ("br", "break", class_run
, 1);
16075 add_com_alias ("bre", "break", class_run
, 1);
16076 add_com_alias ("brea", "break", class_run
, 1);
16079 add_com_alias ("ba", "break", class_breakpoint
, 1);
16083 add_abbrev_prefix_cmd ("stop", class_breakpoint
, stop_command
, _("\
16084 Break in function/address or break at a line in the current file."),
16085 &stoplist
, "stop ", 1, &cmdlist
);
16086 add_cmd ("in", class_breakpoint
, stopin_command
,
16087 _("Break in function or address."), &stoplist
);
16088 add_cmd ("at", class_breakpoint
, stopat_command
,
16089 _("Break at a line in the current file."), &stoplist
);
16090 add_com ("status", class_info
, breakpoints_info
, _("\
16091 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
16092 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16093 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16094 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16095 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16096 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16097 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16098 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16100 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16101 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16102 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16103 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16104 breakpoint set."));
16107 add_info ("breakpoints", breakpoints_info
, _("\
16108 Status of specified breakpoints (all user-settable breakpoints if no argument).\n\
16109 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16110 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16111 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16112 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16113 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16114 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16115 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16117 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16118 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16119 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16120 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16121 breakpoint set."));
16123 add_info_alias ("b", "breakpoints", 1);
16126 add_com ("lb", class_breakpoint
, breakpoints_info
, _("\
16127 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
16128 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16129 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16130 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16131 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16132 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16133 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16134 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16136 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16137 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16138 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16139 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16140 breakpoint set."));
16142 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_maintenance
, maintenance_info_breakpoints
, _("\
16143 Status of all breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
16144 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16145 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16146 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16147 \tlongjmp - internal breakpoint used to step through longjmp()\n\
16148 \tlongjmp resume - internal breakpoint at the target of longjmp()\n\
16149 \tuntil - internal breakpoint used by the \"until\" command\n\
16150 \tfinish - internal breakpoint used by the \"finish\" command\n\
16151 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16152 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16153 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16154 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16156 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16157 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16158 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16159 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16161 &maintenanceinfolist
);
16163 add_prefix_cmd ("catch", class_breakpoint
, catch_command
, _("\
16164 Set catchpoints to catch events."),
16165 &catch_cmdlist
, "catch ",
16166 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist
);
16168 add_prefix_cmd ("tcatch", class_breakpoint
, tcatch_command
, _("\
16169 Set temporary catchpoints to catch events."),
16170 &tcatch_cmdlist
, "tcatch ",
16171 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist
);
16173 add_catch_command ("fork", _("Catch calls to fork."),
16174 catch_fork_command_1
,
16176 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_permanent
,
16177 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_temporary
);
16178 add_catch_command ("vfork", _("Catch calls to vfork."),
16179 catch_fork_command_1
,
16181 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_permanent
,
16182 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_temporary
);
16183 add_catch_command ("exec", _("Catch calls to exec."),
16184 catch_exec_command_1
,
16188 add_catch_command ("load", _("Catch loads of shared libraries.\n\
16189 Usage: catch load [REGEX]\n\
16190 If REGEX is given, only stop for libraries matching the regular expression."),
16191 catch_load_command_1
,
16195 add_catch_command ("unload", _("Catch unloads of shared libraries.\n\
16196 Usage: catch unload [REGEX]\n\
16197 If REGEX is given, only stop for libraries matching the regular expression."),
16198 catch_unload_command_1
,
16202 add_catch_command ("syscall", _("\
16203 Catch system calls by their names and/or numbers.\n\
16204 Arguments say which system calls to catch. If no arguments\n\
16205 are given, every system call will be caught.\n\
16206 Arguments, if given, should be one or more system call names\n\
16207 (if your system supports that), or system call numbers."),
16208 catch_syscall_command_1
,
16209 catch_syscall_completer
,
16213 c
= add_com ("watch", class_breakpoint
, watch_command
, _("\
16214 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
16215 Usage: watch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
16216 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
16217 an expression changes.\n\
16218 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
16219 the memory to which it refers."));
16220 set_cmd_completer (c
, expression_completer
);
16222 c
= add_com ("rwatch", class_breakpoint
, rwatch_command
, _("\
16223 Set a read watchpoint for an expression.\n\
16224 Usage: rwatch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
16225 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
16226 an expression is read.\n\
16227 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
16228 the memory to which it refers."));
16229 set_cmd_completer (c
, expression_completer
);
16231 c
= add_com ("awatch", class_breakpoint
, awatch_command
, _("\
16232 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
16233 Usage: awatch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
16234 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
16235 an expression is either read or written.\n\
16236 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
16237 the memory to which it refers."));
16238 set_cmd_completer (c
, expression_completer
);
16240 add_info ("watchpoints", watchpoints_info
, _("\
16241 Status of specified watchpoints (all watchpoints if no argument)."));
16243 /* XXX: cagney/2005-02-23: This should be a boolean, and should
16244 respond to changes - contrary to the description. */
16245 add_setshow_zinteger_cmd ("can-use-hw-watchpoints", class_support
,
16246 &can_use_hw_watchpoints
, _("\
16247 Set debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
16248 Show debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
16249 If zero, gdb will not use hardware for new watchpoints, even if\n\
16250 such is available. (However, any hardware watchpoints that were\n\
16251 created before setting this to nonzero, will continue to use watchpoint\n\
16254 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints
,
16255 &setlist
, &showlist
);
16257 can_use_hw_watchpoints
= 1;
16259 /* Tracepoint manipulation commands. */
16261 c
= add_com ("trace", class_breakpoint
, trace_command
, _("\
16262 Set a tracepoint at specified line or function.\n\
16264 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("trace") "\n\
16265 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
16266 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16268 add_com_alias ("tp", "trace", class_alias
, 0);
16269 add_com_alias ("tr", "trace", class_alias
, 1);
16270 add_com_alias ("tra", "trace", class_alias
, 1);
16271 add_com_alias ("trac", "trace", class_alias
, 1);
16273 c
= add_com ("ftrace", class_breakpoint
, ftrace_command
, _("\
16274 Set a fast tracepoint at specified line or function.\n\
16276 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("ftrace") "\n\
16277 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
16278 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16280 c
= add_com ("strace", class_breakpoint
, strace_command
, _("\
16281 Set a static tracepoint at specified line, function or marker.\n\
16283 strace [LOCATION] [if CONDITION]\n\
16284 LOCATION may be a line number, function name, \"*\" and an address,\n\
16285 or -m MARKER_ID.\n\
16286 If a line number is specified, probe the marker at start of code\n\
16287 for that line. If a function is specified, probe the marker at start\n\
16288 of code for that function. If an address is specified, probe the marker\n\
16289 at that exact address. If a marker id is specified, probe the marker\n\
16290 with that name. With no LOCATION, uses current execution address of\n\
16291 the selected stack frame.\n\
16292 Static tracepoints accept an extra collect action -- ``collect $_sdata''.\n\
16293 This collects arbitrary user data passed in the probe point call to the\n\
16294 tracing library. You can inspect it when analyzing the trace buffer,\n\
16295 by printing the $_sdata variable like any other convenience variable.\n\
16297 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
16299 Multiple tracepoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
16300 conditions are different.\n\
16302 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints.\n\
16303 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
16304 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16306 add_info ("tracepoints", tracepoints_info
, _("\
16307 Status of specified tracepoints (all tracepoints if no argument).\n\
16308 Convenience variable \"$tpnum\" contains the number of the\n\
16309 last tracepoint set."));
16311 add_info_alias ("tp", "tracepoints", 1);
16313 add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, delete_trace_command
, _("\
16314 Delete specified tracepoints.\n\
16315 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
16316 No argument means delete all tracepoints."),
16318 add_alias_cmd ("tr", "tracepoints", class_trace
, 1, &deletelist
);
16320 c
= add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, disable_trace_command
, _("\
16321 Disable specified tracepoints.\n\
16322 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
16323 No argument means disable all tracepoints."),
16325 deprecate_cmd (c
, "disable");
16327 c
= add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, enable_trace_command
, _("\
16328 Enable specified tracepoints.\n\
16329 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
16330 No argument means enable all tracepoints."),
16332 deprecate_cmd (c
, "enable");
16334 add_com ("passcount", class_trace
, trace_pass_command
, _("\
16335 Set the passcount for a tracepoint.\n\
16336 The trace will end when the tracepoint has been passed 'count' times.\n\
16337 Usage: passcount COUNT TPNUM, where TPNUM may also be \"all\";\n\
16338 if TPNUM is omitted, passcount refers to the last tracepoint defined."));
16340 add_prefix_cmd ("save", class_breakpoint
, save_command
,
16341 _("Save breakpoint definitions as a script."),
16342 &save_cmdlist
, "save ",
16343 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist
);
16345 c
= add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint
, save_breakpoints_command
, _("\
16346 Save current breakpoint definitions as a script.\n\
16347 This includes all types of breakpoints (breakpoints, watchpoints,\n\
16348 catchpoints, tracepoints). Use the 'source' command in another debug\n\
16349 session to restore them."),
16351 set_cmd_completer (c
, filename_completer
);
16353 c
= add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, save_tracepoints_command
, _("\
16354 Save current tracepoint definitions as a script.\n\
16355 Use the 'source' command in another debug session to restore them."),
16357 set_cmd_completer (c
, filename_completer
);
16359 c
= add_com_alias ("save-tracepoints", "save tracepoints", class_trace
, 0);
16360 deprecate_cmd (c
, "save tracepoints");
16362 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance
, set_breakpoint_cmd
, _("\
16363 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
16364 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
16365 pending breakpoint behavior"),
16366 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
, "set breakpoint ",
16367 0/*allow-unknown*/, &setlist
);
16368 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance
, show_breakpoint_cmd
, _("\
16369 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
16370 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
16371 pending breakpoint behavior"),
16372 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
, "show breakpoint ",
16373 0/*allow-unknown*/, &showlist
);
16375 add_setshow_auto_boolean_cmd ("pending", no_class
,
16376 &pending_break_support
, _("\
16377 Set debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
16378 Show debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
16379 If on, an unrecognized breakpoint location will cause gdb to create a\n\
16380 pending breakpoint. If off, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in\n\
16381 an error. If auto, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in a\n\
16382 user-query to see if a pending breakpoint should be created."),
16384 show_pending_break_support
,
16385 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
16386 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
16388 pending_break_support
= AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
;
16390 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("auto-hw", no_class
,
16391 &automatic_hardware_breakpoints
, _("\
16392 Set automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
16393 Show automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
16394 If set, the debugger will automatically use hardware breakpoints for\n\
16395 breakpoints set with \"break\" but falling in read-only memory. If not set,\n\
16396 a warning will be emitted for such breakpoints."),
16398 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints
,
16399 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
16400 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
16402 add_setshow_auto_boolean_cmd ("always-inserted", class_support
,
16403 &always_inserted_mode
, _("\
16404 Set mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
16405 Show mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
16406 When this mode is off, breakpoints are inserted in inferior when it is\n\
16407 resumed, and removed when execution stops. When this mode is on,\n\
16408 breakpoints are inserted immediately and removed only when the user\n\
16409 deletes the breakpoint. When this mode is auto (which is the default),\n\
16410 the behaviour depends on the non-stop setting (see help set non-stop).\n\
16411 In this case, if gdb is controlling the inferior in non-stop mode, gdb\n\
16412 behaves as if always-inserted mode is on; if gdb is controlling the\n\
16413 inferior in all-stop mode, gdb behaves as if always-inserted mode is off."),
16415 &show_always_inserted_mode
,
16416 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
16417 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
16419 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("condition-evaluation", class_breakpoint
,
16420 condition_evaluation_enums
,
16421 &condition_evaluation_mode_1
, _("\
16422 Set mode of breakpoint condition evaluation."), _("\
16423 Show mode of breakpoint condition evaluation."), _("\
16424 When this is set to \"host\", breakpoint conditions will be\n\
16425 evaluated on the host's side by GDB. When it is set to \"target\",\n\
16426 breakpoint conditions will be downloaded to the target (if the target\n\
16427 supports such feature) and conditions will be evaluated on the target's side.\n\
16428 If this is set to \"auto\" (default), this will be automatically set to\n\
16429 \"target\" if it supports condition evaluation, otherwise it will\n\
16430 be set to \"gdb\""),
16431 &set_condition_evaluation_mode
,
16432 &show_condition_evaluation_mode
,
16433 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
16434 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
16436 add_com ("break-range", class_breakpoint
, break_range_command
, _("\
16437 Set a breakpoint for an address range.\n\
16438 break-range START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION\n\
16439 where START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION can be one of the following:\n\
16440 LINENUM, for that line in the current file,\n\
16441 FILE:LINENUM, for that line in that file,\n\
16442 +OFFSET, for that number of lines after the current line\n\
16443 or the start of the range\n\
16444 FUNCTION, for the first line in that function,\n\
16445 FILE:FUNCTION, to distinguish among like-named static functions.\n\
16446 *ADDRESS, for the instruction at that address.\n\
16448 The breakpoint will stop execution of the inferior whenever it executes\n\
16449 an instruction at any address within the [START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION]\n\
16450 range (including START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION)."));
16452 c
= add_com ("dprintf", class_breakpoint
, dprintf_command
, _("\
16453 Set a dynamic printf at specified line or function.\n\
16454 dprintf location,format string,arg1,arg2,...\n\
16455 location may be a line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
16456 If a line number is specified, break at start of code for that line.\n\
16457 If a function is specified, break at start of code for that function.\n\
16459 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16461 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("dprintf-style", class_support
,
16462 dprintf_style_enums
, &dprintf_style
, _("\
16463 Set the style of usage for dynamic printf."), _("\
16464 Show the style of usage for dynamic printf."), _("\
16465 This setting chooses how GDB will do a dynamic printf.\n\
16466 If the value is \"gdb\", then the printing is done by GDB to its own\n\
16467 console, as with the \"printf\" command.\n\
16468 If the value is \"call\", the print is done by calling a function in your\n\
16469 program; by default printf(), but you can choose a different function or\n\
16470 output stream by setting dprintf-function and dprintf-channel."),
16471 update_dprintf_commands
, NULL
,
16472 &setlist
, &showlist
);
16474 dprintf_function
= xstrdup ("printf");
16475 add_setshow_string_cmd ("dprintf-function", class_support
,
16476 &dprintf_function
, _("\
16477 Set the function to use for dynamic printf"), _("\
16478 Show the function to use for dynamic printf"), NULL
,
16479 update_dprintf_commands
, NULL
,
16480 &setlist
, &showlist
);
16482 dprintf_channel
= xstrdup ("");
16483 add_setshow_string_cmd ("dprintf-channel", class_support
,
16484 &dprintf_channel
, _("\
16485 Set the channel to use for dynamic printf"), _("\
16486 Show the channel to use for dynamic printf"), NULL
,
16487 update_dprintf_commands
, NULL
,
16488 &setlist
, &showlist
);
16490 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("disconnected-dprintf", no_class
,
16491 &disconnected_dprintf
, _("\
16492 Set whether dprintf continues after GDB disconnects."), _("\
16493 Show whether dprintf continues after GDB disconnects."), _("\
16494 Use this to let dprintf commands continue to hit and produce output\n\
16495 even if GDB disconnects or detaches from the target."),
16498 &setlist
, &showlist
);
16500 add_com ("agent-printf", class_vars
, agent_printf_command
, _("\
16501 agent-printf \"printf format string\", arg1, arg2, arg3, ..., argn\n\
16502 (target agent only) This is useful for formatted output in user-defined commands."));
16504 automatic_hardware_breakpoints
= 1;
16506 observer_attach_about_to_proceed (breakpoint_about_to_proceed
);